2014 Cadillac XTS Owner Manual

Cadillac XTS Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.
/Canada-6006999) - Black plate (1,1)

2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
2014 Cadillac XTS Owner Manual M
In Brief . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1

Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2 Storage Compartments . . . . . . . . 4-1 Climate Control Systems . . . . . . 8-1
Initial Drive Information . . . . . . . . 1-4 Additional Storage Features . . . 4-4 Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8
Vehicle Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14 Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9
Performance and Instruments and Controls . . . . 5-1
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-19 Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2 Driving and Operating . . . . . . . . 9-1
Warning Lights, Gauges, and Driving Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2
Keys, Doors, and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9 Starting and Operating . . . . . . . 9-15
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 Information Displays . . . . . . . . . . 5-30 Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-22
Keys and Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2 Vehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-36 Automatic Transmission . . . . . . 9-23
Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14 Vehicle Personalization . . . . . . . 5-48 Drive Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-25
Vehicle Security. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16 Universal Remote System . . . . 5-53 Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-26
Exterior Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19 Ride Control Systems . . . . . . . . 9-29
Interior Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20 Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1 Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-32
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21 Exterior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1 Driver Assistance Systems . . . 9-43
Roof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25 Interior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6 Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-58
Lighting Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8 Trailer Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-62
Seats and Restraints . . . . . . . . . 3-1 Conversions and Add-Ons . . . 9-68
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2 Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . 7-1
Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13
Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22
Child Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-36
Cadillac XTS Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6006999) - Black plate (2,1)
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
2014 Cadillac XTS Owner Manual M
Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1 Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1

General Information . . . . . . . . . . 10-2 Vehicle Identification . . . . . . . . . 12-1
Vehicle Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3 Vehicle Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-2
Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . 10-28
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 10-28 Customer Information . . . . . . . 13-1
Electrical System . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-30 Customer Information . . . . . . . . 13-1
Wheels and Tires . . . . . . . . . . . 10-38 Reporting Safety Defects . . . . 13-12
Jump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-76 Vehicle Data Recording and
Towing the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . 10-80 Privacy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-13
Appearance Care . . . . . . . . . . . 10-82 OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-1
Service and Maintenance . . . 11-1 OnStar Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-1
General Information . . . . . . . . . . 11-1 OnStar Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-2
Cadillac Premium Care OnStar Additional
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-3 Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-5
Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . 11-4 Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . i-1
Special Application
Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-9
Additional Maintenance
and Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-9
Recommended Fluids,
Lubricants, and Parts . . . . . . 11-13
Maintenance Records . . . . . . . 11-16
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Introduction iii
This manual describes features that Canadian Vehicle Owners

may or may not be on your specific
vehicle either because they are Propriétaires Canadiens
options that you did not purchase or A French language manual can be
due to changes subsequent to the obtained from your dealer, at
printing of this owner manual. www.helminc.com, or from:
Please refer to the purchase
The names, logos, emblems, documentation relating to your On peut obtenir un exemplaire de
slogans, vehicle model names, and specific vehicle to confirm each of ce guide en français auprès du
vehicle body designs appearing in the features found on your vehicle. concessionnaire ou à l'adresse
this manual including, but not limited For vehicles first sold in Canada, savant:
to, GM, the GM logo, CADILLAC, substitute the name “General
the CADILLAC Crest and Wreath, Helm, Incorporated
Motors of Canada Limited” for Attention: Customer Service
and XTS are trademarks and/or Cadillac Motor Car Division
service marks of General Motors 47911 Halyard Drive
wherever it appears in this manual. Plymouth, MI 48170
LLC, its subsidiaries, affiliates,
or licensors. Keep this manual in the vehicle for
quick reference.
Litho in U.S.A.
©
Part No. 22803115 B Second Printing 2013 General Motors LLC. All Rights Reserved.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
iv Introduction
Using this Manual Symbols

{ Caution
To quickly locate information about The vehicle has components and
the vehicle, use the Index in the Text marked { Caution provides labels that use symbols instead of
back of the manual. It is an information that may indicate a text. Symbols are shown along with
alphabetical list of what is in the hazard that could result in injury the text describing the operation or
manual and the page number where or death. It could also result in information relating to a specific
it can be found. possible damage to the vehicle. component, control, message,
gauge, or indicator.
Danger, Warnings, and M : This symbol is shown when
Cautions you need to see your owner manual
for additional instructions or
{ Danger information.
* : This symbol is shown when
Text marked { Danger provides you need to see a service manual
information on risk of fatal injury. for additional instructions or
Disregarding this information may A circle with a slash through it is a information.
endanger life. safety symbol which means “Do
Not,” “Do not do this,” or “Do not let
this happen.”
{ Warning
Text marked { Warning provides
information on risk of accident or
injury. Disregarding this
information may lead to injury.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Introduction v
Vehicle Symbol Chart 3 : Headlamp High/Low-Beam

Here are some additional symbols Changer
that may be found on the vehicle (: Heated Steering Wheel
and what they mean. For more
information on the symbol, refer to j: LATCH System Child
the Index. Restraints
9 : Airbag Readiness Light * : Malfunction Indicator Lamp
# : Air Conditioning : : Oil Pressure
G : Air Conditioning O : Power
Refrigerant Oil / : Remote Vehicle Start
! : Antilock Brake System (ABS) > : Safety Belt Reminders
g : Audio Steering Wheel Controls 7 : Tire Pressure Monitor
or OnStar® (if equipped)
d : Traction Control/StabiliTrak®
$ : Brake System Warning Light M : Windshield Washer Fluid
I : Certified Technician
" : Charging System
I : Cruise Control
B : Engine Coolant Temperature
O : Exterior Lamps
H : Flammable
. : Fuel Gauge
+ : Fuses
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
vi Introduction
2 NOTES
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
In Brief 1-1
In Brief Mirror Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9 Rear Vision

Steering Wheel Camera (RVC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16
Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10 Ultrasonic Parking Assist . . . . 1-16
Instrument Panel Interior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10 Automatic Parking
Instrument Panel Overview . . . . 1-2 Exterior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11 Assist (APA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17
Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . 1-11 Active Emergency Braking
Initial Drive Information Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12 System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17
Initial Drive Information . . . . . . . . 1-4 Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13 Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Universal Remote System . . . 1-17
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4 Vehicle Features Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-18
Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . 1-4 Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . 1-14
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5 Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-15 Performance and Maintenance
Trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5 Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . 1-15 Traction Control/Electronic
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6 Driver Information Stability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-19
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6 Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-15 Tire Pressure Monitor . . . . . . . . 1-19
Memory Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7 Forward Collision Alert (FCA) Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . 1-20
Second Row Seats . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7 System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16 Driving for Better Fuel
Heated and Ventilated Lane Departure Economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-20
Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8 Warning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16 Roadside Service . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-21
Head Restraint Adjustment . . . . 1-8 Side Blind Zone OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-21
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8 Alert (SBZA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16
Passenger Sensing System . . . 1-9
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
1-2 In Brief
Instrument Panel
Instrument Panel Overview
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
In Brief 1-3
1. Air Vents on page 8-8. 7. Infotainment on page 7-1. 13. Steering Wheel Adjustment on
2. Electric Parking Brake on 8. Glove Box Button. See Glove page 5-2.
page 9-27. Box on page 4-2. 14. Horn on page 5-3.
Instrument Panel Illumination Parking Assist Button. See 15. Steering Wheel Controls on
Control on page 6-6. Driver Assistance Systems on page 5-2.
Head-Up Display (HUD) on page 9-43. 16. ENGINE START/STOP Button.
page 5-33 (If Equipped). 9. Instrument Panel Storage on See Ignition Positions on
3. Exterior Lamp Controls on page 4-1. page 9-15.
page 6-1. 10. Hood Release. See Hood on 17. Shift Lever. See Automatic
Turn Signal Lever. See Turn and page 10-4. Transmission on page 9-23.
Lane-Change Signals on 11. Data Link Connector (DLC) 18. Instrument Panel Storage on
page 6-6. (Out of View). See Malfunction page 4-1 (If Equipped).
4. Instrument Cluster on page 5-10. Indicator Lamp on page 5-20. 19. Dual Automatic Climate Control
Driver Information Center (DIC) 12. Cruise Control on page 9-32. System on page 8-1.
Display. See Driver Information Adaptive Cruise Control on Heated and Ventilated Front
Center (DIC) on page 5-30. page 9-35 (If Equipped). Seats on page 3-9.
5. Windshield Wiper/Washer on Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
page 5-3. System on page 9-50 (If
6. Hazard Warning Flashers on Equipped).
page 6-5. Phone Button. See Steering
Lane Departure Warning (LDW) Wheel Controls on page 5-2.
on page 9-56. Heated Steering Wheel on
Traction Control/Electronic page 5-3 (If Equipped).
Stability Control on page 9-29.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
1-4 In Brief
Initial Drive L : Press and release one time Remote Vehicle Start
to initiate vehicle locator. Press and
Information hold for three seconds to sound the
If equipped with remote start, the
engine can be started from outside
This section provides a brief panic alarm. Press again or start the
of the vehicle.
overview about some of the vehicle to cancel the panic alarm.
important features that may or may i: Press and hold to release Starting the Vehicle
not be on your specific vehicle. the trunk. 1. Press and release Q on the
For more detailed information, refer RKE transmitter.
to each of the features which can be
found later in this owner manual. 2. Immediately press and hold /
for at least four seconds or until
Remote Keyless Entry the turn signal lamps flash.
(RKE) System 3. Press the brake pedal and select
the ON/RUN/START ignition
The Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) mode to drive the vehicle.
transmitter may be used to lock and
unlock the doors from up to 60 m When the vehicle starts, the parking
(197 ft) away from the vehicle. lamps will turn on and remain on as
long as the engine is running. The
Q: Press to lock all doors. doors will be locked and the climate
K: Press to unlock the driver door
Press the key release button near
control system may come on.
or all doors depending on the The engine will continue to run for
vehicle personalization settings. the bottom of the transmitter to
remove the key. The key can be 10 minutes. Repeat the steps for a
See “Remote Lock, Unlock, Start” 10-minute time extension. Remote
under Vehicle Personalization on used for the driver door.
start can be extended only once.
page 5-48. See Keys on page 2-2 and Remote
Keyless Entry (RKE) System
Operation on page 2-3.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
In Brief 1-5
Canceling a Remote Start Power Door Locks unlock it. See Remote Keyless
Entry (RKE) System Operation on
To cancel a remote start, do any of
page 2-3.
the following:
. Press and hold / until the Trunk
parking lamps turn off.
. Turn on the hazard warning
flashers.
. Turn the vehicle on and then off.
See Remote Vehicle Start on
page 2-9.
Door Locks
. From the inside, press Q or K.
To lock or unlock a door manually:
See Power Door Locks on
. Use the key in the driver door. page 2-12.
The key cylinder is covered by a
cap. See Door Locks on . From the outside, press Q or K
on the RKE transmitter. See To open the trunk, press | from
page 2-10.
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) inside the vehicle or press i
. From the inside, to lock a door System Operation on page 2-3. on the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
push down on the door lock transmitter, or press the touch pad
knob on top of the door. To From the outside, if the vehicle is
on the rear of the trunk above the
unlock a door, pull once on the equipped with Keyless Access,
license plate. See Remote Keyless
door handle to unlock it, and press the button on the door handle
when the Remote Keyless Entry Entry (RKE) System Operation on
again to open it. page 2-3 and Trunk on page 2-14.
(RKE) transmitter is within range to
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
1-6 In Brief
. Raise or lower the front part of
Windows Press the switch to lower the
the seat cushion by moving the
window. Pull the switch up to
raise it. front of the control up or down.
See Power Windows on page 2-21.
. Raise or lower the seat by
moving the rear of the control up
Seat Adjustment or down.
See Power Seat Adjustment on
Power Seats page 3-4.
Lumbar Adjustment
The power windows only operate

with the ignition in ACC/
ACCESSORY or ON/RUN/START,
or when Retained Accessory Power
(RAP) is active. See Retained
Accessory Power (RAP) on
page 9-20.
The power window switches on the To adjust the seat:
driver door control all the windows. . Move the seat forward or
Each passenger door has a switch rearward by sliding the control To adjust the lumbar support:
that controls only that window. forward or rearward. . Press and hold the control
forward to increase or rearward
to decrease lumbar support.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
In Brief 1-7
. Press and hold the control See Reclining Seatbacks on to manually save and recall memory
upward to raise or downward to page 3-6. settings for the driver and
lower the height of the lumbar passenger seats. The driver
support. Memory Features memory buttons also store outside
See Lumbar Adjustment on mirror and power tilt and telescoping
page 3-5. steering column positions.
Reclining Seatbacks See Memory Seats on page 3-7 and

Vehicle Personalization on
page 5-48.
Second Row Seats

On some vehicles, either side of the
seatback can be folded for more
cargo space.
See Rear Seats on page 3-10.
Driver Buttons Shown, Passenger
Buttons Similar
If equipped, the SET, "1," "2," and
B (Exit) buttons on the driver door
To adjust the seatback: and front passenger door are used
. Tilt the top of the control
rearward to recline.
. Tilt the top of the control forward
to raise.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
1-8 In Brief
Heated and Ventilated Press the button once for the See Head Restraints on page 3-2
highest setting. With each press of and Power Seat Adjustment on
Seats the button, the seat will change to page 3-4.
the next lower setting, and then to
the off setting. The indicator lights Safety Belts
next to the buttons indicate three for
the highest setting and one for the
lowest. If the front heated seats are
on high, the level may automatically
be lowered after approximately
30 minutes.
See Heated and Ventilated Front
Seats on page 3-9.
Head Restraint
If available, the buttons are near the Adjustment
climate controls on the center stack. Do not drive until the head restraints
To operate, the ignition must be in for all occupants are installed and
ON/RUN/START. Refer to the following sections for
adjusted properly.
important information on how to use
Press J or z to heat the driver or To achieve a comfortable seating safety belts properly:
passenger seat cushion and position, change the seatback . Safety Belts on page 3-13.
seatback. recline angle as little as necessary
while keeping the seat and the head . How to Wear Safety Belts
Press C or { to ventilate the driver restraint height in the proper Properly on page 3-15.
or passenger seat. position. . Lap-Shoulder Belt on page 3-16.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
In Brief 1-9
. Lower Anchors and Tethers for passenger sensing system. See 2. Press one of the four arrows to
Children (LATCH System) on Passenger Sensing System on move the mirror.
page 3-43. page 3-29.
3. Move the selector switch to ) to
The passenger airbag status
Passenger Sensing indicator lights on the overhead
deselect the mirror.
System console when the vehicle is started. The vehicle has manual folding
See Passenger Airbag Status mirrors or, if equipped, power folding
Indicator on page 5-18. mirrors. See Folding Mirrors on
page 2-20.
Mirror Adjustment Interior Mirror
Exterior Mirror Adjustment
United States Hold the rearview mirror in the
center and move it to view the area
behind the vehicle.
Automatic Dimming Rearview
Mirror
The vehicle has an automatic
dimming rearview mirror. The mirror
Canada will automatically reduce the glare
The passenger sensing system will from the headlamps from behind.
The dimming feature comes on
turn off the front outboard
when the vehicle is started. See
passenger frontal airbag and knee
airbag under certain conditions. No Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror
1. Move the selector switch to L on page 2-20.
other airbag is affected by the (Left) or R (Right) to choose the
driver or passenger mirror.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
1-10 In Brief
Steering Wheel Interior Lighting Reading Lamps

Adjustment Dome Lamp There are reading lamps on the
overhead console and over the rear
The dome lamp is in the overhead passenger doors. These lamps
console. come on automatically when any
door is opened. To manually turn
the reading lamps on or off:
Press the control to move the tilt

and telescoping steering wheel up
and down or forward and rearward.
To change the dome lamp settings,
Do not adjust the steering wheel press:
while driving.
OFF: Turns the lamp off, even Press m or n next to each
when a door is open. overhead console reading lamp.
DOOR: The lamp comes on
automatically when a door is
opened.
ON: Turns the dome lamp on.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
In Brief 1-11
Exterior Lighting 5 : Turns on the headlamps

together with the parking lamps and
instrument panel lights.
See:
. Exterior Lamp Controls on
page 6-1
. Turn and Lane-Change Signals
on page 6-6
. Headlamp High/Low-Beam
Changer on page 6-3
The exterior lamp control is on the
Press the button near the rear turn signal lever.
passenger reading lamps.
Windshield Wiper/Washer
Turn the control to the following
For more information on interior positions:
lighting, see Instrument Panel O : Turns off the exterior lamps.
Illumination Control on page 6-6. The knob returns to the AUTO
position after it is released. Turn to
O again to reactivate the
AUTO mode.
AUTO: Automatically turns the With the ignition in ACC/
exterior lamps on and off, ACCESSORY or ON/RUN/START,
depending on outside lighting. move the lever to select the wiper
; : Turns on the parking lamps speed.
including all lamps, except the HI: Use for fast wipes.
headlamps. LO: Use for slow wipes.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
1-12 In Brief
Climate Controls
The climate control buttons and the touch screen are used to adjust the
heating, cooling, and ventilation.
INT: Move the lever up to INT for

intermittent wipes, then turn the x
INT band up for more frequent
wipes or down for less frequent
wipes.
OFF: Use to turn the wipers off.
8 : For a single wipe, briefly move
the lever down. For several wipes,
hold the lever down.
Climate Control Buttons
nL: Pull the lever toward you to
spray windshield washer fluid and 1. Driver and Passenger 5. AUTO (Automatic Operation)
activate the wipers. Temperature Controls 6. Defrost
See Windshield Wiper/Washer on 2. Fan Control
page 5-3. 7. Rear Window Defogger
3. OFF (Fan) 8. Recirculation
4. Driver and Passenger Heated
and Ventilated Seats (If
Equipped)
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
In Brief 1-13
See Dual Automatic Climate Control shift lever must be in M (Manual

System on page 8-1 and Rear Mode). If equipped, the controls are
Climate Control System on page 8-6 on the back of the steering wheel.
(If Equipped). Tap the left control to downshift, and
the right control to upshift. A Driver
Transmission Information Center (DIC) message
indicates the gear the vehicle is in.
Automatic Transmission See Manual Mode on page 9-25.
Tap Shift
Climate Touch Screen Controls

1. Outside Temperature Display
2. Driver and Passenger
Temperature Controls
3. Fan Control
4. SYNC (Synchronized
Temperature)
5. AC Mode (Air Conditioning)
6. Climate Control Selection Tap Shift allows the driver to
(Application Tray Button) manually control the automatic
7. Rear (Rear Climate Control transmission. To use Tap Shift, the
Touch Screen)
8. Air Delivery Mode Control
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
1-14 In Brief
Vehicle Features c : Press to decline an incoming SEL: Press to select a highlighted

call, or end a current call. Press to menu option.
Steering Wheel Controls mute or unmute the infotainment C or B : Press to go to the next or
system when not on a call. previous favorite when listening to
the radio. Press to go to the next or
previous track when listening to a
media source.
x + or x −:Press to increase or
decrease the volume.
See Steering Wheel Controls on
page 5-2.
For vehicles with audio steering

wheel controls, some audio controls S or T : Press to go to the
can be adjusted at the steering previous or next menu option.
wheel.
y or z : Move SEL up or down to
g: For vehicles with OnStar® or a go to the next or previous selection.
Bluetooth® system, press to talk or
interact with those systems. See
OnStar Overview on page 14-1 or
“Bluetooth” in the infotainment
manual.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
In Brief 1-15
Cruise Control increase speed to the next 5 km/h and voice or speech recognition.
(5 mph) mark on the speedometer, It also includes information on
press +RES up to the second settings.
detent.
SET−: Press the control down Driver Information
briefly to set the speed and activate Center (DIC)
cruise control. If the cruise control is
The DIC display is in the instrument
already active, use to decrease
cluster. It shows the status of many
vehicle speed. To decrease speed
vehicle systems.
by 1 km/h (1 mph), press SET−
down to the first detent. To decrease
speed to the next 5 km/h (5 mph)
mark on the speedometer, press
SET− down to the second detent.
*: Press to disengage cruise
J: Press to turn the system on control without erasing the set
and off. A white indicator appears in speed from memory.
the instrument cluster when
turned on. See Cruise Control on page 9-32 or
Adaptive Cruise Control on
+RES: Press the control up briefly page 9-35 (if equipped).
to make the vehicle resume to a
previously set speed or press and Infotainment System
hold to accelerate. If the cruise
control is already active, use to See the infotainment manual for y or z : Move SEL up or down to
increase vehicle speed. To increase information on the radio, audio go to the previous or next selection.
speed by 1 km/h (1 mph), press players, phone, navigation system,
+RES up to the first detent. To
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
1-16 In Brief
S or T : Press to move between Lane Departure See Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA)
the interactive display zones in the on page 9-54.
Warning (LDW)
cluster. Press S to go back to the
previous menu.
If equipped, LDW is intended to help Rear Vision
avoid unintentional lane departures Camera (RVC)
SEL: Press to open a menu or at speeds of 56 km/h (35 mph) or
select a menu item. Press and hold greater. LDW uses a camera sensor If equipped, RVC displays a view of
to reset values on certain screens. to detect the lane markings. The the area behind the vehicle, on the
See Driver Information Center (DIC) LDW indicator, @, appears green if center stack display, when the
on page 5-30. a lane marking is detected. If the vehicle is shifted into R (Reverse).
vehicle departs the lane, the See Assistance Systems for Parking
Forward Collision Alert indicator will change to amber and or Backing on page 9-44.
flash. In addition, beeps will sound,
(FCA) System or the driver seat will pulse. Ultrasonic Parking Assist
If equipped, FCA may help avoid or See Lane Departure Warning (LDW)
reduce the harm caused by If equipped, Ultrasonic Rear Parking
on page 9-56. Assist (URPA) uses sensors on the
front-end crashes. FCA provides a
green indicator when a vehicle is rear bumper to assist with parking
detected ahead. This indicator Side Blind Zone and avoiding objects while in
displays amber if you follow a Alert (SBZA) R (Reverse). It operates at speeds
vehicle much too closely. When less than 8 km/h (5 mph). URPA
If equipped, SBZA will detect may display a warning triangle on
approaching a vehicle ahead too vehicles in the next lane over in the
quickly, FCA provides a flashing red the Rear Vision Camera screen and
vehicle's side blind zone area. a graphic on the instrument cluster
alert on the windshield and rapidly When this happens, the SBZA
beeps or pulses the driver seat. to provide the object distance. In
display will light up in the addition, multiple beeps or seat
See Forward Collision Alert (FCA) corresponding outside side mirror pulses may occur if very close to an
System on page 9-50. and will flash if the turn signal is on. object.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
In Brief 1-17
. On the rear of the center
The vehicle may also have the Front Active Emergency console.
Parking Assist system, a higher
speed Backing Warning System,
Braking System
Lift the cover to access the
and the Rear Automatic Braking If the vehicle has Adaptive Cruise accessory power outlet.
system. Control (ACC) it also has the Active
Emergency Braking System, which See Power Outlets on page 5-7.
See Driver Assistance Systems on
page 9-43. includes Intelligent Brake
Assist (IBA) and the Automatic Universal Remote System
Collision Preparation (ACP) System.
Automatic Parking These systems can provide a boost
Assist (APA) to braking or automatically brake the
If equipped, the APA system helps vehicle to help avoid or lessen the
to search for and maneuver the severity of crashes.
vehicle into parallel parking spots See Active Emergency Braking
using automatic steering, DIC System on page 9-52.
displays, and beeps. When the
vehicle speed is below 30 km/h Power Outlets
(18 mph), press the APA button, O,
The accessory power outlets can be
to enable the system. used to plug in electrical equipment,
See the “Automatic Parking Assist such as a cell phone or MP3 player.
(APA)” information under Assistance The vehicle has three accessory If equipped, this system provides a
Systems for Parking or Backing on power outlets: way to replace up to three remote
page 9-44. control transmitters used to activate
. Inside the front storage area
devices such as garage door
below the climate control
openers, security systems, and
system.
home automation devices.
. Inside the center console.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
1-18 In Brief
Read the instructions completely the comfort open position. Press the
before attempting to program the rear of ~ again to open the
Universal Remote system. Because sunroof fully. If the sunshade is not
of the steps involved, it may be fully open when the comfort feature
helpful to have another person is pressed the second time, the
available to assist you with sunshade will open fully.
programming the Universal Remote
system. Express Close: Press and release
the front of ~ to express close the
See Universal Remote System on
page 5-53. sunroof.
Sunshade Switch
Sunroof Open/Close: Press and hold the
1. ~ Sunroof Switch
For vehicles equipped with a front or rear of Q to open or close
sunroof, the ignition must be in ON/ 2. Q Sunshade Switch the sunshade to the desired
RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY, or in position.
Retained Accessory Power (RAP) to Sunroof Switch
operate the sunroof and power Express Open/Express Close:
Vent Feature: Press and hold the Press and release the rear or front
sunshade. See Ignition Positions on
front of ~ to vent the sunroof. The of Q to express open or express
page 9-15 and Retained Accessory
Power (RAP) on page 9-20. sunshade will automatically open close the sunshade. If the sunroof is
approximately 38 cm (15 in). Press opened, the sunshade will express
and hold the rear of ~ to close close within a few inches of the
the vent. opened sunroof.
Comfort Stop Feature: This See Sunroof on page 2-25.
feature stops the sunroof from
opening fully. Press and release the
rear of ~ to open the sunroof to
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
In Brief 1-19
. To turn off both traction control
Performance and and StabiliTrak, press and hold
tires. If the warning light comes on,
stop as soon as possible and inflate
Maintenance the g button on the center stack, the tires to the recommended
until i and g come on in the pressure shown on the Tire and
Traction Control/ instrument cluster and the Loading Information label. See
Vehicle Load Limits on page 9-10.
Electronic Stability appropriate DIC message is
The warning light will remain on until
displayed. See Ride Control
Control System Messages on page 5-44. the tire pressure is corrected.
The Traction Control System (TCS) The low tire pressure warning light
limits wheel spin. The system turns
. Press and release the g button may come on in cool weather when
on automatically every time the again to turn on both systems. the vehicle is first started, and then
vehicle is started. See Traction Control/Electronic turn off as the vehicle is driven. This
The StabiliTrak system assists with Stability Control on page 9-29. may be an early indicator that the
directional control of the vehicle in tire pressures are getting low and
difficult driving conditions. The Tire Pressure Monitor the tires need to be inflated to the
system also turns on automatically proper pressure.
This vehicle may have a Tire
every time the vehicle is started. Pressure Monitor System (TPMS). The TPMS does not replace normal
. To turn off traction control, press monthly tire maintenance. Maintain
the correct tire pressures.
and release the g button on the
center stack. i comes on in the See Tire Pressure Monitor System
on page 10-48.
instrument cluster and the
appropriate DIC message is
displayed. See Ride Control
System Messages on page 5-44.
The low tire pressure warning light
alerts to a significant loss in
pressure of one of the vehicle's
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
1-20 In Brief
Engine Oil Life System 2. Press SEL on the DIC controls Driving for Better Fuel
and hold SEL down for a few
The engine oil life system calculates seconds to clear the CHANGE
Economy
engine oil life based on vehicle use ENGINE OIL SOON message Driving habits can affect fuel
and displays the CHANGE ENGINE and reset the oil life at 100%. mileage. Here are some driving tips
OIL SOON message when it is time to get the best fuel economy
to change the engine oil and filter. Be careful not to reset the oil life
display accidentally at any time possible.
The oil life system should be reset
to 100% only following an oil other than after the oil is . Avoid fast starts and accelerate
change. changed. It cannot be reset smoothly.
accurately until the next oil
Resetting the Oil Life System
. Brake gradually and avoid
change.
abrupt stops.
1. Using the DIC controls on the The oil life system can also be reset
right side of the steering wheel,
. Avoid idling the engine for long
as follows:
display REMAINING OIL LIFE periods of time.
on the DIC. See Driver 1. Turn the ignition on with the . When road and weather
Information Center (DIC) on engine off.
conditions are appropriate, use
page 5-30. When remaining oil 2. Fully press and release the cruise control.
life is low, the CHANGE accelerator pedal three times . Always follow posted speed
ENGINE OIL SOON message within five seconds.
limits or drive more slowly when
will appear on the display. See If the CHANGE ENGINE OIL conditions require.
Engine Oil Messages on SOON message is not on, the . Keep vehicle tires properly
page 5-40. system is reset.
inflated.
See Engine Oil Life System on . Combine several trips into a
page 10-11.
single trip.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
In Brief 1-21
Replace the vehicle's tires with

OnStar®
.
the same TPC Spec number

molded into the tire's sidewall If equipped, this vehicle has a
near the size. comprehensive, in-vehicle system
that can connect to a live Advisor
. Follow recommended scheduled
for Emergency, Security, Navigation,
maintenance.
Connection, and Diagnostic
Services. See OnStar Overview on
Roadside Service page 14-1.
U.S.: 1-800-224-1400
Canada: 1-800-882-1112
TTY Users (U.S. Only):
1-888-889-2438
New vehicles are automatically
enrolled in the Roadside Service
program.
See Roadside Service on
page 13-5.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
1-22 In Brief
2 NOTES
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-1
Keys, Doors, and Doors Windows

Trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14 Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21
Windows Power Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21
Vehicle Security Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-23
Vehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16 Rear Window Sunshade . . . . . 2-24
Keys and Locks Vehicle Alarm System . . . . . . . 2-16
Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2 Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18 Roof
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Immobilizer Operation . . . . . . . 2-18 Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Exterior Mirrors
System Operation . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3 Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19
Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . 2-9 Power Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10 Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20
Power Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12 Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20
Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13 Interior Mirrors
Automatic Door Locks . . . . . . . 2-13 Interior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . 2-20
Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13 Automatic Dimming Rearview
Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14 Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
2-2 Keys, Doors, and Windows
Keys and Locks driver door and for locking the rear
seatbacks so they cannot be folded.
See Rear Seats on page 3-10.
Keys
{ Warning
Leaving children in a vehicle with
a Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
transmitter is dangerous and
children or others could be
seriously injured or killed. They
could operate the power windows
or other controls or make the
vehicle move. The windows will
function with the RKE transmitter
in the vehicle, and children or To remove the key, press the button
others could be caught in the path near the bottom of the transmitter,
of a closing window. Do not leave and pull the key out. Never pull the
children in a vehicle with an RKE key out without pressing the button.
transmitter.
If it becomes difficult to turn the key,
inspect the key blade for debris.
See your dealer if a new key is
needed.
There is a key inside the Remote Contact Roadside Service if locked
Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter that out of the vehicle. See Roadside
is used for locking/unlocking the Service on page 13-5.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
With an active OnStar subscription, Remote Keyless Entry Q (Lock): Press to lock all doors.
an OnStar Advisor may remotely The turn signal indicators may flash
unlock the vehicle. See OnStar
(RKE) System Operation
and/or the horn may sound to
Overview on page 14-1. The Keyless Access system allows indicate locking. See “Remote Lock,
for vehicle entry when the Unlock, Start” under Vehicle
Remote Keyless Entry transmitter is within range. See Personalization on page 5-48.
(RKE) System “Keyless Access Operation”
following. If the driver door is open when Q is
See Radio Frequency Statement on pressed, all doors lock and the
The RKE transmitter functions may
page 13-15. driver door will immediately unlock,
work up to 60 m (197 ft) away from
If there is a decrease in the RKE if “Unlocked Door Anti Lock Out” is
the vehicle.
operating range: enabled. See “Unlocked Door Anti
Other conditions, such as those Lock Out” under Vehicle
. Check the distance. The previously stated, can impact the Personalization on page 5-48. If the
transmitter may be too far from performance of the transmitter. passenger door is open when Q is
the vehicle. pressed, all doors lock.
. Check the location. Other
vehicles or objects may be Pressing Q may also arm the
blocking the signal. theft-deterrent system. See Vehicle
Alarm System on page 2-16.
. Check the transmitter's battery.
See “Battery Replacement” later
in this section.
. If the transmitter is still not
working correctly, see your
dealer or a qualified technician
for service.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
K (Unlock): Press to unlock the / (Remote Start): If equipped, of the door being opened. If the
driver door or all doors depending press and release Q and then vehicle has this feature, there will be
on the personalization settings. See a button on the outside front door
immediately press and hold / for at handles.
“Remote Lock, Unlock, Start” under
Vehicle Personalization on least four seconds to start the
engine from outside the vehicle Keyless Access can be
page 5-48. When remotely programmed to unlock all doors on
unlocking the vehicle at night, the using the RKE transmitter. See
Remote Vehicle Start on page 2-9. the first lock/unlock press from the
headlamps and back-up lamps will driver door. See Vehicle
come on for about 30 seconds to L (Vehicle Locator/Panic Personalization on page 5-48.
light your approach to the vehicle. Alarm): Press and release to
The turn signal indicators may flash initiate vehicle locator. The exterior Keyless Unlocking/Locking from
to indicate unlocking. See “Remote lamps flash and the horn chirps the Driver Door
Lock, Unlock, Start” under Vehicle three times. Press and hold L for When the doors are locked and the
Personalization on page 5-48. three seconds to sound the panic RKE transmitter is within range of
Memory seat positions may be alarm. The horn sounds and the the door handle, pressing the lock/
recalled when unlocking the vehicle. turn signal lamps flash for unlock button on the driver door
See “Remote Lock, Unlock, Start” 30 seconds, or until L is pressed handle will unlock the driver door.
under Vehicle Personalization on again or the vehicle is started. If the lock/unlock button is pressed
page 5-48. again within five seconds, all
i (Remote Trunk Release): passenger doors will unlock.
Pressing K will disarm the Press and hold to release the trunk.
theft-deterrent system. See Vehicle
Alarm System on page 2-16.
Keyless Access Operation
On some models, pressing and The Keyless Access system allows
the door and trunk to be locked and
holding K will open all of the unlocked without pressing the RKE
windows. transmitter button. The RKE
transmitter must be within 1 m (3 ft)
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Keyless Unlocking/Locking from Temporary Disable Passive

the Passenger Doors Locking Feature
When the doors are locked and the Temporarily disable the passive
RKE transmitter is within range of locking by pressing and holding K
the door handle, pressing the lock/ on the interior door switch with a
unlock button on a passenger door door open for at least four seconds,
handle will unlock all doors. or until three chimes are heard.
Pressing the lock/unlock button will Passive locking will then remain
cause all doors to lock if any of the
disabled until Q on the interior door
following occur:
is pressed, or until the vehicle is
. The lock/unlock button was used turned on.
to unlock all doors.
Driver Side Shown, Passenger To customize the doors to
Similar . Any vehicle door has been automatically lock when exiting the
opened and all doors are now vehicle, see “Remote Locking,
Pressing the lock/unlock button will closed.
cause all doors to lock if any of the Unlocking, Starting” under Vehicle
following occur: Passive Locking Personalization on page 5-48.
. It has been more than This feature will lock the vehicle Keyless Trunk Opening
five seconds since the first lock/ several seconds after all doors are Press the touch pad on the rear of
unlock button press. closed, if the vehicle is off and at the trunk above the license plate to
least one RKE transmitter has been open the trunk when the RKE
. Two lock/unlock button presses
removed from the interior or none transmitter is in range.
were used to unlock all doors.
remain in the interior.
. Any vehicle door has been Keyed Access
opened and all doors are now To access a vehicle with a dead
closed. transmitter battery, see Door Locks
on page 2-10.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Programming Transmitters to The Driver Information Center

the Vehicle (DIC) displays READY FOR
REMOTE #2, 3, 4, ETC.
Only RKE transmitters programmed
to the vehicle will work. If a
transmitter is lost or stolen, a
replacement can be purchased and
programmed through your dealer.
The vehicle can be reprogrammed
so that lost or stolen transmitters no
longer work. Each vehicle can have
up to eight transmitters matched
to it.
2. Place the recognized
Programming with a Recognized transmitter(s) in the pocket. The
Transmitter transmitter pocket is inside the
A new transmitter can be center console storage area
programmed to the vehicle when between the driver and front 4. Replace the recognized
there is one recognized transmitter. passenger seats. transmitter with a new
To program, the vehicle must be off 3. Remove the key lock cylinder transmitter. Place the new
and all transmitters, both currently cap. See Door Locks on transmitter in the transmitter
recognized and new, must be page 2-10. Insert the vehicle key pocket.
with you. into the key lock cylinder on the 5. Press the ENGINE START/
1. Open the center console storage driver door handle. Then turn the STOP button. When the
area and the storage tray. key counterclockwise, to the transmitter is learned, the DIC
unlock position, five times within display will show that it is ready
10 seconds. to program the next transmitter.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
6. Remove the transmitter from the to complete. The vehicle must be 3. Repeat Step 2 two additional
transmitter pocket and press K off and all transmitters to be times. After the third time all
programmed must be with you. previously known transmitters
or Q on the transmitter.
1. Remove the key lock cylinder will no longer work with the
To program additional cap. See Door Locks on vehicle. Remaining transmitters
transmitters, repeat Steps 3–5. page 2-10. Insert the vehicle key can be relearned during the next
into the key lock cylinder on the steps.
When all additional transmitters
are programmed, press and hold driver door handle; then turn the The DIC display should
the ENGINE START/STOP key counterclockwise, to the now show READY FOR
button for approximately unlock position five times within REMOTE # 1.
12 seconds to exit 10 seconds.
programming mode. The Driver Information Center
Programming without a (DIC) displays REMOTE LEARN
Recognized Transmitter PENDING, PLEASE WAIT.
If there are no currently recognized 2. Wait for 10 minutes until the DIC
transmitters available, follow this displays PRESS ENGINE
procedure to program up to eight START BUTTON TO LEARN,
transmitters. This feature is not then press the ENGINE START/
available in Canada. This procedure STOP button.
will take approximately 30 minutes The DIC display will again show
REMOTE LEARN PENDING,
PLEASE WAIT.
4. Place the new transmitter in
the transmitter pocket. The
transmitter pocket is inside the
center console storage area
between the driver and front
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
passenger seats. The storage REMOTE KEY WAS DETECTED. 3. With the vehicle in P (Park) or
area will need to be opened to PLACE KEY IN TRANSMITTER N (Neutral), press the brake
access the transmitter pocket. POCKET. THEN START YOUR pedal and the ENGINE START/
5. Press the ENGINE START/ VEHICLE. when you try to start the STOP button.
STOP button. When the vehicle. See Key and Lock Replace the transmitter battery
transmitter is learned, the DIC Messages on page 5-40. as soon as possible.
display will show that it is ready To start the vehicle:
to program the next transmitter. Battery Replacement
1. Open the center console storage
6. Remove the transmitter from the area and the storage tray.
transmitter pocket and press K
{ Caution
or Q on the transmitter. When replacing the battery, do
not touch any of the circuitry on
To program additional the transmitter. Static from your
transmitters, repeat Steps 4–6.
body could damage the
When all additional transmitters transmitter.
are programmed, press and hold
the ENGINE START/STOP
button for approximately Replace the battery if the REPLACE
12 seconds to exit BATTERY IN REMOTE KEY
programming mode. message displays in the DIC.
1. Press the button near the bottom
Starting the Vehicle with a Low of the transmitter and pull the
Transmitter Battery 2. Place the transmitter in the key out.
If the transmitter battery is weak, transmitter pocket.
or if there is interference with the
signal, the DIC may display NO
REMOTE DETECTED or NO
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Remote Vehicle Start The RKE transmitter range may be

less while the vehicle is running.
If equipped, this feature allows the
engine to be started from outside Other conditions can affect the
the vehicle. performance of the transmitter. See
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
/ (Remote Vehicle Start): This System on page 2-3.
button will be on the RKE
transmitter if the vehicle has remote Starting the Engine Using Remote
start. Start
The climate control system will use 1. Press and release Q on the
the previous settings during a RKE transmitter.
remote start. The rear window
2. Use the oval base of the key defogger may come on during 2. Immediately press and hold /
blade to separate the two halves remote start based on cold ambient for at least four seconds or until
of the transmitter. conditions. The rear defog indicator the turn signal lamps flash. This
light does not come on during confirms the request to remote
3. Remove the old battery. Do not start the vehicle has been
use a metal object. remote start.
received. If the vehicle's
4. Insert the new battery on the Laws in some local communities lamps are not visible, press and
may restrict the use of remote
back housing, positive side
starters. For example, some laws hold / for at least four seconds.
facing down. Replace with a
CR2032 or equivalent battery. may require a person using remote During the remote start, the
start to have the vehicle in view. doors will be locked and the
5. Align the key release button and Check local regulations for any parking lamps will remain on as
snap the transmitter back requirements. long as the engine is running.
together.
If your vehicle is low on fuel, do not
use the remote start feature. The
vehicle may run out of fuel.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
The engine will shut off after Canceling a Remote Start

. The oil pressure is low.
10 minutes unless a time To cancel a remote start, do any of
. Two remote vehicle starts or a
extension is done or the ignition the following: start with an extension have
is put in ON/RUN/START. already been used.
3. Press the brake pedal and select
. Press and hold / until the . The vehicle is not in P (Park).
the ON/RUN/START ignition parking lamps turn off.
mode to drive the vehicle. . Turn on the hazard warning Door Locks
Extending Engine Run Time flashers.
The engine run time can also be

. Turn the vehicle on and then { Warning
extended by another 10 minutes, back off.
Unlocked doors can be
if during the first 10 minutes Conditions in Which Remote Start
Steps 1–2 are repeated while the dangerous.
Will Not Work
engine is still running. This provides . Passengers, especially
a total of 20 minutes. The remote start will not operate if children, can easily open the
any of the following occur: doors and fall out of a moving
The remote start can only be
extended once.
. The ignition is in any mode other vehicle. The chance of being
than OFF. thrown out of the vehicle in a
A maximum of two remote starts, crash is increased if the
or a remote start with an extension,
. The transmitter is in the vehicle.
doors are not locked. So, all
are allowed between ignition cycles. . The hood is not closed. passengers should wear
The vehicle's ignition must be . The hazard warning flashers safety belts properly and the
changed to ON/RUN/START and are on. doors should be locked
then back to OFF before the remote whenever the vehicle is
. There is an emission control driven.
start procedure can be used again. system malfunction.
(Continued)
. The engine coolant temperature
is too high.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Keyless Access Key Cylinder Access

Warning (Continued)
. Young children who get into
unlocked vehicles may be
unable to get out. A child can
be overcome by extreme heat
and can suffer permanent
injuries or even death from
heat stroke. Always lock the
vehicle whenever leaving it.
. Outsiders can easily enter To access the key cylinder:
through an unlocked door 1. Pull the door handle (1) to the
when slowing or stopping the open position.
vehicle. Lock the doors to If equipped, use the Keyless Access
help prevent this from 2. Insert the key (4) into the slot (3)
system to lock and unlock the door. on the bottom of the cap (2) and
happening. When the doors are locked and the pry outward.
transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft) of the 3. Move the cap (2) rearward and
driver door handle, press the lock/ remove.
unlock button. When unlocking from 4. Use the key (4) in the cylinder.
the driver door, the first press
unlocks that door; press again
within five seconds to unlock all
passenger doors. See Remote
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Inside the Vehicle

On the rear doors, push down on
the door lock knob to lock the door
manually. Pull once on the door
handle to unlock the door and again
to open the door.
Press the power door lock switch to
lock or unlock all doors
automatically. See Power Door
Locks on page 2-12.
Power Door Locks

To replace the cap:
1. Pull the door handle to the open
position.
2. Insert the two tabs (7) at the
back of the cap (8) between the
seal (5) and the metal base (6).
3. Move the cap forward and press

to snap the cap in place.
4. Release the door handle.
Q (Lock): Press to lock the doors.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
K (Unlock): Press to unlock the Automatic Door Locks switch is pressed with the driver
doors. door open, all the doors will lock
The vehicle is programmed so that and only the driver door will unlock.
when the doors are closed, the
Delayed Locking ignition is on, and the shift lever is If the vehicle is off with the RKE
This feature delays the actual moved out of P (Park), the doors transmitter in the vehicle and the
locking of the doors. will lock. power door lock switch is pressed
with the driver door open, all the
When Q is pressed on the power To unlock the doors: doors will lock and only the driver
door lock switch, while the door is . Press an unlock switch on door will unlock after closing all of
open, a chime will sound three a door. the doors.
times indicating that delayed locking . Shift the transmission into This feature can be manually
is active. P (Park). overridden with the driver door open
When all the doors are closed, the The power door locks can be by pressing and holding Q on the
doors will lock automatically after programmed through the Driver power door lock switch.
five seconds. If a door is reopened Information Center (DIC). See
before five seconds have elapsed, Unlocked Door Anti Lock Out
the five-second timer will reset once page 5-48. When this feature is on and door
all the doors are closed again. locking is requested with the driver
Lockout Protection door open, all doors will lock and
Press Q on the door lock switch
only the driver door will unlock. The
again or press Q on the RKE If the vehicle is in ACC/ driver door must be closed before
transmitter to override this feature ACCESSORY or ON/RUN/START locking is requested for all doors to
and lock the doors immediately. with the Remote Keyless remain locked. When this feature is
This feature can also be Entry (RKE) transmitter in the off, the Delayed Door Lock menu
programmed. See Vehicle vehicle and the power door lock will be available.
Personalization on page 5-48.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
This feature can also be The rear door power windows are Doors
programmed. See Vehicle also disabled. See Power Windows
Personalization on page 5-48. on page 2-21.
Trunk
Press v { again to deactivate the
Safety Locks
The rear door safety locks prevent
safety locks. { Warning
If the rear inside door handle is
passengers from opening the rear Exhaust gases can enter the
being pulled when the safety lock is
doors from inside the vehicle. vehicle if it is driven with the
deactivated, that door will remain
locked and the indicator light may liftgate or trunk/hatch open,
flash. Release the handle, then or with any objects that pass
press the safety lock twice to through the seal between the
deactivate the safety locks. body and the trunk/hatch or
liftgate. Engine exhaust contains
carbon monoxide (CO) which
cannot be seen or smelled. It can
cause unconsciousness and even
death.
If the vehicle must be driven with
the liftgate or trunk/hatch open:
. Close all of the windows.
Press v { to activate the safety . Fully open the air outlets on
locks on the rear doors. The or under the instrument
indicator light in the switch will panel.
illuminate when activated. (Continued)
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Trunk Lock Release

Warning (Continued)
. Adjust the climate control
system to a setting that
brings in only outside air and
set the fan speed to the
highest setting. See “Climate
Control Systems” in the
Index.
Use the handle to assist in closing
. If the vehicle is equipped with the trunk. Do not use the handle as
a power liftgate, disable the a tie-down.
power liftgate function.
If the vehicle is ever without power,
See Engine Exhaust on the trunk area can still be accessed
page 9-22. To open the trunk, press | from by folding the rear seat:
inside the vehicle or press i 1. Fold down the rear seatback.
on the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) See Rear Seats on page 3-10.
transmitter, or press the touch pad 2. Reach inward through the
on the trunk above the license plate. opening to locate the emergency
With the Keyless Access system the trunk release handle.
RKE transmitter must be within 1 m 3. Pull the release handle to open
(3 ft) of the trunk for it to be the trunk.
recognized.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Emergency Trunk Release There is a glow-in-the-dark Vehicle Security

Handle emergency trunk release handle on
the trunk lid. This handle will glow This vehicle has theft-deterrent
following exposure to light. Pull the features; however, they do not make
release handle to open the trunk the vehicle impossible to steal.
from the inside.
Vehicle Alarm System
This vehicle has an anti-theft alarm
system.
{ Caution
Do not use the emergency trunk
release handle as a tie-down or
The indicator light, on the
anchor point when securing items
instrument panel near the
in the trunk as it could damage windshield, indicates the status of
the handle. the system.
Off: Alarm system is disarmed.
On Solid: Vehicle is secured
during the delay to arm the system.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Fast Flash: Vehicle is unsecured. The vehicle alarm system will not Disarming the Alarm System
A door, the hood, or the trunk arm if the doors are locked with
To disarm the alarm system or turn
is open. the key.
off the alarm if it has been activated:
Slow Flash: Alarm system is If the driver door is opened without
armed. first unlocking with the RKE
. Press K on the RKE transmitter.
transmitter, the horn will chirp and . Unlock the vehicle using the
Arming the Alarm System the lights will flash to indicate Keyless Access system.
1. Close the trunk and the hood. pre-alarm. If the vehicle is not
Turn off the vehicle. started, or the door is not unlocked
. Start the vehicle.
2. Lock the vehicle in one of by pressing K on the RKE To avoid setting off the alarm by
three ways: transmitter during the 10–second accident:
pre-alarm, the alarm will be . Lock the vehicle after all
. Use the RKE transmitter. activated. occupants have left the vehicle
. Use the Keyless Access The alarm will also be activated if a and all doors are closed.
system. passenger door, the trunk, or the . Always unlock a door with the
. With a door open, press Q hood is opened without first RKE transmitter or use the
on the interior of the door. disarming the system. When the Keyless Access system.
alarm is activated, the turn signals
3. After 30 seconds the alarm flash and the horn sounds for about Unlocking the driver door with the
system will arm, and the 30 seconds. The alarm system will key will not disarm the system or
indicator light will begin to slowly then re-arm to monitor for the next turn off the alarm.
flash indicating the alarm system unauthorized event.
is operating. Pressing Q on the
RKE transmitter a second time
will bypass the 30-second delay
and immediately arm the alarm
system.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
How to Detect a Tamper The immobilization system is When trying to start the vehicle, the
Condition disarmed when the pushbutton start security light may come on briefly
is activated to enter the ACC/ when the ignition is turned on.
If K is pressed and the horn chirps ACCESSORY mode or the ON/ If the engine does not start and the
three times, the alarm was activated RUN/START mode and a valid security light stays on, there is a
while the alarm system was armed. transmitter is present in the vehicle. problem with the system. Turn the
If the alarm system has been ignition off and try again.
activated, a message will appear on
If the vehicle will not change ignition
the DIC. See Security Messages on
modes (ACC/ACCESSORY, ON/
page 5-45.
RUN/START, OFF), and the RKE
transmitter appears to be
Immobilizer undamaged, try another transmitter.
See Radio Frequency Statement on Or, you may try placing the
The security light in the instrument
page 13-15. transmitter in the transmitter pocket
cluster comes on if there is a
in the center console. See Key and
problem with arming or disarming
Immobilizer Operation Lock Messages on page 5-40.
the theft-deterrent system.
This vehicle has a passive If the ignition modes will not change
The system has one or more RKE
theft-deterrent system. with the other transmitter, your
transmitters matched to an
vehicle needs service. If the ignition
The system does not have to be immobilizer control unit in your
does change modes, the first
manually armed or disarmed. vehicle. Only a correctly matched
transmitter may be faulty. See your
RKE transmitter will start the
The vehicle is automatically dealer who can service the
vehicle. If the transmitter is ever
immobilized when the vehicle is theft-deterrent system and have a
damaged, you may not be able to
turned off. new RKE transmitter programmed to
start your vehicle.
the vehicle.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
It is possible for the immobilizer Exterior Mirrors Power Mirrors

system to learn new or replacement
RKE transmitters. Up to eight
transmitters can be programmed for Convex Mirrors
the vehicle. To program additional
transmitters, see “Programming { Caution
Transmitters to the Vehicle” under
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) A convex mirror can make things,
System Operation on page 2-3. like other vehicles, look farther
away than they really are. If you
Do not leave the key or device that
cut too sharply into the right lane,
disarms or deactivates the
theft-deterrent system in the vehicle. you could hit a vehicle on the
right. Check the inside mirror or
glance over your shoulder before
changing lanes.
1. Move the selector switch to L
(Left) or R (Right) to choose the
The passenger side mirror is convex driver or passenger mirror.
shaped. A convex mirror's surface is 2. Press one of the four arrows to
curved so more can be seen from move the mirror.
the driver seat.
3. Move the selector switch to ) to
deselect the mirror.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Exterior Automatic Dimming Puddle Light Interior Mirrors

Mirror The vehicle has a puddle light on
The vehicle may have a driver the mirror housings. The light will Interior Rearview Mirrors
exterior automatic dimming mirror illuminate the ground when the door
that will automatically adjust for the is opened. Adjust the rearview mirror for a clear
glare of headlamps behind. view of the area behind your
Folding Mirrors vehicle.
Memory Mirrors
If equipped with OnStar, the vehicle
The vehicle may have memory Manual Folding Mirrors may have three control buttons at
mirrors. See Memory Seats on The mirrors can be folded inward the bottom of the mirror. See your
page 3-7. toward the vehicle to prevent dealer for more information about
Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) damage when going through an OnStar and how to subscribe to it.
automatic car wash. Push the mirror See OnStar Overview on page 14-1.
The vehicle may have SBZA. See outward to return it to the original
Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) on Do not spray glass cleaner directly
position. on the mirror. Use a soft towel
page 9-54.
dampened with water.
Turn Signal Indicator Heated Mirrors
The vehicle has a turn signal = (Rear Window Defogger): Automatic Dimming
indicator on the mirror housings. Press to heat the mirrors. Rearview Mirror
The indicator will flash when a turn See Dual Automatic Climate Control
signal or the hazard warning The vehicle has an automatic
System on page 8-1. dimming rearview mirror. The mirror
flashers are used.
will automatically reduce the glare
from the headlamps from behind.
The dimming feature comes on
when the vehicle is started.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Windows The vehicle aerodynamics are

designed to improve fuel economy
performance. This may result in a
{ Warning pulsing sound when either rear
window is down and the front
Never leave a child, a helpless windows are up. To reduce the
adult, or a pet alone in a vehicle, sound, open either a front window
especially with the windows or the sunroof, if equipped.
closed in warm or hot weather.
They can be overcome by the Power Windows
extreme heat and suffer
permanent injuries or even death
from heat stroke. { Warning
The power windows only operate
Children could be seriously with the ignition in ACC/
injured or killed if caught in the ACCESSORY or ON/RUN/START,
path of a closing window. Never or when Retained Accessory Power
leave the Remote Keyless Entry (RAP) is active. See Retained
(RKE) transmitter in a vehicle with Accessory Power (RAP) on
children. When there are children page 9-20.
in the rear seat, use the window The power window switches on the
lockout switch to prevent driver door control all the windows.
operation of the windows. See Each passenger door has a switch
Keys on page 2-2. that controls only that window.
Press the switch to lower the
window. Pull the switch up to
raise it.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Express-Down/Up Windows Express Window Anti-Pinch Programming the Power

Windows with the express feature Override Windows
allow the windows to be raised and If the vehicle battery has been
lowered all the way without holding { Warning recharged or disconnected, or is not
the switch. working, the front power windows
If express override is activated, will need to be reprogrammed for
Press or pull the switch fully and the window will not reverse
release it to activate the express the express-up feature to work.
automatically. You or others could Before reprogramming, replace or
feature.
be injured and the window could recharge the vehicle's battery.
The express mode can be canceled be damaged. Before you use
by briefly pressing or pulling the To program:
express override, make sure that
switch. all people and obstructions are 1. With the ignition in ON/RUN or
clear of the window path. ACC/ACCESSORY, or when
Express Window Anti-Pinch RAP is active, close all doors.
Feature
The anti-pinch feature can be 2. Press and hold the power
If any object is in the path of the window switch until the window
window when the express-up is overridden. Hold the window switch
all the way up to the second is fully open.
active, the window will stop at the
obstruction and auto-reverse to a position. The window will rise for as 3. Pull the power window switch up
preset factory position. Weather long as the switch is held. Once the until the window is fully closed.
conditions such as severe icing may switch is released, the express
mode is reactivated. 4. Continue holding the switch up
also cause the window to for approximately two seconds
auto-reverse. The window will return In this mode, the window can close after the window is completely
to normal operation after the on an object in its path. Use care closed.
obstruction or condition is removed. when using the override mode.
The window is now reprogrammed.
Repeat the process for the other
windows.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Window Operation from Window Lockout Press v { again to deactivate the

Outside the Vehicle lockout switch.
The vehicle may be equipped with a If the indicator light flashes, the
remote venting window feature. feature may not be working properly.
As you approach the vehicle,
press K on the Remote Keyless Sun Visors
Entry (RKE) transmitter long enough
for the windows to start lowering to
the full open position.
Pressing the K again will cause
window movement to stop.
This feature may be turned off by
your dealer. This feature prevents the rear
passenger windows from operating,
except from the driver position. Pull the sun visor down to block
Press v { to activate the window glare. Detach the sun visor from the
lockout. The indicator light in the center mount to pivot to the side
switch will illuminate when window, or to extend along the rod.
activated.
The rear door locks are also
disabled. See Safety Locks on
page 2-14.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Rear Window Sunshade If the vehicle is shifted into

R (Reverse) when the sunshade is
extended, it will automatically close.
When the vehicle is shifted into
D (Drive), the sunshade will not
automatically extend. Press and
release the switch to extend the
sunshade.
If equipped, the rear seat center
armrest may have rear window
sunshade buttons.
Rear Passenger Door Sunshades Attach it to the hooks at the top of
the window.
On vehicles with a rear window To close the sunshade, use the
sunshade, the sunshade switch is handle to release it from the hooks
on the overhead console. The and roll it down.
sunshade only operates with the
ignition in ON/RUN/START.
To open the sunshade, press and
release the switch. The sunshade
will fully extend. To close the
sunshade, press and release the
switch again. The sunshade will fully
close.
If equipped, use the handle to pull
the sunshade up.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Roof Sunroof Switch Sunshade Switch

Vent Feature: Press and hold the Open/Close: Press and hold the
Sunroof front of ~ to vent the sunroof. The front or rear of Q to open or close
For vehicles equipped with a sunshade will automatically open the sunshade to the desired
sunroof, the ignition must be in ON/ approximately 38 cm (15 in). Press position.
RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY, or in and hold the rear of ~ to close Express Open/Express Close:
Retained Accessory Power (RAP) to the vent. Press and release the rear or front
operate the sunroof and power Comfort Stop Feature: The of Q to express open or express
sunshade. See Ignition Positions on sunroof has a comfort stop feature close the sunshade. If the sunroof is
page 9-15 and Retained Accessory that stops the sunroof from opening opened, the sunshade will express
Power (RAP) on page 9-20. fully. Press and release the rear of close within a few inches of the
~ to open the sunroof to the opened sunroof.
comfort open position. Pressing the
Anti-Pinch Feature
rear of ~ again will open the
sunroof fully. If the sunshade is not If an object is in the path of the
fully open when the comfort stop sunroof/sunshade when it is closing,
feature is pressed the second time, the anti-pinch feature will detect the
the sunshade will open fully. object and stop the sunroof/
sunshade from closing at the point
Express Close: Press and release of the obstruction. The sunroof/
the front of ~ to express close the sunshade will then return to the
sunroof. full-open position. To close the
sunroof/sunshade, see “Express
Open/Express Close” earlier in this
1. ~ Sunroof Switch section.
2. Q Sunshade Switch
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Dirt and debris may collect on the

sunroof seal or in the track. This
could cause an issue with sunroof
operation or noise. It could also plug
the water drainage system.
Periodically open the sunroof and
remove any obstacles or loose
debris. Wipe the sunroof seal and
roof sealing area using a clean
cloth, mild soap, and water. Do not
remove grease from the sunroof.
If water is seen dripping into the
water drainage system, this is
normal.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Seats and Restraints 3-1
Seats and Safety Belts Passenger Sensing

Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13 System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-29
Restraints How to Wear Safety Belts Servicing the Airbag-Equipped
Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15 Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33
Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16 Adding Equipment to the
Head Restraints Safety Belt Use During Airbag-Equipped Vehicle . . . 3-34
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2 Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20 Airbag System Check . . . . . . . . 3-35
Safety Belt Extender . . . . . . . . . 3-20 Replacing Airbag System
Front Seats
Safety System Check . . . . . . . . 3-20 Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . 3-35
Power Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . 3-4
Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5 Safety Belt Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21
Replacing Safety Belt System Child Restraints
Thigh Support Adjustment . . . . 3-5 Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-36
Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . 3-6 Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . 3-21
Infants and Young
Memory Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7 Airbag System Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-38
Heated and Ventilated Front Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22 Child Restraint Systems . . . . . 3-40
Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9 Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . 3-24 Where to Put the Restraint . . . 3-42
When Should an Airbag Lower Anchors and Tethers
Rear Seats
Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26 for Children (LATCH
Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10
What Makes an Airbag System) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-43
Rear Seat Armrest . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27 Replacing LATCH System
Heated Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
How Does an Airbag Parts After a Crash . . . . . . . . . 3-50
Rear Seat
Restrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27 Securing Child Restraints
Pass-Through Door . . . . . . . . 3-13
What Will You See after an (Rear Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-50
Airbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27 Securing Child Restraints
(Front Passenger Seat) . . . . 3-52
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
3-2 Seats and Restraints
Head Restraints
{ Warning
With head restraints that are not
installed and adjusted properly,
there is a greater chance that
occupants will suffer a neck/
spinal injury in a crash. Do not
drive until the head restraints for
all occupants are installed and
adjusted properly.
Adjust the head restraint so that the The height of the head restraint can
If your vehicle has rear head top of the restraint is at the same be adjusted. Pull the head restraint
restraints that fold down, always height as the top of the occupant's up to raise it. Try to move the head
return them to the full upright head. This position reduces the restraint to make sure that it is
position whenever an occupant is chance of a neck injury in a crash. locked in place.
seated in the seat. To lower the head restraint, press
Front Seats
the button located on the side of the
The vehicle's front seats have head restraint, push the head
adjustable head restraints in the restraint down, and release the
outboard seating positions. button. Pull and push on the head
restraint after the button is released
to make sure that it is locked in
place.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Rear Seats head restraint after the button is

released to make sure that it is
The vehicle's rear seats have
locked in place.
adjustable head restraints in the
outboard seating positions.
The height of the head restraint can
be adjusted. Pull the head restraint
up to raise it. Try to move the head
restraint to make sure that it is
locked in place.
The head restraint can be adjusted

forward or rearward. To adjust the
head restraint forward, grasp the
head restraint and pull it forward to
the desired locking position. To The head restraint can be folded
adjust the head restraint rearward, forward to allow for better visibility
press the button located on the side when the rear seat is unoccupied.
of the head restraint and move the To fold the head restraint, press the
head restraint rearward until the button on the side of the head
desired locking position is reached. restraint.
Try to move the head restraint after
the button is released to make sure To lower the head restraint, press
that it is locked in place. the button, located on the top of the
The front seat outboard head seatback, and push the head
restraints are not designed to be restraint down. Try to move the
removed.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
When an occupant or child restraint Front Seats

is in the seat, always return the
head restraint to the full upright
position. Pull the head restraint up Power Seat Adjustment
and push it rearward until it locks
into place. Push and pull on the { Warning
head restraint to make sure that it is
locked. You can lose control of the
vehicle if you try to adjust a driver
Always adjust the head restraint so
seat while the vehicle is moving.
that the top of the restraint is at the
Adjust the driver seat only when
same height as the top of the
occupant's head. the vehicle is not moving.
The head restraint will fold forward Rear outboard head restraints are
automatically. not designed to be removed.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
To adjust the seat: Lumbar Adjustment Thigh Support

. Move the seat forward or Adjustment
rearward by sliding the control
forward or rearward.
. Raise or lower the front part of
the seat cushion by moving the
front of the control up or down.
. Raise or lower the seat by
moving the rear of the control up
or down.
To adjust the seatback, see
Reclining Seatbacks on page 3-6.
To adjust the lumbar support, see
Lumbar Adjustment on page 3-5. To adjust the lumbar support:
Some vehicles are equipped with a . Press and hold the control If available, adjust the manual leg
feature that activates a vibrating forward to increase or rearward cushion extension by pulling up on
pulse alert in the driver seat to help to decrease lumbar support. the lever, and then pulling or
the driver avoid crashes. See Driver pushing on the support to lengthen
. Press and hold the control
Assistance Systems on page 9-43. or shorten it. Release the lever to
upward to raise or downward to
lock it in place.
lower the height of the lumbar
support.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Reclining Seatbacks
{ Warning
Sitting in a reclined position when
the vehicle is in motion can be
dangerous. Even when buckled
up, the safety belts cannot do
their job.
The shoulder belt will not be
against your body. Instead, it will
be in front of you. In a crash, you
could go into it, receiving neck or
other injuries. Do not have a seatback reclined if
The lap belt could go up over the vehicle is moving.
To adjust the seatback: your abdomen. The belt forces
. Tilt the top of the control would be there, not at your pelvic
rearward to recline. bones. This could cause serious
internal injuries.
. Tilt the top of the control forward
to raise. For proper protection when the
vehicle is in motion, have the
seatback upright. Then sit well
back in the seat and wear the
safety belt properly.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Memory Seats Storing Memory Positions 2. Press and release SET, then
To save positions to the “1” and “2” immediately press and hold B
buttons: until a beep sounds.
1. Adjust the driver or passenger Manually Recalling Memory
seat to the desired position. Positions
If storing a driver position, also If the vehicle is off, or in ON/RUN/
adjust the outside mirrors and START but not in P (Park), press
the power tilt and telescoping and hold "1," "2," or B to manually
steering column recall the previously stored memory
2. Press and release SET, then positions. Releasing "1,” "2," or B
immediately press and hold “1” before the stored positions are
until a beep sounds. reached stops the recall.
Driver Buttons Shown, Passenger 3. Repeat Steps 1 and 2 for a If the vehicle is in ON/RUN/START
Buttons Similar second driver using “2.” and in P (Park), press and release
If equipped, the SET, "1," "2," and To save positions to the B (Exit) “1,” “2,” or B to manually recall the
B (Exit) buttons on the driver door button and easy exit features: previously stored memory positions.
and front passenger door are used Placing the ignition in OFF/LOCK
to manually save and recall memory 1. Adjust the driver or passenger before the stored positions are
settings for the driver and seat to the desired position for reached stops the recall.
passenger seats. The driver getting out of the vehicle.
If something has blocked the seat
memory buttons also store outside If storing a driver exit position, and/or power tilt and telescoping
mirror and power tilt and telescoping also adjust the power tilt and steering column while recalling a
steering column positions. telescoping steering column and memory position, the recall may
the outside mirrors on some stop. Remove the obstruction; then
vehicles. press and hold the appropriate
manual control for the memory item
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
that is not recalling for two seconds. . Press K on the RKE transmitter If something has blocked the driver
Try recalling the memory position when the driver door is seat and/or power tilt and
again by pressing the appropriate already open. telescoping steering column while
memory button. If the memory recalling a memory position, the
. Press the lock/unlock button on
position is still not recalling, see recall may stop. Remove the
the outside driver door handle
your dealer for service. obstruction; then press and hold the
and open the driver door. The
appropriate manual control for the
Automatically Recalling Memory RKE transmitter must be present
memory item that is not recalling for
Positions (Auto Memory Recall) for the recall to activate.
two seconds. Try recalling the
(Driver Only) To activate the recall when On - At memory position again by opening
The Auto (Automatic) Memory Ignition On is selected in the vehicle the driver door and pressing K on
Recall feature automatically recalls personalization menu: the RKE transmitter. If the memory
the current driver’s previously stored . Place the ignition in ON/RUN/ position is still not recalling, see
“1” or “2” position when entering the START. your dealer for service.
vehicle.
See Vehicle Personalization on Easy Exit Recall (Driver Only)
Depending upon the Auto Memory page 5-48.
Recall feature enabled in the vehicle If programmed on in the vehicle
personalization menu, memory “1” To stop recall movement, press one personalization menu, the easy exit
or “2” positions are recalled in the of the memory, power mirror, feature automatically moves the
following ways: or power seat controls; or press the driver seat, power tilt and
power tilt and telescoping steering telescoping steering column, and
To activate the recall when On - column control. If On - At Ignition outside mirrors on some vehicles to
Driver Door Open is selected in the On is selected in the vehicle the memory positions saved to the
personalization menu, do one of the
following:
personalization menu, placing the B (Exit) button. See “Storing
ignition in OFF/LOCK also stops the Memory Positions” listed previously.
. Press K on the RKE transmitter recall. See also Vehicle Personalization on
and open the driver door. page 5-48.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Easy exit recall automatically Heated and Ventilated

activates when one of the following
occurs:
Front Seats
. The vehicle is turned off and the
driver door is opened within a
{ Warning
short time. If you cannot feel temperature
. The vehicle is turned off with the change or pain to the skin, the
driver door open. seat heater may cause burns. To
If something has blocked the driver reduce the risk of burns, people
seat and/or power tilt and with such a condition should use
telescoping steering column while care when using the seat heater,
recalling the exit position, the recall especially for long periods of
If available, the buttons are near the
may stop. Remove the obstruction; time. Do not place anything on
climate controls on the center stack.
then press and hold the appropriate the seat that insulates against
To operate, the ignition must be in
manual control for the exit feature heat, such as a blanket, cushion, ON/RUN/START.
not recalling for two seconds. Try cover, or similar item. This may
recalling the exit position again. cause the seat heater to Press J or z to heat the driver or
If the exit position is still not overheat. An overheated seat passenger seat cushion and
recalling, see your dealer for heater may cause a burn or may seatback.
service. damage the seat.
Press C or { to ventilate the driver
or passenger seat.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
When this feature is off, the heated Remote Start Heated and Rear Seats
and ventilated seat symbols on the Ventilated Seats
buttons are white. A ventilated seat During a remote start, the heated or Folding the Seatback
has a fan that pulls or pushes air ventilated seats, if equipped, can be
through the seat. The air is not On some vehicles, either side of the
turned on automatically. When it is seatback can be folded for more
cooled. When a heated seat is cold outside, the heated seats turn
turned on, the symbol turns red. cargo space. Fold a seatback only
on, and when it is hot outside the when the vehicle is not moving.
When a ventilated seat is turned on, ventilated seats turn on. The heated
the symbol turns blue. or ventilated seats are canceled
Press the button once for the when the ignition is turned on. Press
{ Caution
highest setting. With each press of the heated or ventilated seat button Folding a rear seat with the safety
the button, the seat will change to to use the heated or ventilated seats belts still fastened may cause
the next lower setting, and then to after the vehicle is started. damage to the seat or the safety
the off setting. The indicator lights The heated or ventilated seat belts. Always unbuckle the safety
next to the buttons indicate three for indicator lights do not turn on during belts and return them to their
the highest setting and one for the a remote start. normal stowed position before
lowest. If the heated seats are on
high, the level may automatically be The temperature performance of an folding a rear seat.
lowered after approximately unoccupied seat may be reduced.
30 minutes. This is normal.
The passenger seat may take The heated or ventilated seats will
longer to heat up. not turn on during a remote start
unless they are enabled in the
vehicle personalization menu. See
Remote Vehicle Start on page 2-9
and Vehicle Personalization on
page 5-48.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
To fold the seatback: Raising the Seatback To raise a seatback:

1. Lift the seatback up and push it
{ Warning rearward to lock it in place.
If either seatback is not locked, it A red tab near the seatback
could move forward in a sudden lever retracts when the seatback
stop or crash. That could cause is locked in place.
injury to the person sitting there. 2. Push and pull the top of the
Always push and pull on the seatback to be sure it is locked
seatbacks to be sure they are into position.
locked. 3. Repeat the steps to raise the
other seatback, if necessary.
When the seat is not in use, it
1. Pull the lever on top of the { Warning should be kept in the upright, locked
position.
seatback to unlock it.
A safety belt that is improperly
A red tab near the seatback routed, not properly attached, Locking and Unlocking the
lever raises when the seatback or twisted will not provide the Seatback
is unlocked. protection needed in a crash. The The rear seatbacks can be locked
2. Fold the seatback forward. person wearing the belt could be or unlocked using the vehicle key.
seriously injured. After raising the
Repeat the steps to fold the
rear seatback, always check to be
other seatback, if desired.
sure that the safety belts are
properly routed and attached, and
are not twisted.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
To lock or unlock a seatback: Rear Seat Armrest Heated Rear Seats
{ Warning
If you cannot feel temperature
change or pain to the skin, the
seat heater may cause burns.
See the Warning under Heated
and Ventilated Front Seats on
page 3-9.
1. Insert the vehicle key into the The rear seat has an armrest in the
lock next to the seatback release center of the seatback. Lower the
lever. armrest to access the cupholders.
2. Turn the key toward the front of To fold, lift the armrest up and push
the vehicle to lock or unlock the it rearward until it is flush with the
seatback. seatback.
3. Repeat Steps 1 and 2 for the The armrest may also have controls
other seatback, if desired. for the rear window sunshade and/
When the seatback is locked, the or the infotainment system. See the
infotainment manual and Rear Rear Heated Seat Buttons with
seatback release lever will not work.
The seatbacks cannot be folded Window Sunshade on page 2-24. Rear Climate Controls Shown,
down when the seatback lock is Base Similar
engaged.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
If available, the buttons are on the Rear Seat Safety Belts

rear of the center console.
Pass-Through Door This section of the manual
With the ignition in ON/RUN/START,
describes how to use safety belts
press M or L to heat the left or right properly. It also describes some
outboard seat cushion and things not to do with safety belts.
seatback. On vehicles without rear
climate controls, an indicator light
on the button will turn on when the
{ Warning
heated seat is on. On vehicles with Do not let anyone ride where a
rear climate controls, an indicator on safety belt cannot be worn
the climate control display appears properly. In a crash, if you or your
when this feature is on.
passenger(s) are not wearing
On vehicles without rear climate safety belts, injuries can be much
controls, press the button again to worse than if you are wearing
turn this feature off. The light on the safety belts. You can be seriously
button will turn off. On vehicles with Some vehicles have a rear seat injured or killed by hitting things
rear climate controls, this feature pass-through door in the center of inside the vehicle harder or by
turns on at the highest setting. With the rear seatback. Fold down the being ejected from the vehicle. In
each press of the button, the heated center armrest and pull the latch to addition, anyone who is not
seat changes to the next lower open the door. buckled up can strike other
setting, and then the off setting.
The pass-through door can be passengers in the vehicle.
Three lights indicate the highest
locked or unlocked using the knob It is extremely dangerous to ride
setting, and one light indicates the
on the back of the door. Open the
lowest. If the heated seats are on in a cargo area, inside or outside
trunk to access the lock. Turn the
high, the level may automatically be of a vehicle. In a collision,
lowered after approximately knob toward Q to lock the door or passengers riding in these areas
30 minutes. away from Q to unlock the door. (Continued)
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Why Safety Belts Work safety belts. That is why wearing

Warning (Continued) safety belts makes such good
sense.
are more likely to be seriously
injured or killed. Do not allow Questions and Answers About
passengers to ride in any area of Safety Belts
the vehicle that is not equipped Q: Will I be trapped in the vehicle
with seats and safety belts. after a crash if I am wearing a
Always wear a safety belt, and safety belt?
check that all passenger(s) are A: You could be — whether you are
restrained properly too. wearing a safety belt or not.
Your chance of being conscious
This vehicle has indicators as a during and after a crash, so you
reminder to buckle the safety belts. can unbuckle and get out, is
See Safety Belt Reminders on When riding in a vehicle, you travel much greater if you are belted.
page 5-17. as fast as the vehicle does. If the Q: If my vehicle has airbags, why
vehicle stops suddenly, you keep should I have to wear safety
going until something stops you. belts?
It could be the windshield, the
instrument panel, or the safety belts! A: Airbags are supplemental
systems only; so they work with
When you wear a safety belt, you safety belts — not instead of
and the vehicle slow down together. them. Whether or not an airbag
There is more time to stop because is provided, all occupants still
you stop over a longer distance and, have to buckle up to get the
when worn properly, your strongest most protection.
bones take the forces from the
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Also, in nearly all states and in There are important things to know would apply force on your
all Canadian provinces, the law about wearing a safety belt properly. abdomen. This could cause
requires wearing safety belts. serious or even fatal injuries.
. Wear the shoulder belt over the
How to Wear Safety Belts shoulder and across the chest.
Properly These parts of the body are best
able to take belt restraining
This section is only for people of
forces. The shoulder belt locks if
adult size.
there is a sudden stop or crash.
There are special things to know
about safety belts and children. And
there are different rules for smaller
{ Warning
children and infants. If a child will be You can be seriously injured,
riding in the vehicle, see Older or even killed, by not wearing
Children on page 3-36 or Infants your safety belt properly.
and Young Children on page 3-38. . Sit up straight and always keep
. Never allow the lap or
Follow those rules for everyone's your feet on the floor in front
protection. of you. shoulder belt to become
loose or twisted.
It is very important for all occupants . Always use the correct buckle
to buckle up. Statistics show that for your seating position.
. Never wear the shoulder belt
unbelted people are hurt more often under both arms or behind
. Wear the lap part of the belt low your back.
in crashes than those who are and snug on the hips, just
wearing safety belts. touching the thighs. In a crash,
. Never route the lap or
this applies force to the strong shoulder belt over an
pelvic bones and you would be armrest.
less likely to slide under the lap
belt. If you slid under it, the belt
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Lap-Shoulder Belt 2. Pick up the latch plate and pull

the belt across you. Do not let it
All seating positions in the vehicle get twisted.
have a lap-shoulder belt.
The lap-shoulder belt may lock if
The following instructions explain you pull the belt across you very
how to wear a lap-shoulder belt quickly. If this happens, let the
properly. belt go back slightly to unlock it.
1. Adjust the seat, if the seat is Then pull the belt across you
adjustable, so you can sit up more slowly.
straight. To see how, see “Seats” If the shoulder portion of a
in the Index. passenger belt is pulled out all
the way, the child restraint
locking feature may be engaged. 3. Push the latch plate into the
If this happens, let the belt go buckle until it clicks.
back all the way and start again. Pull up on the latch plate to
make sure it is secure. If the belt
is not long enough, see Safety
Belt Extender on page 3-20.
Position the release button on
the buckle so that the safety belt
could be quickly unbuckled if
necessary.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
4. If equipped with a shoulder belt Adjust the guide so the shoulder

height adjuster, move it to the portion of the belt is on the shoulder
height that is right for you. See and not falling off of it. The belt
“Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster” should be close to, but not
later in this section for use and contacting, the neck. Improper
important safety information. shoulder belt height adjustment
could reduce the effectiveness of
the safety belt in a crash. See How
to Wear Safety Belts Properly on
page 3-15.
To unlatch the belt, push the button

on the buckle. The belt should
return to its stowed position.
Before a door is closed, be sure the
safety belt is out of the way. If a
door is slammed against a safety
belt, damage can occur to both the
5. To make the lap part tight, pull safety belt and the vehicle.
up on the shoulder belt.
Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster
The vehicle has a shoulder belt
Push down on the release button
height adjuster for the driver and
and move the height adjuster to the
right front passenger seating
desired position. The adjuster can
positions.
be moved up by pushing the slide/
trim up.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
After the height adjuster is set to the Pretensioners work only once. If the There is one guide for each outside
desired position, try to move it down pretensioners activate in a crash, passenger position in the rear seat.
without pressing the release button the pretensioners and possibly other To install a comfort guide to the
to make sure it has locked into parts of the safety belt system will safety belt:
position. need to be replaced. See Replacing
Safety Belt System Parts after a
Safety Belt Pretensioners Crash on page 3-21.
This vehicle has safety belt
pretensioners for front outboard Rear Safety Belt Comfort
occupants. Although the safety belt Guides
pretensioners cannot be seen, they This vehicle may have rear safety
are part of the safety belt assembly. belt comfort guides. If not, they are
They can help tighten the safety available through your dealer. The
belts during the early stages of a guides may provide added safety
moderate to severe frontal, near belt comfort for older children who
frontal, or rear crash if the threshold have outgrown booster seats and
conditions for pretensioner for some adults. When installed and
activation are met. And, if the properly adjusted, the comfort guide 1. Remove the guide from its
vehicle has side impact airbags, positions the belt away from the storage pocket on the side of the
safety belt pretensioners can help neck and head. seatback.
tighten the safety belts in a side
crash. If the vehicle has roof-rail
airbags, for the driver, front outboard
passenger, and second row
outboard passengers, the
pretensioners can tighten the safety
belts in a rollover event.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Warning (Continued)
and across the chest. These parts
of the body are best able to take
belt restraining forces.
2. Place the guide over the belt, 3. Be sure that the belt is not
and insert the two edges of the twisted and it lies flat. The
belt into the slots of the guide. elastic cord must be under the
belt and the guide on top.
{ Warning
A safety belt that is not properly
worn may not provide the 4. Buckle, position, and release the
protection needed in a crash. The safety belt as described
person wearing the belt could be previously in this section. Make
sure the shoulder portion of the
seriously injured. The shoulder
belt is on the shoulder and not
belt should go over the shoulder
falling off of it. The belt should
(Continued) be close to, but not contacting,
the neck.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
To remove and store the comfort A pregnant woman should wear a Never use it for securing child seats.
guide, squeeze the belt edges lap-shoulder belt, and the lap To wear it, attach it to the regular
together so that the safety belt can portion should be worn as low as safety belt. See the instruction sheet
be removed from the guide. Store possible, below the rounding, that comes with the extender.
the guide in its storage pocket on throughout the pregnancy.
the side of the seatback. The best way to protect the fetus is Safety System Check
to protect the mother. When a safety Now and then, check that the safety
Safety Belt Use During belt is worn properly, it is more likely belt reminder light, safety belts,
Pregnancy that the fetus will not be hurt in a buckles, latch plates, retractors, and
crash. For pregnant women, as for anchorages are all working properly.
Safety belts work for everyone,
anyone, the key to making safety Look for any other loose or
including pregnant women. Like all
belts effective is wearing them damaged safety belt system parts
occupants, they are more likely to
properly. that might keep a safety belt system
be seriously injured if they do not
wear safety belts. from doing its job. See your dealer
Safety Belt Extender to have it repaired. Torn or frayed
If the vehicle's safety belt will fasten safety belts may not protect you in a
around you, you should use it. crash. They can rip apart under
impact forces. If a belt is torn or
But if a safety belt is not long frayed, get a new one right away.
enough, your dealer will order you
an extender. When you go in to Make sure the safety belt reminder
order it, take the heaviest coat you light is working. See Safety Belt
will wear, so the extender will be Reminders on page 5-17.
long enough for you. To help avoid Keep safety belts clean and dry.
personal injury, do not let someone See Safety Belt Care on page 3-21.
else use it, and use it only for the
seat it is made to fit. The extender
has been designed for adults.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Safety Belt Care Warning (Continued)

New parts and repairs may be
necessary even if the safety belt
Keep belts clean and dry. system was not being used at the
crash. To help make sure the time of the crash.
{ Warning safety belt systems are working
properly after a crash, have them Have the safety belt pretensioners
Do not bleach or dye safety belts. inspected and any necessary checked if the vehicle has been in a
replacements made as soon as crash, or if the airbag readiness light
It may severely weaken them. In
possible. stays on after you start the vehicle
a crash, they might not be able to
or while you are driving. See Airbag
provide adequate protection. Readiness Light on page 5-18.
Clean safety belts only with mild After a minor crash, replacement of
soap and lukewarm water. safety belts may not be necessary.
But the safety belt assemblies that
were used during any crash may
Replacing Safety Belt have been stressed or damaged.
System Parts after a See your dealer to have the safety
Crash belt assemblies inspected or
replaced.
{ Warning
A crash can damage the safety
belt system in the vehicle.
A damaged safety belt system
may not properly protect the
person using it, resulting in
serious injury or even death in a
(Continued)
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Airbag System Vehicles with an extended

wheelbase or without a rear seat
For seat-mounted side impact
airbags, the word AIRBAG is on the
Vehicles with a standard wheelbase have the following airbags: side of the seatback closest to
and a factory installed rear seat the door.
. A frontal airbag for the driver
have the following airbags:
and for the front outboard For roof-rail airbags, the word
. A frontal airbag for the driver passenger. AIRBAG is on the ceiling or trim.
and for the front outboard . A knee airbag for the driver and Airbags are designed to supplement
passenger.
for the front outboard passenger. the protection provided by safety
. A knee airbag for the driver and belts. Even though today's airbags
. A seat-mounted side impact
for the front outboard passenger. are also designed to help reduce
airbag for the driver and the front
. A seat-mounted side impact outboard passenger. the risk of injury from the force of an
airbag for the driver and the front inflating bag, all airbags must inflate
. A roof-rail airbag for the driver very quickly to do their job.
outboard passenger.
and front outboard passenger.
. Seat-mounted side impact Here are the most important things
All vehicle airbags have the word to know about the airbag system:
airbags for the second row
AIRBAG on the trim or on a label
outboard passengers.
. A roof-rail airbag for the driver
near the deployment opening.
{ Warning
For frontal airbags, the word
and the passenger seated You can be severely injured or
AIRBAG is on the center of the
directly behind the driver. killed in a crash if you are not
steering wheel for the driver and on
. A roof-rail airbag for the front the instrument panel for the front wearing your safety belt, even
outboard passenger and the outboard passenger. with airbags. Airbags are
passenger seated directly designed to work with safety
For knee airbags, the word AIRBAG
behind the front outboard belts, not replace them. Also,
is on the lower part of the
passenger. airbags are not designed to inflate
instrument panel.
(Continued)
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued) { Warning

in every crash. In some crashes seriously injured or killed. Do not Children who are up against,
safety belts are the only restraint. sit unnecessarily close to any or very close to, any airbag when
See When Should an Airbag airbag, as you would be if sitting it inflates can be seriously injured
Inflate? on page 3-26. on the edge of the seat or leaning or killed. Always secure children
Wearing your safety belt during a forward. Safety belts help keep properly in the vehicle. To read
crash helps reduce the chance of you in position before and during how, see Older Children on
hitting things inside the vehicle or a crash. Always wear a safety page 3-36 or Infants and Young
being ejected from it. Airbags are belt, even with airbags. The driver Children on page 3-38.
“supplemental restraints” to the should sit as far back as possible
safety belts. Everyone in the while still maintaining control of
vehicle should wear a safety belt the vehicle.
properly, whether or not there is Occupants should not lean on or
an airbag for that person. sleep against the door or side
windows in seating positions with
seat-mounted side impact airbags
and/or roof-rail airbags.
{ Warning There is an airbag readiness light
on the instrument cluster, which
Because airbags inflate with great shows the airbag symbol. The
force and faster than the blink of system checks the airbag electrical
an eye, anyone who is up system for malfunctions. The light
against, or very close to any tells you if there is an electrical
airbag when it inflates can be problem. See Airbag Readiness
(Continued) Light on page 5-18 for more
information.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Where Are the Airbags?
The driver knee airbag is below the Driver Side Shown, Passenger
steering column. The front outboard Side Similar
The driver frontal airbag is in the passenger knee airbag is below the The seat-mounted side impact
center of the steering wheel. glove box. airbags for the driver and front
outboard passenger are in the side
The front outboard passenger
of the seatbacks closest to the door.
frontal airbag is in the passenger
side instrument panel. The roof-rail airbags, for vehicles
with a standard wheelbase and a
factory installed rear seat, are in the
ceiling above the side windows for
the driver, front outboard passenger,
and second row outboard
passengers.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
{ Warning
If something is between an
occupant and an airbag, the
airbag might not inflate properly
or it might force the object into
that person causing severe injury
or even death. The path of an
inflating airbag must be kept
clear. Do not put anything
between an occupant and an
Rear Seat Driver Side Shown, Driver Side Shown, Passenger airbag, and do not attach or put
Passenger Side Similar Side Similar anything on the steering wheel
hub or on or near any other
The second row seat-mounted side The roof-rail airbags, for vehicles airbag covering.
impact airbags, for vehicles with a with an extended wheelbase or
standard wheelbase and a factory vehicles without a factory installed Do not use seat accessories that
installed rear seat, are in the sides rear seat, are in the ceiling above block the inflation path of a
of the rear seatback closest to the front row side windows, for the seat-mounted side impact airbag.
the door. driver and front outboard Never secure anything to the roof
passenger only. of a vehicle with roof-rail airbags
by routing a rope or tie‐down
through any door or window
opening. If you do, the path of an
inflating roof-rail airbag will be
blocked.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
When Should an Airbag It depends on what is hit, the Seat-mounted side impact airbags
direction of the impact, and how are designed to inflate in moderate
Inflate? quickly the vehicle slows down. to severe side crashes depending
This vehicle is equipped with Frontal airbags may inflate at on the location of the impact.
airbags. See Airbag System on different crash speeds depending on Seat-mounted side impact airbags
page 3-22. Airbags are designed to whether the vehicle hits an object are not designed to inflate in frontal
inflate if the impact exceeds the straight on or at an angle, and impacts, near frontal impacts,
specific airbag system's deployment whether the object is fixed or rollovers, or rear impacts.
threshold. Deployment thresholds moving, rigid or deformable, narrow A seat-mounted side impact airbag
are used to predict how severe a or wide. is designed to inflate on the side of
crash is likely to be in time for the the vehicle that is struck.
airbags to inflate and help restrain Frontal airbags are not intended to
inflate during vehicle rollovers, in Roof-rail airbags are designed to
the occupants. The vehicle has inflate in moderate to severe side
electronic sensors that help the rear impacts, or in many side
impacts. crashes depending on the location
airbag system determine the of the impact. In addition, the
severity of the impact. Deployment In addition, the vehicle has roof-rail airbags are designed to
thresholds can vary with specific advanced technology frontal inflate in a severe frontal impact.
vehicle design. airbags. Advanced technology Roof-rail airbags are not designed
Frontal airbags are designed to frontal airbags adjust the restraint to inflate in rear impacts. Both
inflate in moderate to severe frontal according to crash severity. roof-rail airbags will inflate when
or near frontal crashes to help Knee airbags are designed to inflate either side of the vehicle is struck,
reduce the potential for severe in moderate to severe frontal or or in a severe frontal impact.
injuries, mainly to the driver's or near frontal impacts. Knee airbags The roof-rail airbags in vehicles with
front outboard passenger's head are not designed to inflate during a standard wheelbase and a factory
and chest. vehicle rollovers, in rear impacts, installed rear seat will also inflate if
Whether the frontal airbags will or or in many side impacts. the sensing system predicts that the
should inflate is not based primarily vehicle is about to roll over on
on how fast the vehicle is traveling. its side.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
The roof-rail airbags in vehicles with How Does an Airbag But airbags would not help in many
an extended wheelbase and in types of collisions, primarily
vehicles without a factory installed
Restrain? because the occupant's motion is
rear seat are not intended to inflate In moderate to severe frontal or not toward those airbags. See When
during a rollover. near frontal collisions, even belted Should an Airbag Inflate? on
In any particular crash, no one can occupants can contact the steering page 3-26.
say whether an airbag should have wheel or the instrument panel. In Airbags should never be regarded
inflated simply because of the moderate to severe side collisions, as anything more than a supplement
vehicle damage or repair costs. even belted occupants can contact to safety belts.
the inside of the vehicle.
What Makes an Airbag Airbags supplement the protection What Will You See after
Inflate? provided by safety belts by an Airbag Inflates?
distributing the force of the impact
In a deployment event, the sensing more evenly over the After the frontal airbags and
system sends an electrical signal occupant's body. seat-mounted side impact airbags
triggering a release of gas from the inflate, they quickly deflate, so
Rollover capable roof-rail airbags
inflator. Gas from the inflator fills the quickly that some people may not
are designed to help contain the
airbag causing the bag to break out even realize an airbag inflated.
head and chest of occupants in the
of the cover. The inflator, the airbag, Roof-rail airbags may still be at least
outboard seating positions in the
and related hardware are all part of partially inflated for some time after
first and second rows. The rollover
the airbag module. they inflate. Some components of
capable roof-rail airbags are
For airbag locations, see Where Are the airbag module may be hot for
designed to help reduce the risk of
the Airbags? on page 3-24. several minutes. For location of the
full or partial ejection in rollover
airbags, see Where Are the
events, although no system can
Airbags? on page 3-24.
prevent all such ejections.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
The parts of the airbag that come

into contact with you may be warm, Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued)
but not too hot to touch. There may
be some smoke and dust coming problems following an airbag appears to be drivable after a
from the vents in the deflated deployment, you should seek moderate crash, there may be
airbags. Airbag inflation does not medical attention. concealed damage that could
prevent the driver from seeing out of make it difficult to safely operate
the windshield or being able to steer The vehicle has a feature that may the vehicle.
the vehicle, nor does it prevent automatically unlock the doors, turn Use caution if you should attempt
people from leaving the vehicle. on the interior lamps, turn on the to restart the engine after a crash
hazard warning flashers, and shut has occurred.
{ Warning off the fuel system after the airbags
inflate. You can lock the doors, turn
When an airbag inflates, there off the interior lamps, and turn off In many crashes severe enough to
may be dust in the air. This dust the hazard warning flashers by inflate the airbag, windshields are
could cause breathing problems using the controls for those broken by vehicle deformation.
for people with a history of features. Additional windshield breakage may
asthma or other breathing trouble. also occur from the front outboard
passenger airbag.
To avoid this, everyone in the { Warning . Airbags are designed to inflate
vehicle should get out as soon as
it is safe to do so. If you have A crash severe enough to inflate only once. After an airbag
breathing problems but cannot the airbags may have also inflates, you will need some new
get out of the vehicle after an damaged important functions in parts for the airbag system.
airbag inflates, then get fresh air the vehicle, such as the fuel If you do not get them, the
by opening a window or a door. system, brake and steering airbag system will not be there
If you experience breathing systems, etc. Even if the vehicle to help protect you in another
crash. A new system will include
(Continued) (Continued) airbag modules and possibly
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
other parts. The service manual The passenger sensing system

for the vehicle covers the need works with sensors that are part of
to replace other parts. the front outboard passenger seat.
. The vehicle has a crash sensing The sensors are designed to detect
and diagnostic module which the presence of a properly seated
records information after a occupant and determine if the front
crash. See Vehicle Data United States outboard passenger frontal airbag
Recording and Privacy on and knee airbag should be allowed
page 13-13 and Event Data to inflate or not.
Recorders on page 13-13. According to accident statistics,
. Let only qualified technicians children are safer when properly
work on the airbag systems. secured in a rear seat in a correct
Improper service can mean that child restraint for their weight
an airbag system will not work and size.
Canada
properly. See your dealer for Whenever possible, children aged
service. The words ON and OFF or the 12 and under should be secured in
symbol for on and off will be visible a rear seating position.
Passenger Sensing during the system check. See
Passenger Airbag Status Indicator Never put a rear-facing child seat in
System on page 5-18. the front. This is because the risk to
the rear-facing child is so great,
The vehicle has a passenger The passenger sensing system if the airbag inflates.
sensing system for the front turns off the front outboard
outboard passenger position. The passenger frontal airbag and knee
passenger airbag status indicator airbag, under certain conditions. No
will light on the overhead console other airbag is affected by the
when the vehicle is started. passenger sensing system.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13

. There is a critical problem with
{ Warning Warning (Continued) the airbag system or the
passenger sensing system.
A child in a rear-facing child Secure rear-facing child restraints
When the passenger sensing
restraint can be seriously injured in a rear seat, even if the
system has turned off the front
or killed if the passenger frontal airbag(s) are off. If you secure a
outboard passenger frontal airbag
airbag inflates. This is because forward-facing child restraint in and knee airbag, the off indicator
the back of the rear-facing child the front outboard passenger will light and stay lit to remind you
restraint would be very close to seat, always move the seat as far that the airbags are off. See
the inflating airbag. A child in a back as it will go. It is better to Passenger Airbag Status Indicator
forward-facing child restraint can secure the child restraint in a on page 5-18.
be seriously injured or killed if the rear seat.
passenger frontal airbag inflates The passenger sensing system is
designed to turn on the front
and the passenger seat is in a The passenger sensing system is outboard passenger frontal airbag
forward position. designed to turn off the front and knee airbag anytime the system
Even if the passenger sensing outboard passenger airbag and senses that a person of adult size is
system has turned off the front knee airbag if: sitting properly in the front outboard
outboard passenger airbag(s), no . The front outboard passenger passenger seat.
system is fail-safe. No one can seat is unoccupied. When the passenger sensing
guarantee that an airbag will not system has allowed the airbags to
. The system determines that an
inflate under some unusual be enabled, the on indicator will light
infant is present in a child
circumstance, even though the restraint. and stay lit as a reminder that the
airbag(s) are off. airbags are active.
. A front outboard passenger
(Continued) For some children, including
takes his/her weight off of the
seat for a period of time. children in child restraints, and for
very small adults, the passenger
sensing system may or may not turn
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
off the front outboard passenger If the On Indicator Is Lit for a 5. If, after reinstalling the child
frontal airbag and knee airbag, Child Restraint restraint and restarting the
depending upon the person’s vehicle, the on indicator is still lit,
seating posture and body build. The passenger sensing system is turn the vehicle off. Then slightly
Everyone in the vehicle who has designed to turn off the front recline the vehicle seatback and
outgrown child restraints should outboard passenger frontal airbag adjust the seat cushion,
wear a safety belt properly — and knee airbag if the system if adjustable, to make sure that
whether or not there is an airbag for determines that an infant is present the vehicle seatback is not
that person. in a child restraint. If a child restraint pushing the child restraint into
has been installed and the on the seat cushion.
indicator is lit:
{ Warning 1. Turn the vehicle off.
Also make sure the child
restraint is not trapped under the
If the airbag readiness light ever 2. Remove the child restraint from vehicle head restraint. If this
comes on and stays on, it means the vehicle. happens, adjust the head
that something may be wrong restraint. See Head Restraints
with the airbag system. To help 3. Remove any additional items
on page 3-2.
avoid injury to yourself or others, from the seat such as blankets,
cushions, seat covers, seat 6. Restart the vehicle.
have the vehicle serviced right
heaters, or seat massagers. The passenger sensing system
away. See Airbag Readiness
Light on page 5-18 for more 4. Reinstall the child restraint may or may not turn off the
information, including important following the directions provided airbags for a child in a child
safety information. by the child restraint restraint depending upon the
manufacturer and refer to child's size. It is better to secure
Securing Child Restraints (Rear a child restraint in a rear seat.
Seat) on page 3-50 or Securing
Child Restraints (Front
Passenger Seat) on page 3-52.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
If the Off Indicator Is Lit for an 2. Remove any additional material

Adult-Size Occupant from the seat, such as blankets, Warning (Continued)
cushions, seat covers, seat
heaters, or seat massagers. Also serious injury or even death. An
remove laptops, or other adult-sized occupant should not
electronic devices. ride in the front outboard
passenger seat, if the passenger
3. Place the seatback in the fully airbag off indicator is lit.
upright position.
4. Have the person sit upright in
the seat, centered on the seat
Additional Factors Affecting
cushion, with legs comfortably System Operation
extended. Safety belts help keep the
5. Restart the vehicle and have the passenger in position on the seat
person remain in this position for during vehicle maneuvers and
two to three minutes after the on braking, which helps the passenger
If a person of adult size is sitting in sensing system maintain the
indicator is lit.
the front outboard passenger seat, passenger airbag status. See
but the off indicator is lit, it could be “Safety Belts” and “Child Restraints”
because that person is not sitting { Warning in the Index for additional
properly in the seat. Use the information about the importance of
following steps to allow the system If the front outboard passenger
proper restraint use.
to detect that person and enable the airbag is turned off for an
front outboard passenger frontal adult-sized occupant, the airbag
airbag and knee airbag: will not be able to inflate and help
protect that person in a crash,
1. Turn the vehicle off. resulting in an increased risk of
(Continued)
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
A thick layer of additional material,

. Liquid pooled on the seat that
such as a blanket or cushion, has not soaked in may make it { Warning
or aftermarket equipment such as more likely that the passenger
seat covers, seat heaters, and seat sensing system will turn on the Stowing of articles under the
massagers can affect how well the passenger frontal airbag and passenger seat or between the
passenger sensing system passenger knee airbag while a passenger seat cushion and
operates. We recommend that you child restraint or child occupant seatback may interfere with the
not use seat covers or other is on the seat. If the passenger proper operation of the passenger
aftermarket equipment except when frontal airbag and passenger sensing system.
approved by GM for your specific knee airbag are turned on, the
vehicle. See Adding Equipment to on indicator will be lit.
the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle on If the front passenger seat gets wet,
Servicing the
page 3-34 for more information dry the seat immediately. If the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle
about modifications that can affect airbag readiness light is lit, do not Airbags affect how the vehicle
how the system operates. install a child restraint or allow should be serviced. There are parts
A wet seat can affect the anyone to occupy the seat. See of the airbag system in several
performance of the passenger Airbag Readiness Light on places around the vehicle. Your
sensing system. Here is how: page 5-18 for important safety dealer and the service manual have
information. information about servicing the
. The passenger sensing system
may turn off the passenger The on indicator may be lit if an vehicle and the airbag system. To
frontal airbag and passenger object, such as a briefcase, purchase a service manual, see
knee airbag when liquid is handbag, grocery bag, laptop, Service Publications Ordering
soaked into the seat. If this or other electronic device, is put on Information on page 13-11.
happens, the off indicator will be an unoccupied seat. If this is not
lit, and the airbag readiness light desired, remove the object from
on the instrument panel will also the seat.
be lit.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
moving any parts of the front seats, of the seat fabric, could also
{ Warning safety belts, the airbag sensing and interfere with the operation of the
diagnostic module, steering wheel, passenger sensing system. This
For up to 10 seconds after the instrument panel, any of the airbag could either prevent proper
vehicle is turned off and the modules, ceiling or pillar garnish deployment of the passenger
battery is disconnected, an airbag trim, front sensors, side impact airbag(s) or prevent the passenger
can still inflate during improper sensors, or airbag wiring. sensing system from properly
service. You can be injured if you turning off the passenger airbag(s).
are close to an airbag when it Your dealer and the service manual
have information about the location See Passenger Sensing System on
inflates. Avoid yellow connectors. page 3-29.
of the airbag sensors, sensing and
They are probably part of the
diagnostic module, and airbag If the vehicle has rollover roof-rail
airbag system. Be sure to follow wiring. airbags, see Different Size Tires
proper service procedures, and and Wheels on page 10-57 for
make sure the person performing In addition, the vehicle has a
passenger sensing system for the additional important information.
work for you is qualified to do so.
front outboard passenger position, If you have to modify your vehicle
which includes sensors that are part because you have a disability and
Adding Equipment to the of the passenger seat. The you have questions about whether
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle passenger sensing system may not the modifications will affect the
operate properly if the original seat vehicle's airbag system, or if you
Adding accessories that change the trim is replaced with non-GM have questions about whether the
vehicle's frame, bumper system, covers, upholstery, or trim; or with airbag system will be affected if the
height, front end, or side sheet GM covers, upholstery, or trim vehicle is modified for any other
metal, may keep the airbag system designed for a different vehicle. Any reason, call Customer Assistance.
from working properly. The object, such as an aftermarket seat See Customer Assistance Offices
operation of the airbag system can heater or a comfort-enhancing pad on page 13-3.
also be affected by changing or or device, installed under or on top
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Airbag System Check Replacing Airbag System If an airbag inflates, you will need to
replace airbag system parts. See
The airbag system does not need Parts after a Crash your dealer for service.
regularly scheduled maintenance or
If the airbag readiness light stays on
replacement. Make sure the airbag
readiness light is working. See
{ Warning after the vehicle is started or comes
Airbag Readiness Light on A crash can damage the airbag on when you are driving, the airbag
page 5-18. systems in the vehicle. system may not work properly. Have
A damaged airbag system may the vehicle serviced right away. See
Airbag Readiness Light on
{ Caution not work properly and may not
page 5-18.
protect you and your
If an airbag covering is damaged, passenger(s) in a crash, resulting
opened, or broken, the airbag in serious injury or even death. To
may not work properly. Do not help make sure the airbag
open or break the airbag systems are working properly
coverings. If there are any after a crash, have them
opened or broken airbag inspected and any necessary
coverings, have the airbag replacements made as soon as
covering and/or airbag module possible.
replaced. For the location of the
airbags, see Where Are the
Airbags? on page 3-24. See your
dealer for service.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13

. Can proper safety belt fit be
Child Restraints The manufacturer instructions that
come with the booster seat state the maintained for the length of the
weight and height limitations for that trip? If yes, continue. If no,
Older Children booster. Use a booster seat with a return to the booster seat.
lap-shoulder belt until the child Q: What is the proper way to
passes the fit test below: wear safety belts?
. Sit all the way back on the seat. A: An older child should wear a
Do the knees bend at the seat lap-shoulder belt and get the
edge? If yes, continue. If no, additional restraint a shoulder
return to the booster seat. belt can provide. The shoulder
. Buckle the lap-shoulder belt. belt should not cross the face or
Does the shoulder belt rest on neck. The lap belt should fit
the shoulder? If yes, continue. snugly below the hips, just
If no, try using the rear safety touching the top of the thighs.
belt comfort guide. See “Rear This applies belt force to the
Safety Belt Comfort Guides” child's pelvic bones in a crash.
under Lap-Shoulder Belt on It should never be worn over the
Older children who have outgrown abdomen, which could cause
page 3-16. If the shoulder belt
booster seats should wear the severe or even fatal internal
still does not rest on the
vehicle safety belts. injuries in a crash.
shoulder, then return to the
booster seat. Also see “Rear Safety Belt Comfort
. Does the lap belt fit low and Guides” under Lap-Shoulder Belt on
snug on the hips, touching the page 3-16.
thighs? If yes, continue. If no, According to accident statistics,
return to the booster seat. children are safer when properly
restrained in a rear seating position.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
In a crash, children who are not

buckled up can strike other people Warning (Continued)
who are buckled up, or can be
thrown out of the vehicle. Older belt. The belt force would then be
children need to use safety belts applied right on the abdomen.
properly. That could cause serious or fatal
injuries. The shoulder belt should
go over the shoulder and across
{ Warning the chest.
Never allow more than one child
to wear the same safety belt. The
safety belt cannot properly spread
the impact forces. In a crash, they
can be crushed together and { Warning
seriously injured. A safety belt
must be used by only one person Never allow a child to wear the
at a time. safety belt with the shoulder belt
behind their back. A child can be
seriously injured by not wearing
the lap-shoulder belt properly. In a
crash, the child would not be
restrained by the shoulder belt.
The child could move too far
forward increasing the chance of
head and neck injury. The child
might also slide under the lap
(Continued)
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Infants and Young Every time infants and young

children ride in vehicles, they should
Children have the protection provided by
Everyone in a vehicle needs appropriate child restraints. Neither
protection! This includes infants and the vehicle's safety belt system nor
all other children. Neither the its airbag system is designed
distance traveled nor the age and for them.
size of the traveler changes the Children who are not restrained
need, for everyone, to use safety properly can strike other people,
restraints. In fact, the law in every or can be thrown out of the vehicle.
state in the United States and in
every Canadian province says
children up to some age must be { Warning
restrained while in a vehicle.
Never hold an infant or a child { Warning
while riding in a vehicle. Due to
{ Warning crash forces, an infant or a child
Children who are up against,
or very close to, any airbag when
will become so heavy it is not it inflates can be seriously injured
Children can be seriously injured
possible to hold it during a crash. or killed. Never put a rear-facing
or strangled if a shoulder belt is
For example, in a crash at only child restraint in the right front
wrapped around their neck and
40 km/h (25 mph), a 5.5 kg (12 lb) seat. Secure a rear-facing child
the safety belt continues to
infant will suddenly become a restraint in a rear seat. It is also
tighten. Never leave children
110 kg (240 lb) force on a person's better to secure a forward-facing
unattended in a vehicle and never
arms. An infant should be child restraint in a rear seat. If you
allow children to play with the
secured in an appropriate must secure a forward-facing
safety belts.
restraint. child restraint in the right front
(Continued)
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
types. Selection of a particular

Warning (Continued) restraint should take into { Warning
consideration not only the child's
seat, always move the front weight, height, and age but also To reduce the risk of neck and
passenger seat as far back as it whether or not the restraint will head injury during a crash, infants
will go. be compatible with the motor need complete support. In a
vehicle in which it will be used. crash, if an infant is in a
rear-facing child restraint, the
For most basic types of child
restraints, there are many crash forces can be distributed
different models available. When across the strongest part of an
purchasing a child restraint, be infant's body, the back and
sure it is designed to be used in shoulders. Infants should always
a motor vehicle. If it is, the be secured in rear-facing child
restraint will have a label saying restraints.
that it meets federal motor
vehicle safety standards.
The restraint manufacturer
instructions that come with the
restraint state the weight and
height limitations for a particular
Q: What are the different types of
child restraint. In addition, there
add-on child restraints?
are many kinds of restraints
A: Add-on child restraints, which available for children with
are purchased by the vehicle special needs.
owner, are available in four basic
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Child Restraint Systems

{ Warning
A young child's hip bones are still
so small that the vehicle's regular
safety belt may not remain low on
the hip bones, as it should.
Instead, it may settle up around
the child's abdomen. In a crash,
the belt would apply force on a
body area that is unprotected by
any bony structure. This alone
could cause serious or fatal Forward-Facing Child Seat
injuries. To reduce the risk of
serious or fatal injuries during a Rear-Facing Infant Seat A forward-facing child seat provides
crash, young children should restraint for the child's body with the
A rear-facing infant seat provides harness.
always be secured in appropriate restraint with the seating surface
child restraints. against the back of the infant.
The harness system holds the infant
in place and, in a crash, acts to
keep the infant positioned in the
restraint.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Securing an Add-On Child Children can be endangered in a

Restraint in the Vehicle crash if the child restraint is not
properly secured in the vehicle.
{ Warning When securing an add-on child
restraint, refer to the instructions
A child can be seriously injured or that come with the restraint which
killed in a crash if the child may be on the restraint itself or in a
restraint is not properly secured in booklet, or both, and to this manual.
the vehicle. Secure the child The child restraint instructions are
restraint properly in the vehicle important, so if they are not
using the vehicle safety belt or available, obtain a replacement
LATCH system, following the copy from the manufacturer.
Booster Seats instructions that came with that Keep in mind that an unsecured
A booster seat is a child restraint child restraint and the instructions child restraint can move around in a
designed to improve the fit of the in this manual. collision or sudden stop and injure
vehicle's safety belt system. people in the vehicle. Be sure to
A booster seat can also help a child To help reduce the chance of injury, properly secure any child restraint in
to see out the window. the child restraint must be secured the vehicle — even when no child is
in the vehicle. Child restraint in it.
systems must be secured in vehicle In some areas of the United States
seats by lap belts or the lap belt and Canada, Certified Child
portion of a lap-shoulder belt, or by Passenger Safety Technicians
the LATCH system. See Lower (CPSTs) are available to inspect
Anchors and Tethers for Children and demonstrate how to correctly
(LATCH System) on page 3-43. use and install child restraints. In
the U.S., refer to the National
Highway Traffic Safety
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Administration (NHTSA) website to Whenever possible, children aged

locate the nearest child safety seat 12 and under should be secured in Warning (Continued)
inspection station. For CPST a rear seating position.
availability in Canada, check with Even if the passenger sensing
Never put a rear-facing child seat in system has turned off the right
Transport Canada or the Provincial the front. This is because the risk to
Ministry of Transportation office. front passenger frontal airbag, no
the rear-facing child is so great if the system is fail-safe. No one can
Securing the Child Within the airbag deploys. guarantee that an airbag will not
Child Restraint deploy under some unusual
{ Warning circumstance, even though it is
{ Warning A child in a rear-facing child
turned off.
A child can be seriously injured or restraint can be seriously injured Secure rear-facing child restraints
killed in a crash if the child is not or killed if the right front in a rear seat, even if the airbag
properly secured in the child passenger airbag inflates. This is is off. If you secure a
restraint. Secure the child because the back of the forward-facing child restraint in
properly following the instructions rear-facing child restraint would the right front seat, always move
that came with that child restraint. be very close to the inflating the front passenger seat as far
airbag. A child in a forward-facing back as it will go. It is better to
child restraint can be seriously secure the child restraint in a
Where to Put the injured or killed if the right front rear seat.
Restraint passenger airbag inflates and the See Passenger Sensing System
passenger seat is in a forward on page 3-29 for additional
According to accident statistics, position.
children and infants are safer when information.
properly restrained in a child (Continued)
restraint system or infant restraint
system secured in a rear seating
position.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
When securing a child restraint in a rear-facing child restraint should not In order to use the LATCH system in
rear seating position, study the be installed in the vehicle, even if your vehicle, you need a child
instructions that came with the child the airbag is off. restraint that has LATCH
restraint to make sure it is Wherever a child restraint is attachments. LATCH-compatible
compatible with this vehicle. installed, be sure to secure the child rear-facing and forward-facing child
Child restraints and booster seats restraint properly. seats can be properly installed
vary considerably in size, and some using either the LATCH anchors or
Keep in mind that an unsecured the vehicle’s safety belts. Do not
may fit in certain seating positions child restraint can move around in a
better than others. Always make use both the safety belts and the
collision or sudden stop and injure LATCH anchorage system to secure
sure the child restraint is properly people in the vehicle. Be sure to
secured. a rear-facing or forward-facing
properly secure any child restraint in child seat.
Depending on where you place the the vehicle — even when no child is
child restraint and the size of the in it. Booster seats use the vehicle’s
child restraint, you may not be able safety belts to secure the child in
the booster seat. If the manufacturer
to access adjacent safety belt Lower Anchors and recommends that the booster seat
assemblies or LATCH anchors for
additional passengers or child
Tethers for Children be secured with the LATCH system,
restraints. Adjacent seating (LATCH System) this can be done as long as the
positions should not be used if the booster seat can be positioned
The LATCH system secures a child properly and there is no interference
child restraint prevents access to or restraint during driving or in a crash.
interferes with the routing of the with the proper positioning of the
LATCH attachments on the child lap-shoulder belt on the child.
safety belt. restraint are used to attach the child
If the vehicle does not have a rear restraint to the anchors in the Make sure to follow the instructions
seat that will accommodate a vehicle. The LATCH system is that came with the child restraint,
rear-facing child restraint, a designed to make installation of a and also the instructions in this
child restraint easier. manual.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
When installing a child restraint with Lower Anchors Top Tether Anchor
a top tether, you must also use
either the lower anchors or the
safety belts to properly secure the
child restraint. A child restraint must
never be installed using only the top
tether and anchor.
The LATCH anchorage system can
be used until the combined weight
of the child plus the child restraint is
29.5 kg (65 lbs). Use the safety belt
alone instead of the LATCH
anchorage system once the
combined weight is more than
29.5 kg (65 lbs). Lower anchors (1) are metal bars A top tether (3, 4) anchors the top of
The following explains how to attach built into the vehicle. There are two the child restraint to the vehicle.
a child restraint with these lower anchors for each LATCH A top tether anchor is built into the
attachments in the vehicle. seating position that will vehicle. The top tether
accommodate a child restraint with attachment (2) on the child restraint
Not all vehicle seating positions or lower attachments (2). connects to the top tether anchor in
child restraints have lower anchors the vehicle in order to reduce the
and attachments or top tether forward movement and rotation of
anchors and attachments. the child restraint during driving or in
a crash.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
The child restraint may have a Lower Anchor and Top Tether
single tether (3) or a dual tether (4). Anchor Locations
Either will have a single
attachment (2) to secure the top
tether to the anchor.
Some child restraints that have a
top tether are designed for use with To assist in locating the lower
or without the top tether being anchors, each rear anchor position
attached. Others require the top has a label, near the crease
tether always to be attached. In between the seatback and the seat
Canada, the law requires that cushion.
forward-facing child restraints have
a top tether, and that the tether be
attached. Be sure to read and follow
the instructions for the child
Rear Seat
restraint.
I (Top Tether Anchor): Seating
positions with top tether anchors.
H (Lower Anchor): Seating To assist in locating the top tether
positions with two lower anchors. anchors, the top tether anchor
symbol is on the cover.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
According to accident statistics,

children and infants are safer when { Warning
properly restrained in a child
restraint system or infant restraint Do not attach more than one child
system secured in a rear seating restraint to a single anchor.
position. See Where to Put the Attaching more than one child
Restraint on page 3-42 for restraint to a single anchor could
additional information. cause the anchor or attachment
to come loose or even break
Securing a Child Restraint during a crash. A child or others
Designed for the LATCH could be injured. To reduce the
System risk of serious or fatal injuries
during a crash, attach only one
The top tether anchors are under
the covers, behind the rear seat, on { Warning child restraint per anchor.
the filler panel. Be sure to use an If a LATCH-type child restraint is
anchor on the same side of the not attached to anchors, the child
vehicle as the seating position
where the child restraint will be
restraint will not be able to protect { Warning
the child correctly. In a crash, the
placed. Children can be seriously injured
child could be seriously injured or
Do not secure a child restraint in a or strangled if a shoulder belt is
killed. Install a LATCH-type child
position without a top tether anchor wrapped around their neck and
restraint properly using the
if a national or local law requires the safety belt continues to
anchors, or use the vehicle safety
that the top tether be attached, or if tighten. Buckle any unused safety
belts to secure the restraint,
the instructions that come with the belts behind the child restraint so
following the instructions that
child restraint say that the top tether children cannot reach them. Pull
came with the child restraint and
must be attached. the shoulder belt all the way out
the instructions in this manual.
(Continued)
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
If you need to secure more than one

Warning (Continued) child restraint in the rear seat, see
Where to Put the Restraint on
of the retractor to set the lock, page 3-42.
if the vehicle has one, after the
child restraint has been installed. You cannot secure three child
restraints using the LATCH anchors
in the rear seat at the same time,
but you can install two of them.
{ Caution If you want to do this, install one
LATCH child restraint in the right
Do not let the LATCH rear seating position, and install the
attachments rub against the other one either in the left rear
vehicle’s safety belts. This may seating position or in the center There are five lower LATCH anchors
damage these parts. If necessary, seating position. If you need to in the rear seat.
move buckled safety belts to install child restraints in both the
center and left rear seating
. Use anchors 1 and 2 when
avoid rubbing the LATCH
positions, the one in the center installing a child restraint using
attachments. LATCH in the right rear seating
seating position will need to be
Do not fold the empty rear seat secured using the vehicle safety position.
with a safety belt buckled. This belts instead of the LATCH anchors. . Use anchors 3 and 4 when
could damage the safety belt or installing a child restraint using
the seat. Unbuckle and return the Refer to the following illustration to
learn which anchors to use. LATCH in the center rear seating
safety belt to its stowed position, position.
before folding the seat. . Use anchors 4 and 5 when
installing a child restraint using
LATCH in the left rear seating
position.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Installing child restraints using lower anchors, secure the child 2. If the child restraint manufacturer
LATCH in the center and left rear restraint with the top tether and recommends that the top tether
seating positions at the same time is the safety belts. Refer to the be attached, attach and tighten
prohibited. child restraint manufacturer the top tether to the top tether
Make sure to attach the child instructions and the instructions anchor, if equipped. Refer to the
restraint at the proper anchor in this manual. child restraint instructions and
location. 1.1. Find the lower anchors for the following steps:
This system is designed to make the desired seating 2.1. Find the top tether anchor.
installation of child restraints easier. position. Open the cover to expose
When using lower anchors, do not 1.2. For outboard rear seating the anchor.
use the vehicle's safety belts. positions, put the head 2.2. Route, attach, and tighten
Instead use the vehicle's anchors restraint in the upright the top tether according to
and child restraint attachments to position. See Head the child restraint
secure the restraints. Some Restraints on page 3-2. instructions and the
restraints also use another vehicle 1.3. Put the child restraint on following instructions:
anchor to secure a top tether. the seat.
1. Attach and tighten the lower 1.4. Attach and tighten the lower
attachments to the lower attachments on the child
anchors. If the child restraint restraint to the lower
does not have lower anchors.
attachments or the desired
seating position does not have
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
If the position you are using

does not have a headrest
or head restraint and you
are using a single tether,
route the tether over the
seatback.
If the position you are using If the position you are using
has an adjustable headrest has an adjustable headrest
or head restraint and you or head restraint and you
are using a single tether, are using a dual tether,
raise the headrest or head raise the headrest or head
restraint and route the restraint and route the
tether under the headrest or tether under the headrest or
If the position you are using head restraint and in head restraint and around
does not have a headrest between the headrest or the headrest or head
or head restraint and you head restraint posts. restraint posts.
are using a dual tether, 3. Before placing a child in the
route the tether over the child restraint, make sure it is
seatback. securely held in place. To check,
grasp the child restraint at the
LATCH path and attempt to
move it side to side and back
and forth. There should be no
more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of
movement for proper installation.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Replacing LATCH System Securing Child Restraints In Canada, the law requires that
forward-facing child restraints have
Parts After a Crash (Rear Seat) a top tether, and that the tether be
When securing a child restraint in a attached.
{ Warning rear seating position, study the If the child restraint does not have
instructions that came with the child the LATCH system, you will be
A crash can damage the LATCH restraint to make sure it is
system in the vehicle. A damaged using the safety belt to secure the
compatible with this vehicle. child restraint in this position. Be
LATCH system may not properly
If the child restraint has the LATCH sure to follow the instructions that
secure the child restraint,
system, see Lower Anchors and came with the child restraint. Secure
resulting in serious injury or even
Tethers for Children (LATCH the child in the child restraint when
death in a crash. To help make
System) on page 3-43 for how and and as the instructions say.
sure the LATCH system is
where to install your child restraint If more than one child restraint
working properly after a crash, using LATCH. If a child restraint is
see your dealer to have the needs to be installed in the rear
secured in the vehicle using a seat, be sure to read Where to Put
system inspected and any safety belt and it uses a top tether,
necessary replacements made as the Restraint on page 3-42.
see Lower Anchors and Tethers for
soon as possible. Children (LATCH System) on 1. Put the child restraint on
page 3-43 for top tether anchor the seat.
If the vehicle has the LATCH system locations. For outboard rear seat positions,
and it was being used during a Do not secure a child restraint in a put the head restraint in the
crash, new LATCH system parts position without a top tether anchor upright position. See Head
may be needed. if a national or local law requires Restraints on page 3-2.
New parts and repairs may be that the top tether be anchored, or if 2. Pick up the latch plate, and run
necessary even if the LATCH the instructions that come with the the lap and shoulder portions of
system was not being used at the child restraint say that the top strap the vehicle's safety belt through
time of the crash. must be anchored.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
or around the restraint. The child

restraint instructions will show
you how.
4. Pull the shoulder belt all the way 5. To tighten the belt, push down
out of the retractor to set the on the child restraint, pull the
lock. When the retractor lock is shoulder portion of the belt to
set, the belt can be tightened but tighten the lap portion of the belt,
3. Push the latch plate into the not pulled out of the retractor. and feed the shoulder belt back
buckle until it clicks. into the retractor. When installing
a forward-facing child restraint, it
Position the release button on
may be helpful to use your knee
the buckle so that the safety belt
could be quickly unbuckled if to push down on the child
restraint as you tighten the belt.
necessary.
Try to pull the belt out of the
retractor to make sure the
retractor is locked. If the
retractor is not locked, repeat
Steps 4 and 5.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
6. If the child restraint has a top Securing Child Restraints

tether, follow the child restraint
(Front Passenger Seat)
{ Warning
manufacturer instructions
regarding the use of the top This vehicle has airbags. A rear A child in a rear-facing child
tether. See Lower Anchors and seat is a safer place to secure a restraint can be seriously injured
Tethers for Children (LATCH forward-facing child restraint. See or killed if the front passenger
System) on page 3-43. Where to Put the Restraint on airbag inflates. This is because
page 3-42 the back of the rear-facing child
7. Before placing a child in the restraint would be very close to
child restraint, make sure it is In addition, the vehicle has a the inflating airbag. A child in a
securely held in place. To check, passenger sensing system which is
forward-facing child restraint can
grasp the child restraint at the designed to turn off the front
safety belt path and attempt to be seriously injured or killed if the
passenger frontal airbag and
move it side to side and back passenger knee airbag under front passenger airbag inflates
and forth. When the child certain conditions. See Passenger and the passenger seat is in a
restraint is properly installed, Sensing System on page 3-29 and forward position.
there should be no more than Passenger Airbag Status Indicator Even if the passenger sensing
2.5 cm (1 in) of movement. on page 5-18 for more information, system has turned off the front
To remove the child restraint, including important safety passenger frontal airbag, no
unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and information. system is fail-safe. No one can
let it return to the stowed position. Never put a rear-facing child seat in guarantee that an airbag will not
If the top tether is attached to a top the front. This is because the risk to deploy under some unusual
tether anchor, disconnect it. the rear-facing child is so great, circumstance, even though it is
if the airbag deploys. turned off.
(Continued)
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Do not secure a child seat in a vehicle is started. See

Warning (Continued) position without a top tether anchor Passenger Airbag Status
if a national or local law requires Indicator on page 5-18.
Secure rear-facing child restraints that the top tether be anchored, or if
in a rear seat, even if the airbag 2. Put the child restraint on
the instructions that come with the the seat.
is off. If you secure a child restraint say that the top strap
forward-facing child restraint in must be anchored. 3. Pick up the latch plate, and run
the front seat, always move the the lap and shoulder portions of
front passenger seat as far back In Canada, the law requires that the vehicle's safety belt through
forward-facing child restraints have or around the restraint. The child
as it will go. It is better to secure
a top tether, and that the tether be restraint instructions will show
the child restraint in a rear seat.
attached. you how.
See Passenger Sensing System You will be using the lap-shoulder
on page 3-29 for additional belt to secure the child restraint in
information. this position. Follow the instructions
that came with the child restraint.
If the child restraint has the LATCH 1. Move the seat as far back as it
system, see Lower Anchors and will go before securing the
Tethers for Children (LATCH forward-facing child restraint.
System) on page 3-43 for how and
where to install the child restraint When the passenger sensing
using LATCH. If a child restraint is system has turned off the front
secured using a safety belt and it passenger frontal airbag and
uses a top tether, see Lower passenger knee airbag, the off
Anchors and Tethers for Children indicator on the passenger
(LATCH System) on page 3-43 for airbag status indicator should
light and stay lit when the 4. Push the latch plate into the
top tether anchor locations. buckle until it clicks.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Position the release button on 7. Before placing a child in the

the buckle, so that the safety child restraint, make sure it is
belt could be quickly unbuckled securely held in place. To check,
if necessary. grasp the child restraint at the
safety belt path and attempt to
move it side to side and back
and forth. When the child
restraint is properly installed,
there should be no more than
2.5 cm (1 in) of movement.
If the airbags are off, the off
indicator in the passenger airbag
6. To tighten the belt, push down status indicator will come on and
on the child restraint, pull the stay on when the vehicle is started.
shoulder portion of the belt to If a child restraint has been installed
tighten the lap portion of the belt, and the on indicator is lit, see “If the
and feed the shoulder belt back On Indicator Is Lit for a Child
5. Pull the shoulder belt all the way into the retractor. When installing Restraint” under Passenger Sensing
out of the retractor to set the a forward-facing child restraint, it System on page 3-29.
lock. When the retractor lock is may be helpful to use your knee
set, the belt can be tightened but to push down on the child To remove the child restraint,
not pulled out of the retractor. restraint as you tighten the belt. unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and
let it return to the stowed position.
Try to pull the belt out of the
retractor to make sure the
retractor is locked. If the
retractor is not locked, repeat
Steps 5 and 6.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Storage 4-1
Storage Storage Instrument Panel Storage

Compartments
Storage Compartments
Storage Compartments . . . . . . . 4-1 { Warning
Instrument Panel Storage . . . . . 4-1
Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2 Do not store heavy or sharp
Armrest Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2 objects in storage compartments.
Center Console Storage . . . . . . 4-3 In a crash, these objects may
cause the cover to open and
Additional Storage Features could result in injury.
Cargo Tie-Downs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
Cargo Management
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
To access, push on the cover and
release.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
4-2 Storage
Glove Box Armrest Storage
If equipped with storage behind the

climate control system, touch the Rear
bottom of the climate control system To open, touch the button.
panel to open. There is a USB port Pull up on the lever to access the
If equipped, there is a compact disc
inside. See the infotainment manual. storage area.
player and MP3 connection inside.
Keep the storage area closed when To access the cupholders, press the
Close the glove box manually.
not in use. long center button on the front edge
of the armrest.
Touch the bottom of the climate
control system panel to close. If equipped, there are controls for
the rear window sunshade and/or
the infotainment system. See the
infotainment manual and Rear
Window Sunshade on page 2-24.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Storage 4-3
Center Console Storage
Push the cover forward to access. There are cupholders in the center
There is a power outlet inside. To console. Push and release on the
Push the button and lift to access close, push the cover again and passenger side of the cover to
the storage area. There is a power release. access the cupholders.
outlet, auxiliary jack, USB port(s)
and SD card port inside. See Power
Outlets on page 5-7 and the
infotainment manual.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
4-4 Storage
Additional Storage Cargo Management Convenience Net

Features System The vehicle may have a
convenience net in the trunk. The
net is attached to the cargo
Cargo Tie-Downs tie-downs. Put small loads behind
the net. It can also be positioned
into an envelope to hold smaller
items inside. Do not use the net for
heavy loads.
To open the cargo management

system, push down on the rear of
the handle, then lift the handle up.
The cargo tie-downs can be used to
secure small loads and the
convenience net. See Convenience
Net on page 4-4, if equipped.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Instruments and Controls 5-1
Instruments and Airbag Readiness Light . . . . . . 5-18

Passenger Airbag Status
Adaptive Forward Lighting
(AFL) Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-28
Controls Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18
Charging System Light . . . . . . 5-19
Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . .
Cruise Control Light . . . . . . . . .
5-29
5-29
Malfunction Door Ajar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29
Controls Indicator Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20
Brake System Warning Information Displays
Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . 5-2 Driver Information
Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . 5-2 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22
Electric Parking Brake Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30
Heated Steering Wheel . . . . . . . 5-3 Head-Up Display (HUD) . . . . . 5-33
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-23
Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . . 5-3 Service Electric Parking Brake Vehicle Messages
Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-23 Vehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . 5-36
Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5 Antilock Brake System (ABS) Battery Voltage and Charging
Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7 Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-23 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-37
Cigarette Lighter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8 Lane Departure Warning Brake System Messages . . . . 5-37
(LDW) Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-24 Compass Messages . . . . . . . . . 5-38
Warning Lights, Gauges, and Vehicle Ahead Indicator . . . . . . 5-24 Cruise Control Messages . . . . 5-38
Indicators Traction Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25 Door Ajar Messages . . . . . . . . . 5-39
Warning Lights, Gauges, and StabiliTrak® OFF Light . . . . . . . 5-25 Engine Cooling System
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9 Traction Control System Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-39
Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10 (TCS)/StabiliTrak® Light . . . . 5-25 Engine Oil Messages . . . . . . . . 5-40
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14 Engine Coolant Temperature Engine Power Messages . . . . 5-40
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14 Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26 Fuel System Messages . . . . . . 5-40
Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14 Tire Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . 5-26 Key and Lock Messages . . . . . 5-40
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14 Engine Oil Pressure Light . . . . 5-27 Lamp Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-41
Fuel Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15 Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . 5-27 Object Detection System
Engine Coolant Temperature Security Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-28 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-42
Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16 High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . 5-28
Safety Belt Reminders . . . . . . . 5-17
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
5-2 Instruments and Controls
Ride Control System Controls Steering Wheel Controls

Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-44
Airbag System Messages . . . . 5-45
Security Messages . . . . . . . . . . 5-45 Steering Wheel
Service Vehicle Messages . . . 5-46 Adjustment
Starting the Vehicle
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-46
Tire Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-46
Transmission Messages . . . . . 5-47
Vehicle Reminder
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-47
Vehicle Speed Messages . . . . 5-47
Washer Fluid Messages . . . . . 5-47
Window Messages . . . . . . . . . . . 5-47
Vehicle Personalization For vehicles with audio steering
Vehicle Personalization . . . . . . 5-48 wheel controls, some audio controls
Universal Remote System can be adjusted at the steering
Universal Remote System . . . 5-53 wheel.
Press the control to move the tilt
Universal Remote System
and telescoping steering wheel up g (Push to Talk): For vehicles with
Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-53 OnStar® or a Bluetooth system,
and down or forward and rearward.
Universal Remote System press to talk or interact with those
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-55 Do not adjust the steering wheel systems. See OnStar Overview on
while driving. page 14-1 or “Bluetooth” in the
infotainment manual.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
c (End Call): Press to decline an C or B (Next or Previous The steering wheel takes about
incoming call, or end a current call. Favorite): Press to go to the next three minutes to start heating.
Press to mute or unmute the or previous favorite when listening
infotainment system when not on to the radio. Press to go to the next Horn
a call. or previous track when listening to a
media source. Press a on the steering wheel pad
to sound the horn.
x + or x − (Volume): Press to
increase or decrease the volume. Windshield Wiper/Washer
Heated Steering Wheel
With the ignition in ACC/

ACCESSORY or ON/RUN/START,
move the windshield wiper lever to
S or T (Previous or Next): Press select the wiper speed.
to go to the previous or next menu
option. HI: Use for fast wipes.
( (Heated Steering Wheel): For
y or z (Next or Previous): Move vehicles equipped with a heated LO: Use for slow wipes.
SEL up or down to go to the next or steering wheel, press to turn on or
previous selection. off. A light next to the button
displays when the feature is
SEL (Select): Press to select a turned on.
highlighted menu option.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Wiper Parking INT (Rainsense Wipe Sensitivity

If the ignition is put in OFF while the Control): Move the windshield
wipers are on LO, HI, or INT, they wiper lever to INT. Turn the x INT
will immediately stop. band on the wiper lever to adjust the
sensitivity.
If the windshield wiper lever is then
moved to OFF before the driver
door is opened or within 10 minutes,
INT: (Intermittent Wipes): Move
the wipers will restart and move to
the lever up to INT for intermittent
the base of the windshield.
wipes, then turn the x INT band
up for more frequent wipes or down If the ignition is put in OFF while the
for less frequent wipes. wipers are performing wipes due to
windshield washing, the wipers . Turn the band up for more
OFF: Use to turn the wipers off. continue to run until they reach the sensitivity to moisture.
8 (Mist): For a single wipe, briefly base of the windshield.
move the wiper lever down. For
. Turn the band down for less
Rainsense™ sensitivity to moisture.
several wipes, hold the wiper
lever down. For vehicles with Rainsense, a . Move the windshield wiper lever
sensor near the top center of the out of the INT position to
Clear snow and ice from the wiper
windshield detects the amount of deactivate Rainsense.
blades and windshield before using
water on the windshield and
them. If frozen to the windshield, This feature can be changed. See
controls the frequency of the
carefully loosen or thaw them. “Comfort and Convenience” under
windshield wiper.
Damaged blades should be Vehicle Personalization on
replaced. See Wiper Blade Keep this area of the windshield page 5-48.
Replacement on page 10-27. clear of debris to allow for best
system performance.
Heavy snow or ice can overload the
wiper motor.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Wiper Arm Assembly Protection long the windshield washer had The compass system is designed to
When using an automatic car wash, been activated. See Washer Fluid operate for a certain number of
move the windshield wiper lever to on page 10-22 for information on miles or degrees of turn before
OFF. This disables the automatic filling the windshield washer fluid needing a signal from the GPS
Rainsense windshield wipers. reservoir. satellites. When the compass
display shows CAL, drive the
With Rainsense, if the transmission
is in N (Neutral) and the vehicle
{ Warning vehicle for a short distance in an
open area where it can receive a
speed is very slow, the wipers will In freezing weather, do not use GPS signal. The compass system
automatically stop at the base of the the washer until the windshield is will automatically determine when a
windshield. warmed. Otherwise the washer GPS signal is restored and provide
The wiper operations return to fluid can form ice on the a heading again. See Compass
normal when the transmission is no windshield, blocking your vision. Messages on page 5-38 for the
longer in N (Neutral) or the vehicle messages that may be displayed for
speed has increased. the compass.
Compass
n L (Windshield Washer): Pull Clock
the windshield wiper lever toward The vehicle may have a compass
you to spray windshield washer fluid display on the Driver Information The infotainment system controls
and activate the wipers. The wipers Center (DIC). The compass receives are used to access the time and
will continue until the lever is its heading and other information date settings through the menu
released or the maximum wash time from the Global Positioning system. See “Home Page” in the
is reached. When the windshield System (GPS) antenna, infotainment manual for information
wiper lever is released, additional StabiliTrak®, and vehicle speed about how to use the menu system.
wipes may occur depending on how information.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Setting the Clock Date 4. Press [ Back to go back to the

Time To set the date: previous menu.
To set the time: 1. Press the SETTINGS screen If auto timing is set, the time
button and press Time and Date. displayed on the clock may not
1. From the Home Page, press the update immediately when driving
SETTINGS screen button, then 2. Press Set Date and press + or − into a new time zone.
press Time and Date. to increase or decrease month,
day, or year. Clock Display
2. Press Set Time, then press + or
− to increase or decrease hours 3. Press [ Back to go back to the When on, the digital clock will
or minutes, and change AM previous menu. display on the infotainment screen.
or PM. To set the clock display:
Auto Set
3. Press 12-24Hr for a 12 or 1. Press the SETTINGS screen
24 hour clock. When on, the time and date will
automatically update. button and press Time and Date.
4. Press [ Back to go back to the To set auto set: 2. Press Clock Display, then select
previous menu. Off or On.
1. Press the SETTINGS screen
button, then press Time 3. Press [ Back to go back to the
and Date. previous menu.
2. Press Set Time or Set Date.
3. Press Auto Set, then select
On-Cell Network or Off-Manual
to manually set the time
and date.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Power Outlets When adding electrical equipment, Power Outlet 110 Volt
be sure to follow the proper Alternating Current
The accessory power outlets can be installation instructions included with
used to plug in electrical equipment, the equipment. See Add-On If equipped with this power outlet on
such as a cell phone or MP3 player. Electrical Equipment on page 9-68. the rear of the center console. It can
be used to plug in electrical
The vehicle has three accessory
equipment that uses a maximum
power outlets: { Caution limit of 150 watts.
. Inside the front storage area
Hanging heavy equipment from
below the climate control
system. the power outlet can cause
damage not covered by the
. Inside the center console. vehicle warranty. The power
. On the rear of the center outlets are designed for
console. accessory power plugs only, such
as cell phone charge cords.
Lift the cover to access the
accessory power outlet.
Certain accessory power plugs may Always unplug electrical equipment
not be compatible with the when not in use and do not plug in
accessory power outlet and could equipment that exceeds the
overload vehicle or adapter fuses. maximum 20 amps rating.
If a problem is experienced, see An indicator light on the outlet turns
your dealer. on to show it is in use. The light
comes on when the ignition is in
ON/RUN, equipment requiring less
than 150 watts is plugged into the
outlet, and no system fault is
detected.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
The indicator light does not come on The power outlet is not designed for Cigarette Lighter
when the ignition is in LOCK/OFF or the following and may not work
if the equipment is not fully seated properly, if this equipment is If equipped with cigarette lighters,
into the outlet. plugged in: they are under the climate control
system inside the storage area and
If equipment is connected using . Equipment with high initial peak on the rear of the center console.
more than 150 watts or a system wattage such as:
fault is detected, a protection circuit compressor-driven refrigerators To activate the cigarette lighter,
shuts off the power supply and the and electric power tools. push it into the heating element and
indicator light turns off. To reset the let go. The lighter pops out when it
. Other equipment requiring an is ready to be used.
circuit, unplug the item and plug it extremely stable power supply
back in or turn the Retained such as:
Accessory Power (RAP) off and microcomputer-controlled
then back on. See Retained electric blankets, touch sensor
Accessory Power (RAP) on lamps, etc.
page 9-20. The power restarts when
equipment using 150 watts or less is
plugged into the outlet and a system
fault is not detected.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
{ Caution Warning Lights, Gauges can indicate when there

could be a problem with a vehicle
Holding a cigarette lighter in while
Gauges, and function. Often gauges and warning
lights work together to indicate a
it is heating does not let the Indicators problem with the vehicle.
lighter back away from the Warning lights and gauges can
heating element when it is hot. When one of the warning lights
signal that something is wrong comes on and stays on while
Damage from overheating can before it becomes serious enough
occur to the lighter or heating driving, or when one of the gauges
to cause an expensive repair or shows there may be a problem,
element, or a fuse could be replacement. Paying attention to the check the section that explains what
blown. Do not hold a cigarette warning lights and gauges could to do. Follow this manual's advice.
lighter in while it is heating. prevent injury. Waiting to do repairs can be costly
Warning lights come on when there and even dangerous.
could be a problem with a vehicle
function. Some warning lights come
on briefly when the engine is started
to indicate they are working.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Instrument Cluster
English Base Cluster Shown, Metric Similar

2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
English Uplevel Balanced Cluster Shown, Metric Similar

2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Reconfigurable Instrument
Cluster
There are four uplevel instrument
cluster display configurations to
choose from: Simple, Performance,
Balanced, or Enhanced.
Performance Configuration Balanced Configuration

The Performance configuration has The Balanced configuration has
two interactive display zones: one in three interactive display zones: one
the center of the speedometer and in the center of each of the gauges.
one in the lower left of the cluster
screen.
Simple Configuration
The Simple configuration has one
interactive display zone in the
center.
Enhanced Configuration
The Enhanced configuration has
three interactive display zones.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Use the five-way control on the right Cluster Application Displays or scroll through contacts. If there is
side of the steering wheel to move an active call, mute the phone or
The cluster can display information
between the different display zones switch to handset operation.
regarding Navigation, Audio, and
and scroll through the different
Phone. On the base cluster, a Cluster Settings Menu
displays.
speedometer can also be displayed
To change the cluster configuration: in the center zone. To enter the cluster settings menu:
1. Find the Settings page in one of 1. Use the five-way control on the
Navigation right side of the steering wheel
the interactive display zones on
the cluster. If there is no active route, a to find the Settings page in one
compass will be displayed. If there of the interactive display zones
2. Press SEL to enter the is an active route, press SEL to end on the cluster.
Settings menu. route guidance or turn the voice 2. Press SEL on the center of the
3. Scroll down to highlight Display prompts on or off. five-way control to enter the
Layout. Then press SEL to Audio Settings menu.
select it.
While the Audio application page is Units: Press SEL while Units is
4. Each layout in the menu is displayed, press SEL to enter the highlighted to enter the Unit menu.
represented by a small preview Audio menu. In the Audio menu, Choose English or metric units by
image of the display layout. search for music, select from pressing SEL while the desired item
Scroll up or down and highlight favorites, or change the audio is highlighted. A checkmark will be
the selection. Press SEL to source displayed next to the selected item.
select the desired cluster
configuration. Phone Info Pages: Press SEL while Info
Pages is highlighted to select the
5. Exit the Display Layout menu by While the Phone application page is items to be displayed in the DIC info
pressing S. displayed, press SEL to enter the displays. See Driver Information
Phone menu. In the Phone menu, Center (DIC) on page 5-30.
if there is no active phone call, view
recent calls, select from favorites,
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Display Layout: Press SEL while This vehicle has a tamper-resistant Tachometer
Display Layout is highlighted to odometer. If the vehicle needs a
change the configuration of the new cluster installed, the new The tachometer displays the engine
uplevel cluster. See “Reconfigurable odometer is set to the mileage of speed in revolutions per
Instrument Cluster” earlier in this the old odometer. If this is not minute (rpm).
section. possible, it is set at zero and a label
Open Source Software: Press is put on the driver door to show the { Caution
SEL while Open Source Software is old mileage reading.
If the engine is operated with the
highlighted to display open source
Trip Odometer tachometer in the shaded warning
software information.
area, the vehicle could be
The trip odometer can show how far damaged, and the damages
Speedometer the vehicle has been driven since would not be covered by the
The speedometer shows the the trip odometer was last reset. vehicle warranty. Do not operate
vehicle's speed in either kilometers The trip odometer is accessed and the engine with the tachometer in
per hour (km/h) or miles per reset through the Driver Information the shaded warning area.
hour (mph). Center (DIC). See Driver
Information Center (DIC) on
Odometer page 5-30.
The odometer shows how far the
vehicle has been driven, in either
kilometers or miles.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Fuel Gauge
Uplevel Balanced Configuration, Uplevel Simple and Enhanced

Performance Similar Configurations
Base Level
When the ignition is on, the fuel
gauge indicates about how much
fuel is left in the tank.
There is an arrow near the fuel
gauge pointing to the side of the
vehicle the fuel door is on.
When the indicator nears empty, the
low fuel light comes on. There still is
a little fuel left, but the vehicle
should be refueled soon.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Here are four things that some Engine Coolant

owners ask about. None of these
show a problem with the fuel gauge:
Temperature Gauge
. At the service station, the fuel
pump shuts off before the gauge
reads full.
. It takes a little more or less fuel
to fill up than the gauge
indicated. For example, the
gauge may have indicated the
tank was half full, but it actually
took a little more or less than
English Base Level
half the tank's capacity to fill
the tank.
. The gauge moves a little while Metric Base Level
turning a corner or speeding up.
. The gauge takes a few seconds
to stabilize after the ignition is
turned on, and goes back to
empty when the ignition is
turned off.
Uplevel Balanced Configuration

2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
This gauge measures the their safety belt. Then the light stays their safety belt. Then the light stays
temperature of the vehicle's engine. on solid until the belt is buckled. on solid until the belt is buckled.
While driving under normal This cycle may continue several This cycle continues several times if
operating conditions, if the needle times if the driver remains or the passenger remains or becomes
moves into the red area, the engine becomes unbuckled while the unbuckled while the vehicle is
is too hot. Pull off the road, stop the vehicle is moving. moving.
vehicle, and turn off the engine as If the driver safety belt is buckled, If the passenger safety belt is
soon as possible. neither the light nor the chime buckled, neither the chime nor the
comes on. light comes on.
Safety Belt Reminders Passenger Safety Belt The front passenger safety belt
Driver Safety Belt Reminder Reminder Light warning light and chime may turn on
if an object is put on the seat such
Light There is a passenger safety belt as a briefcase, handbag, grocery
There is a driver safety belt reminder light near the passenger bag, laptop, or other electronic
reminder light on the instrument airbag status indicator. See device. To turn off the warning light
cluster. Passenger Sensing System on and/or chime, remove the object
page 3-29. from the seat or buckle the
safety belt.
When the vehicle is started, this

light flashes and a chime may come When the vehicle is started, this
on to remind the driver to fasten light flashes and a chime may come
on to remind passengers to fasten
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Airbag Readiness Light important safety information. The

{ Warning passenger airbag status indicator is
This light shows if there is an in the overhead console.
electrical problem with the airbag If the airbag readiness light stays
system. The system check includes on after the vehicle is started or
the airbag sensor(s), passenger comes on while driving, it means
sensing system, the pretensioners, the airbag system might not be
the airbag modules, the wiring, and working properly. The airbags in
the crash sensing and diagnostic the vehicle might not inflate in a
module. For more information on the crash, or they could even inflate
airbag system, see Airbag System without a crash. To help avoid United States
on page 3-22. injury, have the vehicle serviced
right away.
If there is a problem with the airbag

system, a Driver Information Center
(DIC) message may also come on.
See Airbag System Messages on Canada
page 5-45. When the vehicle is started, the
The airbag readiness light comes on
for several seconds when the passenger airbag status indicator
vehicle is started. If the light does Passenger Airbag Status will light ON and OFF, or the symbol
not come on then, have it fixed Indicator for on and off, for several seconds
immediately. as a system check. Then, after
The vehicle has a passenger several more seconds, the status
sensing system. See Passenger indicator will light either ON or OFF,
Sensing System on page 3-29 for or the on or off symbol, to let you
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
know the status of the front engine is not running, as a check to

outboard passenger frontal airbag { Warning show the light is working. It should
and knee airbag. go out when the engine is started.
If the airbag readiness light ever For vehicles with a reconfigurable
If the word ON or the on symbol is comes on and stays on, it means
lit on the passenger airbag status cluster, this light may not come on
that something may be wrong when the ignition is turned on.
indicator, it means that the front with the airbag system. To help
outboard passenger frontal airbag avoid injury to yourself or others, If the light stays on, or comes on
and knee airbag are allowed to have the vehicle serviced right while driving, there may be a
inflate. problem with the electrical charging
away. See Airbag Readiness
If the word OFF or the off symbol is system. Have it checked by your
Light on page 5-18 for more
lit on the airbag status indicator, it dealer. Driving while this light is on
information, including important could drain the battery.
means that the passenger sensing safety information.
system has turned off the front When this light comes on, or is
outboard passenger frontal airbag flashing, the Driver Information
and knee airbag. Charging System Light Center (DIC) also displays a
If, after several seconds, both status message.
indicator lights remain on, or if there See Battery Voltage and Charging
are no lights at all, there may be a Messages on page 5-37.
problem with the lights or the If a short distance must be driven
passenger sensing system. See with the light on, be sure to turn off
your dealer for service. all accessories, such as the radio
and air conditioner.
On some vehicles the charging
system light comes on briefly when
the ignition is turned on, but the
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Malfunction Malfunctions often are indicated by

Indicator Lamp the system before any problem is { Caution
apparent. Being aware of the light
A computer system called OBD II can prevent more serious damage Modifications made to the engine,
(On-Board Diagnostics-Second to the vehicle. This system also transmission, exhaust, intake,
Generation) monitors the operation assists the service technician in or fuel system of the vehicle or
of the vehicle to ensure emissions correctly diagnosing any the replacement of the original
are at acceptable levels, helping to malfunction. tires with other than those of the
maintain a clean environment. The same Tire Performance Criteria
malfunction indicator lamp comes
on when the vehicle is placed in
{ Caution (TPC) can affect the vehicle's
emission controls and can
Service Only Mode, as a check to If the vehicle is continually driven cause this light to come on.
show it is working. If it does not, with this light on, the emission Modifications to these systems
have the vehicle serviced by your controls might not work as well, could lead to costly repairs not
dealer. See Ignition Positions on the vehicle fuel economy might covered by the vehicle warranty.
page 9-15. not be as good, and the engine This could also result in a failure
might not run as smoothly. This to pass a required Emission
could lead to costly repairs that Inspection/Maintenance test. See
might not be covered by the Accessories and Modifications on
vehicle warranty. page 10-3.
If the malfunction indicator lamp

comes on while the engine is
running, this indicates that there is
an OBD II problem and diagnosis
and service might be required.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
This light comes on during a Light On Steady: An emission efficiently as designed and may
malfunction in one of two ways: control system malfunction has cause stalling after start-up,
Light Flashing: A misfire condition been detected on the vehicle. stalling when the vehicle is
has been detected. A misfire Diagnosis and service might be changed into gear, misfiring,
increases vehicle emissions and required. hesitation on acceleration,
could damage the emission control The following may correct an or stumbling on acceleration.
system on the vehicle. Diagnosis emission control system These conditions might go away
and service might be required. malfunction: once the engine is warmed up.
To prevent more serious damage to . Make sure the capless funnel If one or more of these conditions
the vehicle: adapter is removed, if fuel has occurs, change the fuel brand used.
been added to the vehicle using It may require at least one full tank
. Reduce vehicle speed. of the proper fuel to turn the light off.
the capless funnel adapter. See
. Avoid hard accelerations. “Filling the Tank with a Portable See Fuel on page 9-58.
. Avoid steep uphill grades. Gas Can” under Filling the Tank If none of the above have made the
on page 9-60. The diagnostic light turn off, your dealer can check
. If towing a trailer, reduce the system can detect if the adapter
amount of cargo being hauled as the vehicle. The dealer has the
has been left installed in the proper test equipment and
soon as it is possible. vehicle, allowing fuel to diagnostic tools to fix any
If the light continues to flash, stop evaporate into the atmosphere. mechanical or electrical problems
and park the vehicle. Turn the A few driving trips with the that might have developed.
vehicle off, wait at least 10 seconds, adapter removed should turn off
and restart the engine. If the light is the light.
still flashing, follow the previous . Check that good quality fuel is
steps and see your dealer for used. Poor fuel quality causes
service as soon as possible. the engine not to run as
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Emissions Inspection and Only Mode and the malfunction Brake System Warning
Maintenance Programs indicator lamp does not come
on. See your dealer for
Light
Depending on where you live, your assistance in verifying proper The vehicle brake system consists
vehicle may be required to operation of the malfunction of two hydraulic circuits. If one
participate in an emission control indicator lamp. circuit is not working, the remaining
system inspection and maintenance circuit can still work to stop the
program. For the inspection, the . The OBD II (On-Board
Diagnostics) system determines vehicle. For normal braking
emission system test equipment will performance, both circuits need to
likely connect to the vehicle's Data that critical emission control
systems have not been be working.
Link Connector (DLC).
completely diagnosed. The If the warning light comes on, there
vehicle would be considered not is a brake problem. Have the brake
ready for inspection. This can system inspected right away.
happen if the 12-volt battery has
recently been replaced or run
down. The diagnostic system is
designed to evaluate critical
emission control systems during
The DLC is under the instrument normal driving. This can take
panel to the left of the steering several days of routine driving. Metric English
wheel. See your dealer if assistance If this has been done and the
is needed. vehicle still does not pass the This light comes on briefly when the
The vehicle may not pass inspection for lack of OBD II vehicle is turned on. If it does not
inspection if: system readiness, your dealer come on then, have it fixed so it will
can prepare the vehicle for be ready to warn if there is a
. The malfunction indicator lamp is inspection. problem.
on with the engine running, or if
the vehicle is placed in Service If the light comes on and stays on,
there is a base brake problem.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
brake is released, or while driving, vehicles with the reconfigurable

{ Warning there is a problem with the Electric cluster, this light may not come on
Parking Brake system or another when the vehicle is in ON/RUN.
The brake system might not be system. A message may also
working properly if the brake If this light stays on, there is a
display in the Driver Information problem with a system on the
system warning light is on. Center (DIC). See Brake System
Driving with the brake system vehicle that is causing the parking
Messages on page 5-37. brake system to work at a reduced
warning light on can lead to a
crash. If the light is still on after If the light does not come on, level. The vehicle can still be driven,
or remains flashing, see your dealer. but should be taken to a dealer as
the vehicle has been pulled off
soon as possible. See Electric
the road and carefully stopped,
have the vehicle towed for Service Electric Parking Parking Brake on page 9-27. If a
message displays in the Driver
service. Brake Light Information Center (DIC), see Brake
System Messages on page 5-37.
Electric Parking Brake
Light Antilock Brake System
(ABS) Warning Light
On some vehicles the service

electric parking brake light should
come on briefly when the vehicle is
Metric English in ON/RUN. If it does not come on,
have it fixed so it will be ready to
This light comes on when the warn if there is a problem. For This light comes on briefly when the
parking brake is applied. If the light engine is started.
continues flashing after the parking
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
If it does not, have the vehicle Lane Departure Warning Vehicle Ahead Indicator
serviced by your dealer.
(LDW) Light
If the ABS light stays on, turn the
ignition off.
If the light comes on while driving,
stop as soon as it is safely possible
and turn off the vehicle. Then start
the engine again to reset the
system. If the ABS light stays on, For vehicles with the Forward
or comes on again while driving, the For some vehicles with the Lane Collision Alert (FCA) system, this
vehicle needs service. A chime may Departure Warning (LDW) system, light displays green when a vehicle
also sound when the light comes on this light briefly comes on amber is detected ahead. This light is
steady. while starting the vehicle. If it does located in the Driver Information
not, have the vehicle serviced by Center (DIC) on vehicles with a
If the ABS light is the only light on, base cluster.
the vehicle has regular brakes, but your dealer. If the system is working
the antilock brakes are not normally, the indicator light then This light will display amber when
functioning. turns off. For vehicles with the you are following a vehicle ahead
uplevel cluster, this light may not much too closely.
If both the ABS and the brake come on when starting the vehicle.
system warning light are on, the See Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
vehicle's antilock brakes are not This light comes on green when the System on page 9-50.
functioning and there is a problem system is on and ready to operate.
with the regular brakes. See your When the system determines that
dealer for service. the vehicle is leaving its lane
without using the turn signal, this
See Brake System Warning Light on light will change to amber and flash.
page 5-22 and Brake System
Messages on page 5-37. See Lane Departure Warning (LDW)
on page 9-56.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Traction Off Light If the TCS is off, wheel spin is not See Traction Control/Electronic
limited. Adjust driving accordingly. Stability Control on page 9-29.
See Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control on page 9-29. Traction Control System
(TCS)/StabiliTrak® Light
StabiliTrak® OFF Light
This light comes on briefly while

starting the engine. If it does not,
have the vehicle serviced by your
dealer. If the system is working
normally, the indicator light then This light comes on briefly when the
turns off. For vehicles with a This light comes on briefly while engine is started.
reconfigurable cluster, this light is in starting the engine. If it does not,
the display area and it may not If the light does not come on, have
have the vehicle serviced by your the vehicle serviced by your dealer.
come on when the ignition is dealer.
turned on. If the system is working normally,
This light comes on when the the indicator light turns off.
The traction off light comes on when StabiliTrak system is turned off.
the Traction Control System (TCS) If the light is on and not flashing, the
If StabiliTrak is off, the Traction TCS, and potentially the StabiliTrak
has been turned off by pressing and Control System (TCS) is also off.
releasing the TCS/StabiliTrak system have been disabled. A DIC
button. If the StabiliTrak and TCS are off, message may display. Check the
the system does not assist in DIC messages to determine which
This light and the StabiliTrak OFF controlling the vehicle. Turn on the feature(s) is no longer functioning
light come on when StabiliTrak is TCS and the StabiliTrak systems and whether the vehicle requires
turned off. and the warning light turns off. service.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
If the indicator/warning light is on Tire Pressure Light

and flashing, the TCS and/or the { Caution
StabiliTrak system is actively
working. The engine coolant temperature
warning light indicates that the
See Traction Control/Electronic vehicle has overheated. Driving
Stability Control on page 9-29. with this light on can damage the
engine and it may not be covered
Engine Coolant by the vehicle warranty. See
Temperature Warning Engine Overheating on For vehicles with the Tire Pressure
page 10-19. Monitor System (TPMS), this light
Light comes on briefly when the engine is
started. It provides information
The engine coolant temperature about tire pressures and the TPMS.
warning light comes on when the
engine has overheated. When the Light Is On Steady
If this happens pull over and turn off This indicates that one or more of
the engine as soon as possible. See the tires are significantly
Engine Overheating on page 10-19. underinflated.
On some vehicles this light comes A Driver Information Center (DIC)
on briefly while starting the vehicle. tire pressure message may also
If it does not, have the vehicle display. See Tire Messages on
serviced by the dealer. If the system page 5-46. Stop as soon as
is working normally the indicator possible, and inflate the tires to the
light goes off. For vehicles with the pressure value shown on the Tire
reconfigurable cluster, this light may and Loading Information label. See
not come on when starting the Tire Pressure on page 10-46.
vehicle.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
When the Light Flashes First and Low Fuel Warning Light
Then Is On Steady
If the light flashes for about a minute
and then stays on, there may be a
problem with the TPMS. If the
problem is not corrected, the light
will come on at every ignition cycle. This light should come on briefly as
See Tire Pressure Monitor the engine is started. If it does not
Operation on page 10-49. come on, have the vehicle serviced This light is near the fuel gauge and
by your dealer. comes on briefly when the ignition is
Engine Oil Pressure Light If the light comes on and stays on, it turned on as a check to show it is
means that oil is not flowing through working. For vehicles with a
{ Caution the engine properly. The vehicle
could be low on oil and might have
reconfigurable cluster, this light is in
the display area and may not come
Lack of proper engine oil some other system problem. See on when the ignition is turned on.
maintenance can damage the your dealer. It also comes on when the fuel tank
engine. Driving with the engine is low on fuel. The light turns off
oil low can also damage the when fuel is added. If it does not,
engine. The repairs would not be have the vehicle serviced.
covered by the vehicle warranty.
Check the oil level as soon as
possible. Add oil if required, but if
the oil level is within the operating
range and the oil pressure is still
low, have the vehicle serviced.
Always follow the maintenance
schedule for changing engine oil.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Security Light High-Beam On Light Adaptive Forward

Lighting (AFL) Light
On some vehicles the immobilizer This light comes on when the

light should come on briefly as the high-beam headlamps are in use. This light should come on briefly as
engine is started. If it does not come See Headlamp High/Low-Beam the vehicle is started. If it does not
on, have the vehicle serviced by Changer on page 6-3. come on, have the vehicle serviced
your dealer. If the system is working by your dealer. For vehicles with a
normally, the indicator light turns off. IntelliBeam® Light reconfigurable cluster, this light is in
For vehicles with the reconfigurable the display area and may not come
cluster, this light may not come on on when the ignition is turned on.
when the engine is started.
This light comes on solid when
If the light stays on and the engine there is a problem with the AFL
does not start, there could be a system. It flashes when the system
problem with the theft-deterrent is switching between lighting
system. See Immobilizer Operation modes. See Adaptive Forward
on page 2-18. This light comes on when the Lighting (AFL) on page 6-5.
IntelliBeam system is enabled.
See Exterior Lamp Controls on
page 6-1.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Lamps On Reminder Adaptive Cruise Control Light Door Ajar Light
This light comes on when the This light is white when the Adaptive
exterior lamps are in use. See Cruise Control (ACC, if equipped) is
Exterior Lamp Controls on page 6-1. on and ready, and turns green when
the ACC is set and active. See
Cruise Control Light Adaptive Cruise Control on
page 9-35.
For vehicles equipped with this light,
it comes on when a door is open or
not securely latched. Before driving,
check that all doors are properly
closed. See Door Ajar Messages on
page 5-39 for more information.
The cruise control light is white
when the cruise control is on and
ready, and turns green when the
cruise control is set and active.
See Cruise Control on page 9-32.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Information Displays S or T : Press to move between 4. Press SEL while an item is

the interactive display zones in the highlighted to select or deselect
cluster. Press S to go back to the that item. When an item is
Driver Information selected, a checkmark will
Center (DIC) previous menu.
appear next to it.
SEL (Select): Press to open a
The DIC is displayed in the DIC Information Displays
menu or select a menu item. Press
instrument cluster. It shows the
and hold to reset values on certain The following is the list of all
status of many vehicle systems.
screens. possible DIC information displays.
Some of the information displays
DIC Information Display
may not be available for your
Options particular vehicle.
The info displays on the DIC can be Speed (Base Cluster): Shows the
turned on or off through the vehicle speed in either kilometers
Settings menu. per hour (km/h) or miles per
1. Press SEL while viewing the hour (mph).
Settings page in one of the Trip 1 or Trip 2 (Base
interactive display zones on the Cluster) / Trip 1 or Trip 2 and
cluster. Average Fuel Economy (Uplevel
2. Scroll to Info Pages and Cluster): The Trip display shows
press SEL. the current distance traveled, in
either kilometers (km) or miles (mi),
y or z : Move SEL up or down to 3. Press y or z to move through since the trip odometer was last
go to the previous or next selection. the list of possible info displays. reset. The trip odometer can be
reset by pressing and holding SEL
while this display is active.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
The Average Fuel Economy display calculated based on the number of Timer: This display can be used as
shows the approximate average L/100 km (mpg) recorded since the a timer. To start the timer, press SEL
liters per 100 kilometers (L/100 km) last time this menu item was reset. while this display is active. The
or miles per gallon (mpg). This The Average Fuel Economy can be display will show the amount of time
number is calculated based on the reset by pressing and holding SEL that has passed since the timer was
number of L/100 km (mpg) recorded while this display is active. last reset. To stop the timer, press
since the last time this menu item Instantaneous Fuel Economy: SEL briefly while this display is
was reset. The Average Fuel Shows the current fuel economy in active and the timer is running. To
Economy can be reset along with either liters per 100 kilometers reset the timer to zero, press and
the trip odometer by pressing and (L/100 km) or miles per hold SEL while this display is active.
holding SEL while this display is gallon (mpg). This number reflects Compass (Base Cluster): Shows
active. only the fuel economy that the the direction the vehicle is driving.
Fuel Range: Shows the vehicle has right now and changes Turn Arrow: Shows the next
approximate distance the vehicle frequently as driving conditions maneuver when using route
can be driven without refueling. change. guidance.
LOW will be displayed when the Average Speed: Shows the
vehicle is low on fuel. The fuel Travel Time: Shows the estimated
average speed of the vehicle in time duration remaining for the
range estimate is based on an kilometers per hour (km/h) or miles
average of the vehicle's fuel current route.
per hour (mph). This average is
economy over recent driving history calculated based on the various Distance to Destination: Shows
and the amount of fuel remaining in vehicle speeds recorded since the the distance to the destination when
the fuel tank. last reset of this value. The average using route guidance.
Average Fuel Economy (Base speed can be reset by pressing and Speed Limit: Shows the current
Cluster): Shows the approximate holding SEL while this display is speed limit. The information for this
average liters per 100 kilometers active. page comes from a roadway
(L/100 km) or miles per database.
gallon (mpg). This number is
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Speed Warning: Allows the driver Oil Life: Shows an estimate To reset the engine oil life system,
to set a speed that they do not want of the oil's remaining useful life. press and hold SEL for several
to exceed. To set the Speed If REMAINING OIL LIFE 99% is seconds while the Oil Life display is
Warning, press SEL when Speed displayed, that means 99% of the active. See Engine Oil Life System
Warning is displayed. Press y or current oil life remains. on page 10-11.
z to adjust the value. This feature When the remaining oil life is low, Tire Pressure: Shows the
can be turned off by pressing and the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON approximate pressures of all four
holding SEL while viewing this message will appear on the display. tires. Tire pressure is displayed in
page. If the selected speed limit is See Engine Oil Messages on either kilopascal (kPa) or in pounds
exceeded, a pop-up warning is page 5-40. The oil should be per square inch (psi). If the pressure
displayed and a chime may sound. changed as soon as possible. See is low, the value for that tire is
Cruise Set Speed: Shows the Engine Oil on page 10-9. In addition shown in amber. See Tire Pressure
speed the cruise control or Adaptive to the engine oil life system Monitor System on page 10-48 and
Cruise Control is set to. monitoring the oil life, additional Tire Pressure Monitor Operation on
maintenance is recommended. See page 10-49.
Follow Distance Indicator: When Maintenance Schedule on
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) is Vehicle Odometer (Base
page 11-4. Cluster): Shows the odometer.
not engaged, the current follow time
to the vehicle ahead is displayed as The Oil Life display must be reset Blank Page: Allows for no
a time value on this page. When after each oil change. It will not information to be displayed in the
ACC has been engaged, the display reset itself. Do not reset the Oil Life cluster info display areas.
switches to the gap setting page. display accidentally at any time
This page shows the current gap other than when the oil has just
setting along with the vehicle ahead been changed. It cannot be reset
telltale. accurately until the next oil change.
Battery Voltage: Shows the
current battery voltage.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Head-Up Display (HUD)

{ Caution
{ Warning If you try to use the HUD image
as a parking aid, you may
If the HUD image is too bright or misjudge the distance and
too high in your field of view, it damage your vehicle. Do not use
may take you more time to see the HUD image as a parking aid.
things you need to see when it is
dark outside. Be sure to keep the
HUD image dim and placed low in The HUD information can be
your field of view. displayed in various languages. The
speedometer reading and other
numerical values can be displayed HUD Display on the Vehicle
If equipped with HUD, some in either English or metric units. Windshield
information concerning the
The language selection is changed The HUD may display some of the
operation of the vehicle is projected
through the radio and the units of following vehicle information and
onto the windshield. The image is
measurement is changed through vehicle messages or alerts:
projected through the HUD lens on
the instrument cluster. See Vehicle
top of the instrument panel. The . Speed
Personalization on page 5-48 and
information appears as an image
“Settings” under Instrument Cluster . Tachometer
focused out toward the front of the
on page 5-10. . Audio
vehicle.
. Phone
. Navigation
. Collision Alert
. Cruise Control
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13

. Lane Departure
$ (Image Adjustment): Press HUD Views
. Low Fuel down or lift up to center the HUD There are four views in the HUD.
Some vehicle messages or alerts image. The HUD image can only be Some vehicle information and
displayed in the HUD may be adjusted up and down, not side vehicle messages or alerts may be
cleared by using the steering wheel to side. displayed in any view.
controls. See Vehicle Messages on ! (Display View): Press to
page 5-36. select the display view. Each press
will change the display view.
D (Image Brightness): Lift up
and hold to brighten the display.
Press down and hold to dim the
display. Hold down to turn the Metric
display off.
The HUD image will automatically
dim and brighten to compensate for
outside lighting. The HUD
The HUD control is to the left of the brightness control can also be
steering wheel. adjusted as needed.
To adjust the HUD image: The HUD image can temporarily English
light up depending on the angle and Speed View: This display gives the
1. Adjust the driver seat. position of the sunlight on the HUD speedometer reading (in English or
2. Start the engine. display. This is normal. metric units), speed limit, Adaptive
Use the following settings to adjust Polarized sunglasses could make Cruise Control speed, Lane
the HUD. the HUD image harder to see. Departure Warning, and Vehicle
Ahead indicator. Some information
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
only appears on vehicles that have All HUD views may briefly display Navigation View: This displays the
these features, and when they are audio information when the driver speed view along with Turn-by-Turn
active. uses the steering wheel controls to Navigation information. The
adjust the audio settings appearing compass heading is displayed when
in the instrument cluster. navigation routing is not active.
Incoming phone calls appearing in Navigation Turn-by-Turn Alerts
the instrument cluster, may also shown in the instrument cluster may
display in any HUD view. also be displayed in any HUD view.
Metric
Metric Metric
English
Audio/Phone View: This displays
the speed view along with audio/
phone information. The current radio
station, media type, and incoming
calls will be displayed. English English
Performance View: This displays
the speedometer reading, rpm
reading, transmission positions, and
gear shift indicator.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Care of the HUD

. HUD is adjusted to the proper
height. Vehicle Messages
Clean the inside of the windshield to . Messages displayed on the DIC
remove any dirt or film that could Polarized sunglasses are
not worn. indicate the status of the vehicle or
reduce the sharpness or clarity of some action that may be needed to
the HUD image. . Windshield and HUD lens are correct a condition. Multiple
Clean the HUD lens with a soft cloth clean. messages may display one after the
sprayed with glass cleaner. Wipe If the HUD image is not correct, other.
the lens gently, then dry it. contact your dealer. The messages that do not require
HUD Troubleshooting The windshield is part of the HUD immediate action can be
system. See Windshield acknowledged and cleared by
Check that: Replacement on page 10-27. pressing SEL. The messages that
. Nothing is covering the require immediate action cannot be
HUD lens. cleared until that action is
.
performed. All messages should be
HUD brightness setting is not
taken seriously and clearing the
too dim or too bright.
messages does not correct the
problem.
The following are some of the
vehicle messages that may be
displayed depending on the vehicle
content.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Battery Voltage and TRANSPORT MODE ON STEP ON BRAKE TO

Charging Messages This message is displayed when the RELEASE PARK BRAKE
vehicle is in transport mode. Some This message is displayed if you
BATTERY SAVER ACTIVE features can be disabled while in attempt to release the Electric
This message displays when the this mode, including Remote Parking Brake without the brake
vehicle has detected that the battery Keyless Entry (RKE), remote start, pedal applied. See Electric Parking
voltage is dropping beyond a and the vehicle alarm system. Take Brake on page 9-27.
reasonable point. The battery saver the vehicle to your dealer for service
system starts reducing features of to turn transport mode off. RELEASE PARKING BRAKE
the vehicle that may be noticed. At This message is displayed if the
the point that features are disabled, Brake System Messages Electric Parking Brake is on while
this message displays. Turn off the vehicle is in motion. See Electric
unnecessary accessories to allow BRAKE FLUID LOW Parking Brake on page 9-27.
the battery to recharge. This message is displayed when the
brake fluid level is low. See Brake
SERVICE BRAKE ASSIST
LOW BATTERY Fluid on page 10-23. This message may be displayed
This message is displayed when the when there is a problem with the
battery voltage is low. See Battery BRAKES OVERHEATED brake boost assist system. The
on page 10-25. This message is displayed when the brake boost assist motor may be
brakes are becoming overheated. heard and brake pedal pulsation
SERVICE BATTERY This may be seen when driving on may be felt. This is normal under
CHARGING SYSTEM hills. Shift to a lower gear. these conditions. Take the vehicle to
This message is displayed when your dealer for service.
there is a fault in the battery
charging system. Take the vehicle to
your dealer for service.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
SERVICE PARKING BRAKE ADAPTIVE CRUISE NO CRUISE BRAKING GAS

This message is displayed when TEMPORARILY UNAVAILABLE PEDAL APPLIED
there is a problem with the parking This message displays when This message displays when
brake. Take the vehicle to your attempting to activate Adaptive Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) is
dealer for service. Cruise Control (ACC) when it is active and the driver is pressing the
temporarily unavailable. The ACC gas pedal. When this occurs, ACC
Compass Messages system does not need service. will not brake. See Adaptive Cruise
This can occur under the following Control on page 9-35.
Dashes may be displayed if the
vehicle temporarily loses conditions: SERVICE ADAPTIVE CRUISE
communication with the Global . The radar is not clean. Keep the CONTROL
Positioning System (GPS). radar sensors free of mud, dirt, This message displays when the
snow, ice, and slush. Clean the Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
Cruise Control Messages entire front and/or rear of the needs service. Take the vehicle to
vehicle. For cleaning your dealer.
ADAPTIVE CRUISE SET instructions, see Exterior Care
TO XXX on page 10-82. SHIFT TO PARK BEFORE
This message displays when the . Heavy rain or snow is interfering EXITING
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with the radar object detection or This message may display if
speed is set. See Adaptive Cruise camera performance. Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) is
Control on page 9-35. engaged holding the vehicle at a
CRUISE SET TO XXX stop, and the driver attempts to exit
This message displays when the the vehicle. Put the vehicle in
cruise control speed is set. See P (Park) before exiting.
Cruise Control on page 9-32.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Door Ajar Messages Engine Cooling System ENGINE OVERHEATED —

Messages IDLE ENGINE
DOOR OPEN
This message displays when the
A door open symbol will be A/C OFF DUE TO HIGH engine coolant temperature is too
displayed on the DIC showing which ENGINE TEMP hot. Stop and allow the vehicle to
door is open. If the vehicle has been This message displays when the idle until it cools down.
shifted out of P (Park), a DOOR engine coolant becomes hotter than
OPEN message will also be ENGINE OVERHEATED —
the normal operating temperature.
displayed. The DOOR OPEN To avoid added strain on a hot STOP ENGINE
message may also be displayed if engine, the air conditioning This message displays and a
the vehicle starts to move. Close the compressor automatically turns off. continuous chime sounds if the
door completely. When the coolant temperature engine cooling system reaches
HOOD OPEN returns to normal, the air unsafe temperatures for operation.
conditioning compressor turns back Stop and turn off the vehicle as
This message will display along with on. The vehicle can continue to be soon as it is safe to do so to avoid
a hood open symbol when the hood driven. severe damage. This message
is open. Close the hood completely. clears when the engine has cooled
If this message continues to appear,
TRUNK OPEN have the system repaired by your to a safe operating temperature.
This message will display along with dealer as soon as possible to avoid HIGH COOLANT
a symbol when the trunk is open. damage to the engine. TEMPERATURE
Close the trunk completely. COOLANT LEVEL LOW ADD This message displays if the coolant
COOLANT temperature is hot. See Engine
This message will display if the Overheating on page 10-19.
coolant is low. See Engine Coolant
on page 10-16.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Engine Oil Messages message remains on, take the speed while this message is on, but
vehicle to your dealer for service. maximum acceleration and speed
CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON See Engine Oil on page 10-9. may be reduced. Anytime this
This message displays when the message stays on, the vehicle
OIL PRESSURE LOW — STOP should be taken to your dealer for
engine oil needs to be changed. ENGINE
When you change the engine oil, be service as soon as possible.
sure to reset the oil life system. See This message displays if low oil
Engine Oil Life System on pressure levels occur. Stop the Fuel System Messages
page 10-11, Driver Information vehicle as soon as safely possible
and do not operate it until the cause FUEL LEVEL LOW
Center (DIC) on page 5-30, Engine
Oil on page 10-9, and Maintenance of the low oil pressure has been This message displays when the
Schedule on page 11-4. corrected. Check the oil as soon as vehicle is low on fuel. Refuel as
possible and have the vehicle soon as possible.
ENGINE OIL HOT, IDLE serviced by your dealer.
ENGINE Key and Lock Messages
This message displays when the Engine Power Messages
engine oil temperature is too hot. NO REMOTE DETECTED
ENGINE POWER IS REDUCED
Stop and allow the vehicle to idle This message displays when the
until it cools down. This message displays when the transmitter battery may be weak.
vehicle's engine power is reduced. See “Starting the Vehicle with a Low
ENGINE OIL LOW — ADD OIL Reduced engine power can affect Transmitter Battery” under Remote
On some vehicles, this message the vehicle's ability to accelerate. Keyless Entry (RKE) System
displays when the engine oil level If this message is on, but there is no Operation on page 2-3.
may be too low. Check the oil level reduction in performance, proceed
before filling to the recommended to your destination. The
level. If the oil is not low and this performance may be reduced the
next time the vehicle is driven. The
vehicle may be driven at a reduced
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
NO REMOTE KEY WAS NUMBER OF KEYS AUTOMATIC LIGHT CONTROL

DETECTED PLACE KEY IN PROGRAMMED ON/OFF
TRANSMITTER POCKET THEN This message displays when This message is displayed when the
START YOUR VEHICLE programming new keys to the exterior lamp control is in AUTO and
This message displays when trying vehicle. the lights have turned on or off. See
to start the vehicle if an RKE Automatic Headlamp System on
REMOTE LEFT IN VEHICLE page 6-4.
transmitter is not detected. The
transmitter battery may be weak. This message displays when
leaving the vehicle with the RKE XXX TURN INDICATOR
See “Starting the Vehicle with a Low
Transmitter Battery” under Remote transmitter still inside. FAILURE
Keyless Entry (RKE) System When one of the turn signals is out,
REPLACE BATTERY IN this message displays to show
REMOTE KEY which bulb needs to be replaced.
NO REMOTE PRESS BRAKE This message displays when the See Bulb Replacement on
TO RESTART battery in the RKE transmitter needs page 10-28 and Replacement Bulbs
This message displays when to be replaced. on page 10-29.
attempting to turn off the vehicle TURN SIGNAL ON
and the remote is no longer Lamp Messages
detected. Restarting is allowed This message is displayed if the
without the remote for five minutes. AFL (ADAPTIVE FORWARD turn signal has been left on. Turn off
Press the brake pedal to restart the LIGHTING) LAMPS NEED the turn signal.
vehicle. SERVICE
AFL system is disabled and needs
service. See your dealer. See
Adaptive Forward Lighting (AFL) on
page 6-5.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13

. Heavy rain or snow is interfering
Object Detection System This setting disables most automatic
with the radar object detection or
braking functions of the Auto
Messages Collision Preparation feature. Some camera performance.
24 GHz RADARS OFF last-second automatic braking This message may also be
capability is still provided with the displayed if there is a problem with
This message displays when driving Alert setting, but braking is less the StabiliTrak system.
in certain areas where there may be likely to occur. See Active
radar interference. Adaptive Cruise Emergency Braking System on FORWARD COLLISION
Control (ACC), Forward Collision page 9-52. ALERT OFF
Alert (FCA), and the Active
Emergency Braking System may not AUTOMATIC COLLISION PREP This message displays when the
work or may not work as well. The UNAVAILABLE Forward Collision Alert has been
vehicle does not need service. turned off.
AUTOMATIC COLLISION Active Emergency Braking System FRONT CAMERA BLOCKED
PREP OFF has been unavailable for some time. CLEAN WINDSHIELD
The Active Emergency Braking This message displays when the
This message displays when the System does not need service.
Active Emergency Braking System camera is blocked. Cleaning the
has been turned off. See Active This can occur under the following outside of the windshield behind the
Emergency Braking System on conditions: rearview mirror may correct the
page 9-52. issue. The Lane Departure Warning
. The radar is not clean. Keep the
system will not operate. Adaptive
radar sensors free of mud, dirt,
AUTOMATIC COLLISION PREP snow, ice, and slush. Clean the
Cruise Control (ACC), Forward
REDUCED Collision Alert (FCA), and the Active
entire front and/or rear of the
Emergency Braking System may not
This message displays when the vehicle. For cleaning
work or may not work as well.
Active Emergency Braking System instructions, see Exterior Care
has been set to the Alert setting. on page 10-82.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
LANE DEPARTURE WARNING REAR AUTO BRAKE AND SERVICE AUTOMATIC

UNAVAILABLE PARK ASSIST UNAVAILABLE COLLISION PREP
This message displays when This message displays when If this message displays, take the
attempting to activate the Lane attempting to activate the parking vehicle to your dealer to repair the
Departure Warning (LDW) system and backing features of the Driver system.
when it is temporarily unavailable. Assistance System when they are
The LDW system does not need temporarily unavailable. The system SERVICE DRIVER ASSIST
service. does not need service. SYSTEM
This message could be due to the This can occur under the following If this message displays, take the
camera being blocked. Cleaning the conditions: vehicle to your dealer to repair the
outside of the windshield behind the system.
. The radar is not clean. Keep the
rearview mirror may correct the radar sensors free of mud, dirt, Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC),
issue. snow, ice, and slush. Clean the Forward Collision Alert (FCA),
REAR AUTO BRAKE/PARK entire front and/or rear of the Active Emergency Braking System,
vehicle. For cleaning Assistance Systems for Parking or
ASSIST OFF Backing, and/or Lane Departure
instructions, see Exterior Care
This message displays when the on page 10-82. Warning (LDW) system may not
Parking Assist system has been work. Do not use these systems
turned off or when there is a
. Heavy rain or snow is interfering until the vehicle has been repaired.
temporary condition causing the with the radar object detection or
system to be disabled. camera performance.
page 9-43.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
SERVICE FRONT CAMERA SIDE BLIND ZONE ALERT OFF road spray. The vehicle does not
need service. For cleaning, see
If this message remains on after This message indicates that the
"Washing the Vehicle" under
continued driving, the vehicle needs driver has turned the Side Blind
Exterior Care on page 10-82.
service. Do not use the Lane Zone Alert (SBZA) system off.
Departure Warning (LDW) and
Forward Collision Alert (FCA) SERVICE SIDE DETECTION Ride Control System
features. Take the vehicle to your SYSTEM Messages
dealer. If this message remains on after
SERVICE ALL WHEEL DRIVE
continued driving, the vehicle needs
SERVICE PARK ASSIST This message displays when there
service. Side Blind Zone Alert
This message displays if there is a (SBZA) and Rear Cross Traffic Alert is a problem with the AWD system.
problem with the Parking Assist (RCTA) features will not work. Take This message could be set by a
system. Do not use this system to the vehicle to your dealer. number of issues. Some may
help you park. See your dealer for require service of the AWD system.
service. SIDE DETECTION SYSTEM The vehicle will run in normal
UNAVAILABLE two-wheel-drive mode when this
SERVICE REAR AUTO BRAKE message has been set. This could
AND PARK ASSIST This message indicates that Side
Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) and Rear be caused by:
This message displays if there is a Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) are . A vehicle or an AWD system
problem with the parking and disabled either because the sensor electronics problem.
backing features of the Driver is blocked and cannot detect
Assistance System. Do not use this vehicles in the blind zone, or the
. Various vehicle electrical issues.
system to help park or back the vehicle is passing through an open . Worn out or overheated clutch
vehicle. See your dealer for service. area, such as the desert, where plates.
there is insufficient data for . Loss of fluids.
operation. This message may also
activate during heavy rain or due to
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
If this message appears, stop when SERVICE SUSPENSION TRACTION CONTROL ON

it is safe to do so and turn off the SYSTEM This message displays when the
ignition for 30 seconds. Restart the
This message displays when there Traction Control System (TCS) has
vehicle and check for the message
is a problem with the Magnetic Ride been turned on. See Traction
on the DIC display. If the message
Control system. See Magnetic Ride Control/Electronic Stability Control
does not appear, it is not necessary
Control on page 9-31. Have the on page 9-29.
to take your vehicle to the dealer.
If the message still displays or vehicle serviced by your dealer.
appears again when you begin Airbag System Messages
SERVICE TRACTION
driving, the system needs service. CONTROL SERVICE AIRBAG
See your dealer.
This message displays when there This message displays if there is a
SERVICE LEVELING SYSTEM is a problem with the Traction problem with the airbag system.
This message displays when there Control System (TCS). See Traction Take the vehicle to your dealer for
is a problem with the automatic rear Control/Electronic Stability Control service.
level control. See Automatic Level on page 9-29.
Control on page 9-32. Have the TRACTION CONTROL OFF Security Messages
vehicle serviced by your dealer.
This message displays when the THEFT ATTEMPTED
SERVICE STABILITRAK Traction Control System (TCS) has This message displays if the vehicle
This message displays if there is a been turned off. See Traction detects a tamper condition.
problem with the StabiliTrak system. Control/Electronic Stability Control
See Traction Control/Electronic on page 9-29.
Stability Control on page 9-29.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Service Vehicle Messages SERVICE KEYLESS START This message also displays LEFT
SYSTEM FRONT, RIGHT FRONT, LEFT
SERVICE POWER STEERING REAR, or RIGHT REAR to indicate
This message is displayed if there is the location of the low tire.
This message is displayed if there is a problem with the pushbutton start
a problem with the power steering system. Take the vehicle to your The low tire pressure warning light
system and a chime may sound. dealer for service. will also come on. See Tire
Take the vehicle to your dealer for Pressure Light on page 5-26.
service. Tire Messages If a tire pressure message appears
SERVICE VEHICLE SOON on the DIC, stop as soon as you
SERVICE TIRE MONITOR can. Inflate the tires by adding air
This message is displayed if there is SYSTEM until the tire pressure is equal to the
a problem with the vehicle. Take the values shown on the Tire and
This message displays if there is a
vehicle to your dealer for service. Loading Information label. See Tires
problem with the Tire Pressure
Monitor System (TPMS). See Tire on page 10-38, Vehicle Load Limits
Starting the Vehicle Pressure Monitor Operation on on page 9-10, and Tire Pressure on
Messages page 10-49. page 10-46.
PRESS BRAKE TO START TIRE LEARNING ACTIVE You can receive more than one tire
pressure message at a time. The
VEHICLE This message displays when the DIC also shows the tire pressure
This message is displayed when system is learning new tires. See values. See Driver Information
attempting to start the vehicle Tire Pressure Monitor Operation on Center (DIC) on page 5-30.
without first pressing the brake page 10-49.
pedal.
TIRE LOW ADD AIR TO TIRE
pressure in one or more of the tires
is low.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Transmission Messages transmission fluid temperature high Washer Fluid Messages

can cause damage to the vehicle.
SERVICE TRANSMISSION Stop the vehicle and let it idle to WASHER FLUID LOW ADD
This message displays if there is a allow the transmission to cool. This FLUID
problem with the transmission. See message clears when the fluid
This message may display when the
your dealer. temperature reaches a safe level.
washer fluid level is low. See
Washer Fluid on page 10-22.
SHIFT DENIED Vehicle Reminder
This message displays when using Messages Window Messages
the Driver Shift Control (DSC) and
attempting to shift to a gear not ICE POSSIBLE DRIVE OPEN, THEN CLOSE DRIVER/
appropriate for the vehicle speed WITH CARE PASSENGER WINDOW
and engine revolutions per This message displays when ice This message is displayed when the
minute (rpm). See Manual Mode on conditions are possible. window needs to be reprogrammed.
page 9-25. If the vehicle's battery has been
SHIFT TO PARK Vehicle Speed Messages recharged or disconnected, you will
need to program each front window
This message displays when the SELECTED SPEED LIMIT for the express-up feature to work.
transmission needs to be shifted to EXCEEDED See Power Windows on page 2-21.
P (Park). This may appear when
turning the ignition off if the vehicle This message is displayed when the
is not in P (Park). vehicle speed is greater than the set
speed. See "Speed Warning" under
TRANSMISSION HOT — IDLE Driver Information Center (DIC) on
ENGINE page 5-30.
This message displays and a chime
sounds if the transmission fluid in
the vehicle gets hot. Driving with the
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Vehicle Personalization Menus Climate and Air Quality

Press Time and Date to adjust the Select the Climate and Air Quality
Personalization time, date, and clock display. See menu and the following may be
SETTINGS Clock on page 5-5. displayed:
Press SETTINGS on the Press Language and the following . Auto Fan Max Speed
infotainment system Home page selections may be available: . Air Quality Sensor
and the following list of menu items . English .
may be available: Auto Defog
. Francais Canadien
. Time and Date
. Auto Rear Defog
. Espanol Latino
. Language Auto Fan Max Speed
Press to select the language.
. Vehicle This feature will set the maximum
Press Vehicle and the following list auto fan speed.
. Rear Camera of menu items may be available:
Select Low, Medium, or High.
. Return to Factory Settings . Climate and Air Quality
Air Quality Sensor
. Software Information. . Collision/Detection Systems
This allows for selection of air
Use the audio system controls to . Comfort and Convenience quality sensor operation at high or
access the personalization menus . Lighting low sensitivity.
for customizing vehicle features.
. Power Door Locks Select Off, Low Sensitivity, or High
The following are all possible
. Sensitivity.
personalization features. Depending Remote Lock, Unlock, Start
on the vehicle, some may not be
available.
S Back: Press to exit or move
backward in a menu.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Auto Defog Alert Type capability is still provided with the

When set to On, the front defog will This feature will set crash alerts to Alert setting, but it is much less
automatically come on when the beeps or seat vibrations. This likely to be triggered by most driving
vehicle is started. setting affects all crash alerts conditions. Off disables all Forward
including Forward Collision, Lane Collision Alert and Automatic
Select Off or On. Braking capabilities of the Auto
Departure Warning, Adaptive Cruise
Auto Rear Defog Control, Parking Assist, and Collision Preparation feature. See
Backing Warning alerts. Active Emergency Braking System
If equipped, this allows the Auto on page 9-52.
Rear Defog to be turned on or off. Select Beeps or Safety Alert Seat.
This feature will automatically turn Select Off, Alert & Brake, or Alert.
on the rear window defogger when it Auto Collision Preparation
Go Notifier
is cold outside. This feature will turn on or off the
Forward Collision Alert feature as This feature will give a reminder that
Select Off or On. Adaptive Cruise Control provides
well as the Automatic Braking
when it has brought the vehicle to a
Collision/Detection Systems capability of the Auto Collision
Preparation feature. With the Alert & complete stop behind another
Select the Collision/Detection stopping vehicle, and then that
Brake setting, both Forward
Systems menu and the following vehicle drives on.
Collision Alert as well as the
may be displayed if equipped:
Automatic Braking capability of the Select Off or On.
. Alert Type Auto Collision Preparation feature
are available. The Alert setting Side Blind Zone Alert
. Auto Collision Preparation
disables most automatic braking This allows the Side Blind Zone
. Go Notifier functions of the Auto Collision Alert feature to be turned on or off.
. Side Blind Zone Alert Preparation feature. Some Select Off or On.
last-second automatic braking
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Comfort and Convenience Chime Volume Lighting

Select the Comfort and This allows the selection of the Select the Lighting menu and the
Convenience menu and the chime volume level. following may be displayed:
following may be displayed: Press + or − to adjust the volume. . Vehicle Locator Lights
. Auto Memory Recall . Exit Lighting
Reverse Tilt Mirror
. Easy Exit Options . Auto High Beam
When on, both the driver and
. Chime Volume passenger outside mirrors will tilt
Vehicle Locator Lights
. Reverse Tilt Mirror downward when the vehicle is
shifted to R (Reverse) to improve This feature will flash the exterior
. Rain Sense Wipers visibility of the ground near the rear lamps when K on the Remote
Auto Memory Recall wheels. They will return to their Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter is
previous driving position when the pressed to locate the vehicle.
This allows the Auto Memory Recall vehicle is shifted out of R (Reverse)
feature to be turned on or off. or the engine is turned off. Select Off or On.
Select Off, On, On - Driver Door Select Off, On, On - Driver and Exit Lighting
Open, or On - At Ignition On. See Passenger, On - Driver, or On - This allows the selection of how
Memory Seats on page 3-7. Passenger. long the exterior lamps stay on
Easy Exit Options Rain Sense Wipers when leaving the vehicle when it is
dark outside.
This allows the Easy Exit Options This allows the Rain Sense Wipers
feature to be turned on or off. feature to be disabled or enabled. Select Off, 30 Seconds,
60 Seconds, or 120 Seconds.
Select Off or On. Select Disabled or Enabled.
See Memory Seats on page 3-7. Auto High Beam
This allows the Auto High Beam to
be turned on or off.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Select Off or On. On some vehicles Delayed Door Lock Remote Lock Feedback
select Off, Normal Sensitivity, When on, this feature will delay the This allows selection of what type of
or Low Sensitivity. locking of the doors. To override the feedback is given when locking the
Power Door Locks delay, press the power door lock vehicle with the RKE transmitter.
switch on the door. Select Off, Lights and Horn, Lights
Select Power Door Locks and the
following may be displayed: Select Off or On. Only, or Horn Only.
. Unlocked Door Anti Lock Out Remote Lock, Unlock, Start Remote Start Auto Cool Seats
. Auto Door Unlock Select Remote Lock, Unlock, Start If equipped and turned on, this
and the following may be displayed: feature will turn the ventilated seats
. Delayed Door Lock
on when using remote start on
. Remote Unlock Light Feedback
Unlocked Door Anti Lock Out warm days.
. Remote Lock Feedback
When on, this feature will keep the Select Off or On. On some vehicles
driver door from locking when the . Remote Start Auto Cool Seats select Off, On- Driver and
door is open. If Off is selected, the . Remote Start Auto Heat Seats Passenger , or On - Driver.
Delayed Door Lock menu will be
. Passive Door Unlock Remote Start Auto Heat Seats
available.
. Passive Door Lock If equipped and turned on, this
Select Off or On.
feature will turn the heated seats on
Auto Door Unlock
. Remote Left in Vehicle Alert when using remote start on
Remote Unlock Light Feedback cold days.
This allows selection of which of the
doors will automatically unlock when When on, the exterior lamps will Select Off or On. On some vehicles
the vehicle is shifted into P (Park). flash when unlocking the vehicle select Off, On- Driver and
with the RKE transmitter. Passenger , or On- Driver.
Select Off, All Doors, or Driver Door.
Select Off or Flash Lights.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Passive Door Unlock Rear Camera Restore Vehicle Settings

This allows the selection of what This allows for Rear Camera This allows selection of restoring
doors will unlock when using the Display, Rear Park Assist Symbols, vehicle settings.
button on the driver door to unlock Guidance Lines, and Rear Cross Select Cancel or Continue.
the vehicle. Traffic Alert to be turned off or on.
Select All Doors or Driver Door. Clear All Private Data
Select Off or On for the desired
feature. This allows selection to clear all
Passive Door Lock private information from the vehicle.
This feature can be turned on or off Select Cancel or Continue.
page 9-43.
or used to select feedback when
using the button on the driver door Return to Factory Settings Restore Radio Settings
to lock the vehicle. See Remote This allows selection to restore
Keyless Entry (RKE) System Select Return to Factory Settings
and the following list may display: radio settings.
. Restore Vehicle Settings Select Cancel or Continue.
Select On, On with Horn Chirp,
or Off. . Clear All Private Data Software Information
Remote Left in Vehicle Alert . Restore Radio Settings Press to view the version of the
infotainment system software.
This feature sounds an alert when
the RKE transmitter is left in the
vehicle.
Select Off or On.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Universal Remote door openers, security systems, and

home automation devices. These
To program a garage door opener,
park outside directly in line with and
System instructions refer to a garage door facing the garage door opener
opener, but can be used for other receiver. Clear all people and
See Radio Frequency Statement on
devices. objects near the garage door.
page 13-15.
Do not use the Universal Remote Make sure the hand-held transmitter
Universal Remote System system with any garage door opener has a new battery for quick and
that does not have the stop and accurate transmission of the
Programming reverse feature. This includes any radio-frequency signal.
garage door opener model
manufactured before April 1, 1982. Programming the Universal
Remote System
Read these instructions completely
before programming the Universal For questions or help programming
Remote system. It may help to have the Universal Remote system, call
another person assist with the 1-800-355-3515 or see
programming process. www.homelink.com.
Keep the original hand-held Programming involves
transmitter for use in other vehicles time-sensitive actions, and may time
as well as for future programming. out causing the procedure to be
Erase the programming when repeated.
vehicle ownership is terminated.
If equipped, these buttons are in the See “Erasing Universal Remote
overhead console. System Buttons” later in this
section.
This system can replace up to three
remote control transmitters used to
activate devices such as garage
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
To program up to three devices: 3. Press and hold the newly

. If the indicator light blinks
programmed Universal Remote rapidly for two seconds,
1. Hold the end of the hand-held then changes to a solid light
transmitter about 3 to 8 cm system button for five seconds
while watching the indicator light and the garage door does
(1 to 3 in) away from the not move, continue with
Universal Remote system and garage door activation.
programming Steps 4–6.
buttons with the indicator light in . If the indicator light stays on
view. The hand-held transmitter continuously or the garage
was supplied by the door moves when the
manufacturer of the garage door button is pressed, then
opener receiver. programming is complete.
2. At the same time, press and There is no need to
hold both the hand-held complete Steps 4–6.
transmitter button and one of the . If the indicator light does
three Universal Remote system not come on or the garage
buttons to be used to operate door does not move, a Learn or Smart Button
the garage door. Do not release second button press may
either button until the indicator be required. For a second 4. After completing Steps 1–3 ,
light changes from a slow to a time, press and hold the locate the Learn or Smart button
rapid flash. Then release both newly programmed button inside the garage on the garage
buttons. for five seconds. If the light door opener receiver. The name
stays on or the garage door and color of the button may vary
Some garage door openers may by manufacturer.
require substitution of Step 2 moves, programming is
with the procedure under in complete. 5. Press and release the Learn or
“Radio Signals for Canada and Smart button. Step 6 must be
Some Gate Operators” later in completed within 30 seconds of
this section. pressing this button.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
6. Inside the vehicle, press and Canadian radio-frequency laws and Universal Remote System
hold the newly programmed some U.S. gate operators require
Universal Remote system button transmitter signals to time out or
Operation
for two seconds and then quit after several seconds of Using the Universal Remote
release it. If the garage door transmission. This may not be long System
does not move or the lamp on enough for the Universal Remote
the garage door opener receiver system to pick up the signal during Press and hold the appropriate
does not flash, press and hold programming. Universal Remote system button for
the same button a second time at least one-half second. The
If the programming did not work, indicator light will come on while the
for two seconds, then release it. replace Step 2 under “Programming
Again, if the door does not move signal is being transmitted.
the Universal Remote System” with
or the garage door lamp does the following: Erasing Universal Remote
not flash, press and hold the
same button a third time for Press and hold the Universal System Buttons
two seconds, then release it. Remote system button while Erase all programmed buttons when
pressing and releasing the vehicle ownership is terminated.
The Universal Remote system hand-held transmitter button every
should now activate the two seconds until the signal has To erase:
garage door. been successfully accepted by the 1. Press and hold the two outside
Repeat the process for Universal Remote system. The buttons until the indicator light
programming the two remaining Universal Remote system indicator begins to flash. This should take
buttons. light will flash slowly at first and then about 10 seconds.
rapidly. Proceed with Step 3 under 2. Release both buttons.
Radio Signals for Canada and “Programming the Universal Remote
Some Gate Operators System” to complete.
For questions or programming help
call 1-800-355-3515 or see
www.homelink.com.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Reprogramming a Single
Universal Remote System
Button
To reprogram any of the system
buttons:
1. Press and hold any one of the
buttons. Do not release the
button.
2. The indicator light will begin to
flash after 20 seconds. Without
releasing the button, proceed
with Step 1 under “Programming
the Universal Remote System.”
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Lighting 6-1
Lighting Interior Lighting

Instrument Panel Illumination
Exterior Lighting
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
Courtesy Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7 Exterior Lamp Controls
Exterior Lighting
Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . 6-1
Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
Exterior Lamps Off
Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3 Lighting Features
Headlamp High/Low-Beam Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
Changer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3 Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4 Battery Power Protection . . . . . . 6-9
Daytime Running Exterior Lighting Battery
Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4 Saver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9
Automatic Headlamp
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
The exterior lamp control is on the
Adaptive Forward
turn signal lever.
Lighting (AFL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Headlamp Leveling Control . . . 6-5 Turn the control to the following
Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . 6-5 positions:
Turn and Lane-Change O (Off): Turns off the exterior
Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6 lamps. The knob returns to the
AUTO position after it is released.
Turn to O again to reactivate the
AUTO mode.
In Canada, the headlamps will
automatically reactivate when the
vehicle is shifted out of P (Park).
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
6-2 Lighting
AUTO (Automatic): Automatically There is a sensor near the top

turns the exterior lamps on and off, center of the windshield that
depending on outside lighting. automatically controls the system.
; (Parking Lamps): Turns on the Keep this area of the windshield
parking lamps including all lamps, clear of debris to allow for best
except the headlamps. system performance.
This light comes on in the The high-beam headlamps remain
2 (Headlamps): Turns on the
instrument cluster when the on, under the automatic control,
headlamps together with the parking
IntelliBeam system is enabled. until one of the following situations
lamps and instrument panel lights.
occurs:
Turning On and Enabling
IntelliBeam® System IntelliBeam . The system detects an
If equipped, this system turns the approaching vehicle's
To enable the IntelliBeam system,
vehicle's high-beam headlamps on headlamps.
with the turn signal lever in the
and off according to surrounding neutral position, turn the exterior . The system detects a preceding
traffic conditions. lamp control to AUTO. The blue vehicle's taillamps.
The system turns the high-beam high-beam on light appears on the . The outside light is bright
headlamps on when it is dark instrument cluster when the high enough that high-beam
enough and there is no other traffic beams are on. headlamps are not required.
present.
Driving with IntelliBeam . The vehicle's speed drops below
The system only activates the high 20 km/h (12 mph).
beams when driving over 40 km/h
(25 mph).
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Lighting 6-3
. The IntelliBeam system is . The other vehicle's lamps cannot
disabled by the high/low-beam be detected due to dense
Exterior Lamps Off
changer or the flash-to-pass exhaust, smoke, fog, snow, road Reminder
feature. If this happens, the high/ spray, mist, or other airborne A warning chime sounds if the driver
low-beam changer must be obstructions. door is opened while the ignition is
activated two times within . The vehicle's windshield is dirty, off and the exterior lamps are on.
five seconds to reactivate the cracked, or obstructed by
IntelliBeam system. The something that blocks the view Headlamp High/
instrument cluster light will come of the light sensor.
on to indicate the IntelliBeam is Low-Beam Changer
reactivated. See Headlamp . The vehicle is loaded such that 2 3 (Headlamp High/Low-Beam
High/Low-Beam Changer on the front end points upward, Changer): Push the turn signal
page 6-3 and Flash-to-Pass on causing the light sensor to aim lever away from you and release, to
page 6-4. high and not detect headlamps turn the high beams on. To return to
and taillamps. low beams, push the lever again or
The high beams may not turn off
automatically if the system cannot . Driving on winding or hilly roads. pull it toward you and release.
detect another vehicle's lamps The automatic high-beam
because of any of the following: headlamps may need to be disabled
. The other vehicle's lamps are if any of the above conditions exist.
missing, damaged, obstructed This feature can be turned on or off
from view, or otherwise or the sensitivity can be changed in
undetected. vehicle personalization. See Vehicle
. The other vehicle's lamps are Personalization on page 5-48.
This indicator light turns on in the
covered with dirt, snow, and/or instrument cluster when the
road spray. high-beam headlamps are on.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
6-4 Lighting
Flash-to-Pass When the DRL are on, the taillamps, The system may also turn on the
sidemarker lamps, and other lamps headlamps when driving through a
To flash the high beams, pull the will not be on. parking garage or tunnel.
turn signal lever toward you, and
release. The DRL turn off when the When it is bright enough outside,
headlamps are turned to O or the the headlamps will turn off or may
Daytime Running ignition is off. change to Daytime Running
Lamps (DRL).
Lamps (DRL)
Automatic Headlamp The automatic headlamp system
DRL can make it easier for others to turns off when the exterior lamp
see the front of your vehicle during
System
control is turned to O or the ignition
the day. Fully functional DRL are When the exterior lamp control is
is off.
required on all vehicles first sold in set to AUTO and it is dark enough
Canada. outside, the headlamps come on For vehicles sold in Canada, this
automatically. control only works when the
For vehicles with High Intensity
transmission is in P (Park).
Discharge (HID) headlamps, the
dedicated DRL will come on when Lights On with Wipers
all of the following conditions
are met: If the windshield wipers are
activated in daylight with the engine
. The ignition is on. on, and the exterior lamp control is
. The exterior lamp control is in AUTO, the headlamps, parking
in AUTO. lamps, and other exterior lamps
come on. The transition time for the
. The light sensor determines it is lamps coming on varies based on
daytime.
There is a light sensor on top of the
. The parking brake is released or instrument panel. Do not cover the
the vehicle is not in P (Park). sensor.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Lighting 6-5
wiper speed. When the wipers are Curve Lighting Hazard Warning Flashers
not operating, these lamps turn off. The light beam pivots based on the
Move the exterior lamp control to O steering wheel position and vehicle
or ; to disable this feature. speed of at least 10 km/h (6 mph).
The headlamps shine at an angle of
Adaptive Forward up to 15 degrees to the right or left
of the direction of travel.
Lighting (AFL)
For vehicles with uplevel Headlamp Leveling
headlamps, the AFL system adjusts Control
the headlamps to provide greater
road illumination in various driving Automatic Headlamp Leveling
conditions. For vehicles with headlamp leveling,
To enable AFL, set the exterior lamp the range of the headlamps is
control to the AUTO position. adjusted automatically based on
Moving the control out of the AUTO vehicle load. | (Hazard Warning Flashers):
position will deactivate the system. Press this button on the center
AFL will operate when the vehicle stack to make the front and rear turn
speed is greater than 3 km/h signal lamps flash on and off. Press
(2 mph). AFL will not operate when again to turn the flashers off.
the transmission is in R (Reverse). The hazard warning flashers turn on
AFL is not immediately operable automatically if the airbags deploy.
after starting the vehicle; driving a
short distance is required to
calibrate the AFL. See Exterior
Lamp Controls on page 6-1.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
6-6 Lighting
Turn and Lane-Change The turn and lane-change signal Interior Lighting
can be turned off manually by
Signals moving the lever back to its original
position. Instrument Panel
If after signaling a turn or lane
Illumination Control
change, the arrow flashes rapidly or
does not come on, a signal bulb
may be burned out.
Replace any burned out bulbs. If a
bulb is not burned out, check the
fuse. See Fuses and Circuit
Breakers on page 10-30.
Move the lever all the way up or
down to signal a turn.
An arrow on the instrument cluster The brightness of the instrument
flashes in the direction of the turn or panel lighting and steering wheel
lane change. controls can be adjusted.
Raise or lower the lever until the D (Instrument Panel
arrow starts to flash to signal a lane Illumination): Move the
change. Hold it there until the lane thumbwheel up or down to brighten
change is completed. If the lever is or dim the lights.
briefly pressed and released, the
turn signal flashes three times.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Lighting 6-7
The brightness of the displays Dome Lamps Reading Lamps

automatically adjusts based on
outdoor lighting. The instrument The dome lamp is in the overhead There are reading lamps on the
panel illumination control will set the console. overhead console and over the rear
lowest level to which the displays passenger doors. These lamps
will automatically be adjusted. come on automatically when any
door is opened. To manually turn
Courtesy Lamps the reading lamps on or off:
The courtesy lamps come on when

any door is opened and the dome
lamp is in the DOOR position.
To change the dome lamp settings,

press:
OFF: Turns the lamp off, even
when a door is open.
Press m or n next to each
DOOR: The lamp comes on when overhead console reading lamp.
a door is opened.
ON: Turns the lamp on.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
6-8 Lighting
Lighting Features This feature can be changed. See

“Vehicle Locator Lights” under
Entry Lighting page 5-48.
The headlamps, taillamps, backup
lamps, license plate lamps, outside Exit Lighting
mirror lamps, exterior door handle
The headlamps, taillamps, parking
lamps, dome lamps, and most of
lamps, outside mirror lamps, license
the interior lights turn on briefly at
plate lamps, and exterior door
night or in areas of limited lighting
handle lamps come on at night, or in
when K is pressed on the Remote areas with limited lighting, when the
Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter. driver door is opened after the
Press the button near the rear See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) ignition is turned off. The dome
passenger reading lamps. System Operation on page 2-3. lamp comes on after the ignition is
When the driver door is opened, all changed to the OFF position. The
control lights, Driver Information exterior lamps and dome lamp
Center (DIC) lights, and door pocket remain on for a set amount of time,
lights turn on. After about then automatically turn off.
30 seconds the exterior lamps turn
off, then the dome lamps and The exterior lamps turn off
remaining interior lights dim to off. immediately by turning the exterior
Entry lighting can be disabled lamp control off.
manually by changing the ignition This feature can be changed. See
out of the OFF position, or by Vehicle Personalization on
pressing Q on the RKE transmitter. page 5-48.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Lighting 6-9
Battery Power Protection

The battery saver feature is
designed to protect the vehicle's
battery.
If some interior lamps are left on
and the ignition is turned off, the
battery rundown protection system
automatically turns the lamp off after
some time.
Exterior Lighting Battery

Saver
The exterior lamps turn off about
10 minutes after the ignition is
turned off, if the parking lamps or
headlamps have been manually left
on. This protects against draining
the battery. To restart the 10-minute
timer, turn the exterior lamp control
to the off position and then back to
the parking lamp or headlamp
position.
To keep the lamps on for more than
10 minutes, the ignition must be in
the ACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUN
position.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
6-10 Lighting
2 NOTES
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Infotainment System 7-1
Infotainment Introduction
System Infotainment
See the infotainment manual for
Introduction information on the radio, audio
Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1 players, phone, navigation system,
and voice or speech recognition.
It also includes information on
settings.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
7-2 Infotainment System
2 NOTES
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Climate Controls 8-1
Climate Controls Climate Control Systems

Dual Automatic Climate Control System
Climate Control Systems The climate control buttons and the touch screen are used to adjust the
Dual Automatic Climate Control
heating, cooling, and ventilation.
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
Rear Climate Control
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6
Air Vents
Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8
Maintenance
Passenger Compartment Air
Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9
Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9
Climate Control Buttons
1. Driver and Passenger 4. Driver and Passenger Heated

Temperature Controls and Ventilated Seats (If
2. Fan Control Equipped)
3. OFF (Fan) 5. AUTO (Automatic Operation)

6. Defrost
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
8-2 Climate Controls
7. Rear Window Defogger 5. A/C Mode (Air Conditioning) Climate Control Status Screen
8. Recirculation 6. Climate Control Selection
(Application Tray Button)
7. Rear (Rear Climate Control
Touch Screen)
Climate Control Touch Screen
The fan, air delivery mode, air
conditioning, driver and passenger
temperatures and SYNC settings
can be controlled by pressing
CLIMATE on the infotainment home
screen or the climate button in the The climate control status screen
Climate Touch Screen Controls touch screen application tray. appears briefly when the climate
1. Outside Temperature Display A selection can then be made on control buttons on the faceplate are
the front climate control page adjusted. The air delivery mode can
2. Driver and Passenger displayed. See the infotainment
Temperature Controls be adjusted on the climate control
manual. status screen.
3. Fan Control
Automatic Operation
4. SYNC (Synchronized
Temperature) The system automatically controls
the fan speed, air delivery, air
conditioning, and recirculation in
order to heat or cool the vehicle to
the desired temperature.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
When the indicator light is on or English units can be changed to adjusted, the SYNC button is
AUTO is displayed on the touch metric units through the instrument displayed when the temperatures
screen, the system is in full cluster. See “Settings” under are unlinked.
automatic operation. If the air Instrument Cluster on page 5-10. Rear (If Equipped): Press this
delivery mode or fan setting is OFF (Fan): Press to turn the fan on button on the front climate control
manually adjusted, the auto or off. The temperature control and touch screen to open the rear
indicator turns off and the display air delivery mode can still be climate control screen. The rear
will show the selected settings. Auto adjusted. climate control settings can now be
operation can be turned off adjusted from the front
individually for climate settings. w / x (Driver and Passenger passenger area.
Temperature Controls): The
For automatic operation: temperature can be adjusted Manual Operation
1. Press AUTO. separately for the driver and the
passenger. Press to increase or z 9 y (Fan Control): Press the
2. Set the temperature. Allow the fan control buttons or the touch
system time to stabilize. Then decrease the temperature. Press
and hold to rapidly increase or screen fan control, to increase or
adjust the temperature as decrease the fan speed. Press and
needed for best comfort. decrease the temperature.
hold the buttons or the touch screen
To improve fuel efficiency and to The driver and passenger control to adjust speed more
cool the vehicle faster, recirculation temperatures can also be adjusted quickly. The fan speed setting
may be automatically selected in by pressing the controls on the displays. Pressing either button
warm weather. The recirculation touch screen. cancels automatic fan control and
SYNC (Synchronized the fan can be controlled manually.
light will not come on. Press @ to
Temperature): Press SYNC on the Press AUTO to return to automatic
select recirculation; press it again to operation. To turn off the fan and
select outside air. touch screen to link all climate zone
settings to the driver settings. Adjust climate control system, press and
the driver side temperature control hold the fan down button or touch
to change the linked temperature. screen fan control until it is off.
When the passenger settings are
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Air Delivery Mode Control: When 0 (Defrost): Clears the recirculation, the air quality control
the climate information is displayed, windshield of fog or frost more system may operate. To adjust the
press the desired air delivery mode quickly. Air is directed to the sensitivity of the air quality sensor,
on the touch screen to change the windshield. Press the 0 button to see “Climate and Air Quality” under
direction of the airflow. The selected Vehicle Personalization on
turn on or off. Changing the air
air delivery mode button is lit. page 5-48.
delivery mode also turns the
Pressing any of the air delivery @ (Recirculation): Press to
defrost off.
buttons cancels automatic air alternate between recirculating air
delivery control and the direction of # (Air Conditioning): Press the
inside the vehicle or pulling in
the airflow can be controlled AC Mode touch screen control to
outside air. The indicator light on the
manually. Press AUTO to return to turn the automatic air conditioning
button is lit when recirculation mode
automatic operation. on or off. If the fan is turned off or
is active. This helps to quickly cool
the outside temperature falls below
To change the current mode, select the air inside the vehicle or prevent
freezing, the air conditioner will
one of the following: outside air and odors from entering.
not run.
Y (Vent): Air is directed to the Press AUTO to return to automatic
Pressing this button cancels
instrument panel outlets. automatic recirculation. Press AUTO
operation and the air conditioner
\ (Bi-Level): Air is divided to return to automatic operation;
runs as needed.
between the instrument panel recirculation runs automatically as
Automatic Air Recirculation: needed.
outlets and the floor outlets.
When the AUTO indicator light is
[ (Floor): Air is directed to the Manual recirculation mode is not
on, the air is automatically
floor outlets. available when in Defrost or Defog
recirculated as needed to help
modes.
- (Defog): Clears the windows of quickly cool the inside of the
fog or moisture. Air is directed to the vehicle. Auto Defog: The climate control
windshield and floor outlets. system may have a sensor to
The climate control system may
automatically detect high humidity
have a sensor to detect air pollution.
inside the vehicle. When high
When using automatic air
humidity is detected, the climate
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
control system may adjust to The rear window defogger can be

outside air supply and turn on the set to automatic operation. See { Caution
air conditioner. If the climate control “Climate and Air Quality” under
system does not detect possible Vehicle Personalization on Do not try to clear frost or other
window fogging, it returns to normal page 5-48. When Auto Rear Defog material from the inside of the
operation. To turn Auto Defog off or is selected, the rear window front windshield and rear window
on, see “Climate and Air Quality” defogger turns on automatically with a razor blade or anything
under Vehicle Personalization on when the interior temperature is cold else that is sharp. This may
page 5-48. and the outside temperature is damage the rear window
about 4°C (40°F) and below. The defogger grid and affect the
Rear Window Defogger auto rear defogger turns off radio's ability to pick up stations
= (Rear Window Defogger): automatically after about clearly. The repairs would not be
Press to turn the rear window 10 minutes. At higher vehicle covered by the vehicle warranty.
defogger on or off. speeds, the rear window defogger
may stay on continuously.
The rear window defogger turns off Driver and Passenger Heated and
automatically after about The upper region of gridlines on the Ventilated Seats (If Equipped):
10 minutes. If turned on again, it rear window are antenna lines and Press J or z to heat the driver or
runs for about five minutes before are not intended to heat when the passenger seat cushion and
turning off. At higher vehicle defogger is activated. seatback.
speeds, the rear window defogger The heated outside rearview mirrors
may stay on continuously. turn on when the rear window Press C or { to ventilate the driver
defogger button is on and help to or passenger seat. See Heated and
clear fog or frost from the surface of Ventilated Front Seats on page 3-9.
the mirrors.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Remote Start Climate Control Sensor Rear Climate Control

Operation: If equipped with the
remote start feature, the climate
System
control system may run when the If equipped with a rear climate
vehicle is started remotely. The control system, the settings can be
system uses the driver’s previous adjusted with the rear climate
settings to heat or cool the inside of control buttons and the touch
the vehicle. The rear defog may screen.
come on during remote start
based on cold ambient conditions.
The rear defog indicator light does
not come on during a remote start.
If equipped with heated or ventilated
seats, they may come on during a
remote start. See Remote Vehicle
Start on page 2-9 and Heated and The solar sensor, on top of the
Ventilated Front Seats on page 3-9. instrument panel near the
windshield, monitors the solar heat.
The climate control system uses the
sensor information to adjust the
temperature, fan speed,
recirculation, and air delivery mode Rear Climate Control Buttons
for best comfort. 1. Heated Rear Seats (If Equipped)
If the sensor is covered, the 2. AUTO (Automatic Operation)
automatic climate control system
3. MODE (Air Delivery Mode
may not work properly.
Control)
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
4. O (On/Off) 6. Front (Front Climate Control the TEMP, MODE, or AUTO button
Touch Screen) twice to unlink the set driver and
5. Temperature Control rear temperatures. The SYNC
7. Rear Control Lockout
button turns off.
Rear Control Lockout: Press to
Rear: Press this button on the front lock or unlock control of the rear
climate control touch screen to open climate control system from the rear
the rear climate control screen. The seat passengers. When locked, the
rear climate control settings can rear climate control can only be
now be adjusted from the front adjusted from the front seat.
passenger area.
Automatic Operation
O (On/Off): Press the O button or
Rear AUTO: Press to turn on or off.
REARO on the touch screen to turn
The air delivery is controlled
the rear climate control on or off. automatically. The AUTO indicator
Rear Climate Touch Screen If the rear climate control is turned appears on the display. If any of the
Controls off using REARO on the touch climate control settings are manually
1. Outside Temperature Display screen, the O button on the rear adjusted, this cancels full automatic
climate control faceplate must be operation.
2. Rear Climate Temperature pressed twice to turn the system
Control Manual Operation
back on.
3. SYNC (Synchronized S A T (Fan Control): Press or
SYNC: Press SYNC on the touch press and hold the front climate
Temperatures) screen to match the rear climate control buttons or touch screen to
4. REAR O (On/Off) control temperature to the front increase or decrease the rear
climate control driver temperature. climate airflow.
5. Rear AUTO (Automatic The SYNC button will be lit. Press
Operation)
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
+/− (Temperature Control): Press Air Vents

or press and hold the rear
temperature control buttons or touch Adjustable air vents are in the
screen to adjust the rear passenger center and on the side of the
temperature. Press + for warmer air instrument panel.
and press − for cooler air.
Y / \ /Y (Air Delivery Mode
Control): Press the desired mode
button on the touch screen or the
MODE button on the rear faceplate
to change the direction of the airflow
in the rear seating area.
M or L (Heated Rear Seats, If Move the slider knobs (2) to change
the direction of the airflow.
Equipped): Press M or L to heat
the left or right outboard seat Additional air vents are beneath the
cushion and seatback. See Heated windshield and the driver and
Rear Seats on page 3-12. passenger side door windows.
1. Thumbwheel These are fixed and cannot be
adjusted.
2. Slider Knob
Operation Tips
Use the thumbwheels (1) near the
air vents to open or close off the . Clear away any ice, snow,
airflow. or leaves from air inlets at the
base of the windshield that could
block the flow of air into the
vehicle.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13

. Keep the path under the front
seats clear of objects to help Maintenance The refrigerant system should only
be serviced by trained and certified
circulate the air inside of the technicians. The air conditioning
vehicle more effectively. Passenger Compartment evaporator should never be repaired
. Use of non-GM approved hood Air Filter or replaced by one from a salvage
deflectors can adversely affect vehicle. It should only be replaced
The filter removes dust, pollen, and
the performance of the system. by a new evaporator to ensure
other airborne irritants from outside
Check with your dealer before proper and safe operation.
air that is pulled into the vehicle.
adding equipment to the outside The filter should be replaced as part During service, all refrigerants
of the vehicle. of routine scheduled maintenance. should be reclaimed with proper
. Do not attach any devices to the See Maintenance Schedule on equipment. Venting refrigerants
air vent slats. This restricts page 11-4. directly to the atmosphere is harmful
airflow and may cause damage to the environment and may also
See your dealer regarding
to the air vents. create unsafe conditions based on
replacement of the filter.
inhalation, combustion, frostbite,
or other health-based concerns.
Service
This vehicle may have the new
environmentally friendly refrigerant,
R1234yf. This refrigerant has a
significantly reduced global warming
impact on the environment,
compared to the traditional
automotive refrigerant, R-134a. All
vehicles have a label underhood
that identifies the refrigerant used in
the vehicle.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
2 NOTES
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Driving and Operating 9-1
Driving and Shifting Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-20

Shifting out of Park . . . . . . . . . . 9-21
Cruise Control
Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-32
Operating Parking over Things
That Burn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-21
Adaptive Cruise Control . . . . . 9-35
Driver Assistance Systems
Engine Exhaust Driver Assistance
Driving Information Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-22 Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-43
Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2 Running the Vehicle While Assistance Systems for
Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3 Parked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-22 Parking or Backing . . . . . . . . . 9-44
Drunk Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3 Assistance Systems for
Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3 Automatic Transmission Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-50
Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3 Automatic Transmission . . . . . 9-23 Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4 Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-25 System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-50
Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5 Active Emergency Braking
Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6 Drive Systems
All-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-25 System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-52
Driving on Wet Roads . . . . . . . . . 9-6 Side Blind Zone
Highway Hypnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7 Brakes Alert (SBZA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-54
Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . 9-7 Antilock Brake Lane Departure
Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8 System (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-26 Warning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-56
If the Vehicle Is Stuck . . . . . . . . 9-10 Electric Parking Brake . . . . . . . 9-27
Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . 9-10 Brake Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-28 Fuel
Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . 9-29 Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-58
Starting and Operating Gasoline Specifications . . . . . . 9-59
New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . 9-15 Ride Control Systems California Fuel
Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-15 Traction Control/Electronic Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-59
Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . 9-17 Stability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-29 Fuels in Foreign Countries . . . 9-60
Engine Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-19 Magnetic Ride Control . . . . . . . 9-31
Retained Accessory Limited-Slip Rear Axle . . . . . . . 9-31
Power (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-20 Automatic Level Control . . . . . 9-32
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
9-2 Driving and Operating
Fuel Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-60

. Designate a front seat
Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-60
Driving Information passenger to handle potential
Filling a Portable Fuel distractions.
Container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-62 Distracted Driving . Become familiar with vehicle
Distraction comes in many forms features before driving, such as
Trailer Towing
and can take your focus from the programming favorite radio
General Towing
task of driving. Exercise good stations and adjusting climate
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-62
judgment and do not let other control and seat settings.
Driving Characteristics and
Towing Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-62 activities divert your attention away Program all trip information into
Trailer Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-65 from the road. Many local any navigation device prior to
Towing Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . 9-67 governments have enacted laws driving.
regarding driver distraction. Become . Wait until the vehicle is parked
Conversions and Add-Ons familiar with the local laws in
to retrieve items that have fallen
Add-On Electrical your area.
to the floor.
Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-68 To avoid distracted driving, always . Stop or park the vehicle to tend
keep your eyes on the road, hands
to children.
on the wheel, and mind on the drive.
. Keep pets in an appropriate
. Do not use a phone in
carrier or restraint.
demanding driving situations.
Use a hands-free method to . Avoid stressful conversations
place or receive necessary while driving, whether with a
phone calls. passenger or on a cell phone.
. Watch the road. Do not read,
take notes, or look up
information on phones or other
electronic devices.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13

. Allow enough following distance
Control of a Vehicle
{ Warning between you and the driver in
front of you. Braking, steering, and accelerating
Taking your eyes off the road too are important factors in helping to
. Focus on the task of driving.
long or too often could cause a control a vehicle while driving.
crash resulting in injury or death.
Focus your attention on driving. Drunk Driving Braking
Death and injury associated with
Braking action involves perception
Refer to the CUE manual for more drinking and driving is a global
time and reaction time. Deciding to
information on using the CUE tragedy.
push the brake pedal is perception
system, if equipped. time. Actually doing it is
{ Warning reaction time.
Defensive Driving Drinking and then driving is very Average driver reaction time is
Defensive driving means “always dangerous. Your reflexes, about three-quarters of a second. In
expect the unexpected.” The first perceptions, attentiveness, and that time, a vehicle moving at
step in driving defensively is to wear judgment can be affected by even 100 km/h (60 mph) travels 20 m
the safety belt. See Safety Belts on a small amount of alcohol. You (66 ft), which could be a lot of
page 3-13. can have a serious — or even distance in an emergency.
. Assume that other road users fatal — collision if you drive after Helpful braking tips to keep in mind
(pedestrians, bicyclists, and drinking. include:
other drivers) are going to be Do not drink and drive or ride with . Keep enough distance between
careless and make mistakes. you and the vehicle in front
a driver who has been drinking.
Anticipate what they might do of you.
Ride home in a cab; or if you are
and be ready.
with a group, designate a driver . Avoid needless heavy braking.
who will not drink. . Keep pace with traffic.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
If the engine ever stops while the If the steering wheel is turned until it increases to provide a sport-like feel
vehicle is being driven, brake reaches the end of its travel and is to the steering. This provides
normally but do not pump the held against that position for an maximum control and stability.
brakes. Doing so could make the extended period of time, power If the vehicle seems harder to steer
pedal harder to push down. If the steering assist may be reduced. than normal when parking or driving
engine stops, there will be some If the steering assist is used for an slowly, there may be a problem with
power brake assist but it will be extended period of time, power the system. You will still have power
used when the brake is applied. assist may be reduced. steering, but steering will be stiffer
Once the power assist is used up, it than normal at slow speeds. See
can take longer to stop and the Normal use of the power steering
assist should return when the your dealer for service.
brake pedal will be harder to push.
system cools down. Hydraulic Power Steering
Steering See specific vehicle steering If the vehicle has hydraulic power
messages under Vehicle Messages steering, it may require
Electric Power Steering on page 5-36. maintenance. See Power Steering
If the vehicle has electric power Fluid (LF3 and LFX with AWD) on
steering it does not have power Variable Effort Steering
page 10-21 or Power Steering Fluid
steering fluid. Regular maintenance Some vehicles have a steering (LFX with FWD) on page 10-21.
is not required. system that varies the amount of
effort required to steer the vehicle in If power steering assist is lost
If power steering assist is lost due because the engine stops or a
to a system malfunction, the vehicle relation to the speed of the vehicle.
system malfunction, the vehicle can
can be steered, but may require The amount of steering effort be steered but may require
increased effort. required is less at slower speeds to increased effort. See your dealer if
See your dealer if there is a make the vehicle more there is a problem.
problem. maneuverable and easier to park. At
faster speeds, the steering effort
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13

. Maintain a reasonable steady
Off-Road Recovery
{ Caution speed through the curve
. Wait until the vehicle is out of
If the steering wheel is turned
the curve before accelerating
until it reaches the end of its
gently into the straightaway.
travel, and is held in that position
for more than 15 seconds, Steering in Emergencies
damage may occur to the power . There are some situations when
steering system and there may be steering around a problem may
loss of power steering assist. be more effective than braking.
. Holding both sides of the
Curve Tips steering wheel allows you to turn
. Take curves at a reasonable 180 degrees without removing
speed. a hand.
. Reduce speed before entering a
. Antilock Brake System (ABS) The vehicle's right wheels can drop
curve. allows steering while braking. off the edge of a road onto the
shoulder while driving. Follow
these tips:
1. Ease off the accelerator and
then, if there is nothing in the
way, steer the vehicle so that it
straddles the edge of the
pavement.
2. Turn the steering wheel about
one-eighth of a turn, until the
right front tire contacts the
pavement edge.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
3. Turn the steering wheel to go If the vehicle starts to slide, follow Remember: Antilock brakes help
straight down the roadway. these suggestions: avoid only the braking skid.
. Ease your foot off the
Loss of Control accelerator pedal and steer the Driving on Wet Roads
Skidding way you want the vehicle to go. Rain and wet roads can reduce
The vehicle may straighten out. vehicle traction and affect your
There are three types of skids that Be ready for a second skid if it ability to stop and accelerate.
correspond to the vehicle's three occurs. Always drive slower in these types
control systems: of driving conditions and avoid
. Slow down and adjust your
. Braking Skid — wheels are not driving according to weather driving through large puddles and
rolling. conditions. Stopping distance deep‐standing or flowing water.
. Steering or Cornering Skid — can be longer and vehicle
too much speed or steering in a control can be affected when { Warning
curve causes tires to slip and traction is reduced by water,
lose cornering force. snow, ice, gravel, or other Wet brakes can cause crashes.
material on the road. Learn to They might not work as well in a
. Acceleration Skid — too much recognize warning clues — such quick stop and could cause
throttle causes the driving as enough water, ice, or packed pulling to one side. You could
wheels to spin. snow on the road to make a lose control of the vehicle.
Defensive drivers avoid most skids mirrored surface — and slow
down when you have any doubt. After driving through a large
by taking reasonable care suited to puddle of water or a car/vehicle
existing conditions, and by not . Try to avoid sudden steering, wash, lightly apply the brake
overdriving those conditions. But acceleration, or braking, pedal until the brakes work
skids are always possible. including reducing vehicle speed normally.
by shifting to a lower gear. Any
sudden changes could cause (Continued)
the tires to slide.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Other Rainy Weather Tips

. Keep your eyes moving — scan
Warning (Continued) the road ahead and to the sides.
Besides slowing down, other wet .
Flowing or rushing water creates weather driving tips include: Check the rearview mirror and
vehicle instruments often.
strong forces. Driving through . Allow extra following distance.
flowing water could cause the
vehicle to be carried away. If this
. Pass with caution. Hill and Mountain Roads
happens, you and other vehicle . Keep windshield wiping Driving on steep hills or through
occupants could drown. Do not equipment in good shape. mountains is different than driving
ignore police warnings and be . Keep the windshield washer fluid on flat or rolling terrain. Tips for
very cautious about trying to drive reservoir filled. driving in these conditions include:
through flowing water. . Keep the vehicle serviced and in
. Have good tires with proper
tread depth. See Tires on good shape.
Hydroplaning page 10-38. . Check all fluid levels and brakes,
Hydroplaning is dangerous. Water . Turn off cruise control. tires, cooling system, and
can build up under the vehicle's transmission.
tires so they actually ride on the Highway Hypnosis . Shift to a lower gear when going
water. This can happen if the road is down steep or long hills.
wet enough and you are going fast Always be alert and pay attention to
your surroundings while driving.
enough. When the vehicle is
hydroplaning, it has little or no If you become tired or sleepy, find a { Warning
contact with the road. safe place to park the vehicle
Using the brakes to slow the
and rest.
There is no hard and fast rule about vehicle on a long downhill slope
hydroplaning. The best advice is to Other driving tips include: can cause brake overheating, can
slow down when the road is wet. . Keep the vehicle well ventilated. reduce brake performance, and
. Keep the interior (Continued)
temperature cool.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13

. Pay attention to special road Try not to break the fragile traction.
Warning (Continued) signs (falling rocks area, winding If you accelerate too fast, the drive
roads, long grades, passing or wheels will spin and polish the
could result in a loss of braking. no-passing zones) and take surface under the tires even more.
Shift the transmission to a lower appropriate action.
gear to let the engine assist the If equipped, Traction Control should
be turned on. See Traction Control/
brakes on a steep downhill slope. Winter Driving Electronic Stability Control on
Driving on Snow or Ice page 9-29.
The Antilock Brake System (ABS)
{ Warning Drive carefully when there is snow
or ice between the tires and the improves vehicle stability during
road, creating less traction or grip. hard stops on slippery roads, but
Coasting downhill in N (Neutral)
Wet ice can occur at about 0°C apply the brakes sooner than when
or with the ignition off is on dry pavement.
dangerous. This can cause (32°F) when freezing rain begins to
overheating of the brakes and fall, resulting in even less traction. Allow greater following distance on
Avoid driving on wet ice or in any slippery road and watch for
loss of steering. Always have the
freezing rain until roads can be slippery spots. Icy patches can
engine running and the vehicle
treated with salt or sand. occur on otherwise clear roads in
in gear.
Drive with caution, whatever the shaded areas. The surface of a
condition. Accelerate gently so curve or an overpass can remain icy
. Stay in your own lane. Do not traction is not lost. Accelerating too when the surrounding roads are
swing wide or cut across the quickly causes the wheels to spin clear. Avoid sudden steering
center of the road. Drive at and makes the surface under the maneuvers and braking while
speeds that let you stay in your tires slick, so there is even less on ice.
own lane. traction. See Antilock Brake System (ABS)
. Be alert on top of hills; on page 9-26.
something could be in your lane
(stalled car, accident).
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Turn off cruise control on slippery

surfaces. Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued)
Blizzard Conditions cannot be seen or smelled. It can vehicle and set the fan speed
cause unconsciousness and even to the highest setting. See
Being stuck in snow can be a
death. “Climate Control Systems”.
serious situation. Stay with the
vehicle unless there is help nearby. If the vehicle is stuck in the snow: For more information about
If possible, use Roadside Service. carbon monoxide, see Engine
. Clear away snow from around
See Roadside Service on Exhaust on page 9-22.
the base of your vehicle,
page 13-5. To get help and keep
especially any that is blocking
everyone in the vehicle safe:
the exhaust pipe. To save fuel, run the engine for only
. Turn on the hazard warning short periods as needed to warm
. Check again from time to
flashers. the vehicle and then shut the engine
time to be sure snow does
. Tie a red cloth to an outside not collect there. off and close the window most of
mirror. the way to save heat. Repeat this
. Open a window about 5 cm until help arrives but only when you
(2 in) on the side of the feel really uncomfortable from the
{ Warning vehicle that is away from the cold. Moving about to keep warm
wind to bring in fresh air. also helps.
Snow can trap engine exhaust
under the vehicle. This may . Fully open the air outlets on If it takes some time for help to
cause exhaust gases to get or under the instrument arrive, now and then when you run
inside. Engine exhaust contains panel. the engine, push the accelerator
carbon monoxide (CO) which . Adjust the climate control pedal slightly so the engine runs
system to a setting that faster than the idle speed. This
(Continued)
circulates the air inside the keeps the battery charged to restart
the vehicle and to signal for help
(Continued) with the headlamps. Do this as little
as possible to save fuel.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
If the Vehicle Is Stuck Rocking the Vehicle to Get Vehicle Load Limits
it Out
Slowly and cautiously spin the It is very important to know how
wheels to free the vehicle when Turn the steering wheel left and much weight the vehicle can
stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow. right to clear the area around the carry. This weight is called the
front wheels. Turn off any traction
If stuck too severely for the traction vehicle capacity weight and
system. Shift back and forth
system to free the vehicle, turn the
between R (Reverse) and a low includes the weight of all
traction system off and use the occupants, cargo, and all
forward gear, spinning the wheels
rocking method. See Traction nonfactory-installed options.
as little as possible. To prevent
Control/Electronic Stability Control Two labels on the vehicle show
transmission wear, wait until the
on page 9-29. how much weight it may
wheels stop spinning before shifting
gears. Release the accelerator properly carry: the Tire and
{ Warning pedal while shifting, and press Loading Information label and
lightly on the accelerator pedal the Certification label.
If the vehicle's tires spin at high when the transmission is in gear.
speed, they can explode, and you Slowly spinning the wheels in the
or others could be injured. The forward and reverse directions { Warning
vehicle can overheat, causing an causes a rocking motion that could
engine compartment fire or other Do not load the vehicle any
free the vehicle. If that does not get
damage. Spin the wheels as little the vehicle out after a few tries, it
heavier than the Gross
as possible and avoid going might need to be towed out. If the Vehicle Weight Rating
above 56 km/h (35 mph). vehicle does need to be towed out, (GVWR), or either the
see Towing the Vehicle on maximum front or rear Gross
page 10-80. Axle Weight Rating (GAWR).
This can cause systems to
break and change the way the
(Continued)
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
pillar (B-pillar). With the driver Rating (GAWR) for the front and
Warning (Continued) door open, you will find the label rear axle; see “Certification
vehicle handles. This could attached below the door lock Label” later in this section.
cause loss of control and a post. The Tire and Loading If this is a professional vehicle, a
crash. Overloading can also Information label shows the vehicle-specific Tire and
shorten the life of the vehicle. number of occupant seating Loading Information label will be
positions (1), and the maximum provided and installed by the
vehicle capacity weight (2) in final body manufacturer. The
Tire and Loading Information kilograms and pounds.
Label Tire and Loading Information
The Tire and Loading label should be attached to the
Information label also shows the B-pillar. See the final stage
tire size of the original manufacturer's manual or
equipment tires (3) and the contact them directly. The label
recommended cold tire inflation shows the original tires installed
pressures (4). For more on the professional vehicle, the
information on tires and inflation recommended cold tire inflation
see Tires on page 10-38 and pressures for those tires, and
Tire Pressure on page 10-46. the vehicle's capacity weight.
There is also important loading
information on the Certification
Label Example label. It tells you the Gross
Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR)
A vehicle-specific Tire and and the Gross Axle Weight
Loading Information label is
attached to the vehicle center
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
“Steps for Determining Correct the amount of available cargo

Load Limit– and luggage load capacity is
1. Locate the statement "The 650 lbs. (1400-750 (5 x 150)
combined weight of = 650 lbs.)
occupants and cargo should 5. Determine the combined
never exceed XXX kg or weight of luggage and cargo
XXX lbs." on your vehicle’s being loaded on the vehicle.
placard. That weight may not safely
2. Determine the combined exceed the available cargo
weight of the driver and and luggage load capacity
passengers that will be riding calculated in Step 4.
Example 1
in your vehicle. 6. If your vehicle will be towing
a trailer, load from your trailer 1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for
3. Subtract the combined Example 1 = 453 kg
weight of the driver and will be transferred to your
vehicle. Consult this manual (1,000 lbs).
passengers from XXX kg or
XXX lbs. to determine how this 2. Subtract Occupant Weight @
reduces the available cargo 68 kg (150 lbs) × 2 = 136 kg
4. The resulting figure equals and luggage load capacity of (300 lbs).
the available amount of cargo your vehicle.”
and luggage load capacity. 3. Available Occupant and
For example, if the "XXX" See Trailer Towing on page 9-65 Cargo Weight = 317 kg
amount equals 1400 lbs. and for important information on (700 lbs).
there will be five 150 lb towing a trailer, towing safety
passengers in your vehicle, rules, and trailering tips.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
seating positions. The combined

weight of the driver, passengers,
and cargo should never exceed
the vehicle's capacity weight.
Certification Label
Example 2 Example 3
1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for 1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for
Example 2 = 453 kg Example 3 = 453 kg
(1,000 lbs). (1,000 lbs).
2. Subtract Occupant Weight @ 2. Subtract Occupant Weight @
68 kg (150 lbs) × 5 = 340 kg 91 kg (200 lbs) × 5 = 453 kg Label Example
(750 lbs). (1,000 lbs). A vehicle-specific Certification
3. Available Cargo Weight = 3. Available Cargo Weight = label, found on the vehicle
113 kg (250 lbs). 0 kg (0 lbs). center pillar (B-pillar), tells you
Refer to the vehicle's Tire and the gross weight capacity of
Loading Information label for the vehicle, called the Gross
specific information about the Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR).
vehicle's capacity weight and
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
The GVWR includes the weight And, if you do have a heavy If you put things inside the
of the vehicle, all occupants, load, you should spread it out. vehicle — like suitcases, tools,
fuel, and cargo. Never exceed See “Steps for Determining packages, or anything else —
the GVWR for the vehicle, or the Correct Load Limit” earlier in this they will go as fast as the
Gross Axle Weight Rating section. vehicle goes. If you have to stop
(GAWR) for either the front or or turn quickly, or if there is a
rear axle. { Warning crash, they will keep going.
If the vehicle is a professional
vehicle, the vehicle-specific
Do not load the vehicle any
heavier than the Gross
{ Warning
certification label is provided by Vehicle Weight Rating Things inside the vehicle can
the final stage manufacturer. (GVWR), or either the strike and injure people in a
The coach-builder should be maximum front or rear Gross sudden stop or turn, or in a
consulted if the final stage Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). crash.
manufacturer's label is not This can cause systems to
present. The Gross Vehicle . Put things in the cargo
break and change the way the area of the vehicle. In the
Weight Rating (GVWR) label vehicle handles. This could
should be on the driver cargo area, put them as
cause loss of control and a far forward as possible.
door edge. crash. Overloading can also Try to spread the weight
shorten the life of the vehicle. evenly.
(Continued)
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Warning (Continued) Starting and Caution (Continued)

Operating
. Never stack heavier breaking-in guideline every
things, like suitcases, time you get new brake
New Vehicle Break-In linings.
inside the vehicle so that
some of them are above Following break-in, engine speed
the tops of the seats. { Caution and load can be gradually
The vehicle does not need an increased.
. Do not leave an
unsecured child restraint elaborate break-in. But it will
in the vehicle. perform better in the long run if Ignition Positions
you follow these guidelines:
. Secure loose items in the . Do not drive at any one
vehicle. constant speed, fast or slow,
. Do not leave a seat folded for the first 805 km (500 mi).
down unless needed. Do not make full-throttle
starts. Avoid downshifting to
brake or slow the vehicle.
. Avoid making hard stops for
the first 322 km (200 mi) or
so. During this time the new
brake linings are not yet
broken in. Hard stops with
new linings can mean
premature wear and earlier The vehicle has an electronic
replacement. Follow this keyless ignition with pushbutton
(Continued) start.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Pressing the button cycles it through If the vehicle is not in P (Park), the 3. Come to a complete stop, shift
three modes: ACC/ACCESSORY, ignition will return to ACC/ to P (Park), and turn the ignition
ON/RUN/START, and Stopping the ACCESSORY and display the off. On vehicles with an
Engine/OFF. message SHIFT TO PARK in the automatic transmission, the shift
The transmitter must be in the Driver Information Center (DIC). lever must be in P (Park) to turn
vehicle for the system to operate. See Transmission Messages on the ignition to the OFF position.
If the pushbutton start is not page 5-47. When the vehicle is 4. Set the parking brake. See
working, the vehicle may be near a shifted into P (Park), the ignition Electric Parking Brake on
strong radio antenna signal causing system will switch to OFF. page 9-27.
interference to the remote keyless Do not turn the engine off when the
access system. See Remote
vehicle is moving. This will cause a
loss of power assist in the brake
{ Warning
Operation on page 2-3. and steering systems and disable Turning off the vehicle while
To shift out of P (Park), the vehicle the airbags. moving may cause loss of power
must be in ON/RUN and the brake If the vehicle must be shut off in an assist in the brake and steering
pedal must be applied. emergency: systems and disable the airbags.
While driving, only shut the
Stopping the Engine/OFF (No 1. Brake using a firm and steady
vehicle off in an emergency.
Indicator Lights): When the pressure. Do not pump the
vehicle is stopped, press the brakes repeatedly. This may
ENGINE START/STOP button once deplete power assist, requiring If the vehicle cannot be pulled over,
to turn the engine off. increased brake pedal force. and must be shut off while driving,
If the vehicle is in P (Park), the 2. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral). press and hold the ENGINE START/
ignition will turn off, and Retained This can be done while the STOP button for longer than
Accessory Power (RAP) will remain vehicle is moving. After shifting two seconds, or press twice in
active. See Retained Accessory to N (Neutral), firmly apply the five seconds.
Power (RAP) on page 9-20. brakes and steer the vehicle to a
safe location.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
ACC/ACCESSORY (Amber Service Only Mode

Indicator Light): This mode allows This power mode is available for
{ Caution
the use of some electrical service and diagnostics, and to
accessories when the engine is off. Do not try to shift to P (Park) if the
verify the proper operation of the vehicle is moving. If you do, you
With the ignition off, pressing the malfunction indicator lamp as may could damage the transmission.
button one time without the brake be required for emission inspection Shift to P (Park) only when the
pedal applied will place the ignition purposes. With the vehicle off, and vehicle is stopped.
system in ACC/ACCESSORY. the brake pedal not applied,
The ignition will switch from ACC/ pressing and holding the button for
ACCESSORY to OFF after more than five seconds will place
five minutes to prevent battery the vehicle in Service Only Mode.
The instruments and audio systems
{ Caution
rundown.
will operate as they do in ON/RUN, If you add electrical parts or
ON/RUN/START (Green Indicator but the vehicle will not be able to be accessories, you could change
Light): This mode is for driving and driven. The engine will not start in the way the engine operates. Any
starting. With the ignition off, and Service Only Mode. Press the resulting damage would not be
the brake pedal applied, pressing button again to turn the vehicle off. covered by the vehicle warranty.
the button once will place the See Add-On Electrical Equipment
ignition system in ON/RUN/START. Starting the Engine on page 9-68.
Once engine cranking begins,
release the button. Engine cranking Move the shift lever to P (Park) or
will continue until the engine starts. N (Neutral). The engine will not start
See Starting the Engine on in any other position. To restart the
page 9-17. The ignition will then engine when the vehicle is already
remain in ON/RUN. moving, use N (Neutral) only.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Starting Procedure If the battery in the Remote Engine cranking can be stopped
1. With the keyless access system, Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter by pressing the ENGINE
the transmitter must be in the needs replacing, the DIC will START/STOP button a
vehicle. Put your foot on the display a message. The vehicle second time.
brake pedal and push the can still be driven. See “Starting
ENGINE START/STOP button. the Vehicle with a Low
Transmitter Battery” in Remote
{ Caution
When the engine begins
cranking, let go of the button. Keyless Entry (RKE) System Cranking the engine for long
Operation on page 2-3. periods of time, by pressing the
The idle speed will go down as ENGINE START/STOP button
the engine gets warm. Do not The vehicle has a
Computer-Controlled Cranking immediately after cranking has
race the engine immediately ended, can overheat and damage
after starting it. Operate the System. This feature assists in
starting the engine and protects the cranking motor, and drain the
engine and transmission gently
components. If the ENGINE battery. Wait at least 15 seconds
to allow the oil to warm up and
lubricate all moving parts. START/STOP button is pressed, between each try, to let the
and then released when the cranking motor cool down.
If the transmitter is not in the engine begins cranking, the
vehicle or something is engine will continue cranking for
interfering with the transmitter, a few seconds or until the 2. If the engine does not start after
the Driver Information Center vehicle starts. If the engine does five to 10 seconds, especially in
(DIC) will display a message. not start and the button is very cold weather (below −18°C
See Key and Lock Messages on pressed for many seconds, or 0°F), it could be flooded with
page 5-40. cranking will be stopped after too much gasoline. Try pushing
15 seconds to prevent cranking the accelerator pedal all the way
motor damage. To prevent gear to the floor and holding it there
damage, this system also as you press the ENGINE
prevents cranking if the START/STOP button, for up
engine is already running. to a maximum of 15 seconds.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Wait at least 15 seconds To Use the Engine Coolant

between each try, to allow the Heater { Warning
cranking motor to cool down.
When the engine starts, let go of 1. Turn off the engine. Plugging the cord into an
the button and the accelerator. 2. Open the hood and unwrap the ungrounded outlet could cause an
If the vehicle starts briefly but electrical cord. electrical shock. Also, the wrong
then stops again, do the same kind of extension cord could
thing. This clears the extra overheat and cause a fire. You
gasoline from the engine. Do not could be seriously injured. Plug
race the engine immediately the cord into a properly grounded
after starting it. Operate the three-prong 110-volt AC outlet.
engine and transmission gently If the cord will not reach, use a
until the oil warms up and heavy-duty three-prong extension
lubricates all moving parts. cord rated for at least 15 amps.
Engine Heater 4. Before starting the engine, be

The engine coolant heater, sure to unplug and store the
if available, can help in cold weather cord as it was before to keep it
conditions at or below −18°C (0°F) away from moving engine parts.
for easier starting and better fuel The electrical cord is on the The length of time the heater should
economy during engine warm-up. driver side of the engine remain plugged in depends on
Plug in the coolant heater at least compartment, between the several factors. Ask a dealer in the
four hours before starting the fender and the engine area where you will be parking the
vehicle. An internal thermostat in compartment fuse block. vehicle for the best advice on this.
the plug end of the cord will prevent
3. Plug it into a normal, grounded
engine coolant heater operation at
110-volt AC outlet.
temperatures above −18°C (0°F).
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Retained Accessory Shifting Into Park Warning (Continued)

Power (RAP) 1. Hold the brake pedal down and
These vehicle accessories can be apply the parking brake. See Do not leave the vehicle when the
used for up to 10 minutes after the Electric Parking Brake on engine is running. If you have left
engine is turned off: page 9-27. the engine running, the vehicle
2. Move the shift lever into P (Park) can move suddenly. You or others
. Infotainment System could be injured. To be sure the
by pushing the lever all the way
. Power Windows toward the front of the vehicle. vehicle will not move, even when
. Sunroof (If Equipped) you are on fairly level ground,
3. Turn the ignition off. always set the parking brake and
. Accessory Power Outlets move the shift lever to P (Park).
Leaving the Vehicle with the
Power to the infotainment system Engine Running See Shifting Into Park on
will continue to operate for up to page 9-20. If you are towing a
trailer, see Driving Characteristics
10 minutes or until the driver door is
opened.
{ Warning and Towing Tips on page 9-62.
Power to the power windows and It can be dangerous to leave the
sunroof will continue to operate for vehicle with the engine running. If you have to leave the vehicle with
up to 10 minutes or until any door is It could overheat and catch fire. the engine running, be sure the
opened. It is dangerous to get out of the vehicle is in P (Park) and the
All of these features will work when vehicle if the shift lever is not fully parking brake is firmly set before
the ignition is in ON/RUN or ACC/ in P (Park) with the parking brake you leave it. After you have moved
ACCESSORY. the shift lever into P (Park), hold
firmly set. The vehicle can roll.
down the regular brake pedal. See if
(Continued) you can move the shift lever away
from P (Park) without first pulling it
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
toward you. If you can, it means that Shifting out of Park If you still are unable to shift out of
the shift lever was not fully locked P (Park):
into P (Park). This vehicle is equipped with an
automatic transmission shift lock 1. Fully release the shift lever
Torque Lock control system. The shift lock button.
Torque lock is when the weight of control is designed to prevent 2. Hold the brake pedal down and
the vehicle puts too much force movement of the shift lever out of press the shift lever button
on the parking pawl in the P (Park), unless the ignition is in again.
transmission. This happens when ON/RUN and the brake pedal is
3. Move the shift lever to the
parking on a hill and shifting the applied.
desired position.
transmission into P (Park) is not The shift lock control is always
done properly and then it is difficult If you still cannot move the shift
functional except in the case of an
to shift out of P (Park). To prevent lever from P (Park), consult your
uncharged or low voltage (less than
torque lock, set the parking brake dealer or a professional towing
9-volt) battery.
and then shift into P (Park). To find service.
If the vehicle has an uncharged
out how, see "Shifting Into P (Park)"
battery or a battery with low voltage, Parking over Things
listed previously.
try charging or jump starting the
If torque lock does occur, your battery. See Jump Starting on That Burn
vehicle may need to be pushed page 10-76.
uphill by another vehicle to relieve
To shift out of P (Park): { Warning
the parking pawl pressure, so you
can shift out of P (Park). 1. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN. Things that can burn could touch
hot exhaust parts under the
If you are towing a trailer and 2. Apply the brake pedal.
vehicle and ignite. Do not park
parking on a hill, see Driving 3. Press the shift lever button. over papers, leaves, dry grass,
Characteristics and Towing Tips on
page 9-62. 4. Move the shift lever to the or other things that can burn.
desired position.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Engine Exhaust Warning (Continued)

Running the Vehicle
While Parked
{ Warning . There are holes or openings
in the vehicle body from
It is better not to park with the
engine running.
Engine exhaust contains carbon damage or aftermarket
monoxide (CO) which cannot be modifications that are not If the vehicle is left with the engine
seen or smelled. Exposure to CO completely sealed. running, follow the proper steps to
can cause unconsciousness and be sure the vehicle will not move.
If unusual fumes are detected or
even death. See Shifting Into Park on page 9-20
if it is suspected that exhaust is and Engine Exhaust on page 9-22.
Exhaust may enter the vehicle if: coming into the vehicle:
If parking on a hill and pulling a
. The vehicle idles in areas . Drive it only with the windows trailer, see Driving Characteristics
with poor ventilation (parking completely down. and Towing Tips on page 9-62.
garages, tunnels, deep snow . Have the vehicle repaired
that may block underbody immediately.
airflow or tail pipes).
Never park the vehicle with the
. The exhaust smells or engine running in an enclosed
sounds strange or different. area such as a garage or a
. The exhaust system leaks building that has no fresh air
due to corrosion or damage. ventilation.
. The vehicle exhaust system
has been modified, damaged,
or improperly repaired.
(Continued)
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Automatic { Warning
lever button pressed before shifting
from P (Park) when the ignition is in
Transmission It is dangerous to get out of the
ON/RUN. If you cannot shift out of
P (Park), ease pressure on the shift
vehicle if the shift lever is not fully lever, then push the shift lever all
in P (Park) with the parking brake the way into P (Park) as you
firmly set. The vehicle can roll. maintain brake application. Then
Do not leave the vehicle when the press the shift lever button and
engine is running. If you have left move the shift lever into another
the engine running, the vehicle gear. See Shifting out of Park on
can move suddenly. You or others page 9-21.
could be injured. To be sure the R (Reverse): Use this gear to
vehicle will not move, even when back up.
you are on fairly level ground,
always set the parking brake and { Caution
move the shift lever to P (Park).
See Shifting Into Park on Shifting to R (Reverse) while the
P (Park): This position locks the page 9-20 and Driving vehicle is moving forward could
wheels. It is the best position to use Characteristics and Towing Tips damage the transmission. The
when starting the engine because on page 9-62. repairs would not be covered by
the vehicle cannot move easily. the vehicle warranty. Shift to
R (Reverse) only after the vehicle
Make sure the shift lever is fully in
is stopped.
P (Park) before starting the engine.
The vehicle has an automatic
transmission shift lock control
system. The regular brake must be
fully applied first and then the shift
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
To rock the vehicle back and forth to

get out of snow, ice, or sand without { Caution { Caution
damaging the transmission, see If
the Vehicle Is Stuck on page 9-10. Shifting out of P (Park) or If the vehicle accelerates slowly,
N (Neutral) with the engine or does not shift gears, the
N (Neutral): In this position, the running at high speed may transmission could be damaged.
engine does not connect with the damage the transmission. The Have the vehicle serviced
wheels. To restart the engine when repairs would not be covered by right away.
the vehicle is already moving, use the vehicle warranty. Be sure the
N (Neutral) only. Also, use
engine is not running at high M (Manual Mode): This position
N (Neutral) when the vehicle is
speed when shifting the vehicle. allows the driver to select the range
being towed.
of gears appropriate for current
{ Warning D (Drive): This position is for
normal driving. It provides the best
driving conditions.
In M (Manual Mode) the
Shifting into a drive gear while the fuel economy. If more power is transmission will shift as an
engine is running at high speed is needed for passing, and the automatic until the Tap Shift controls
dangerous. Unless your foot is vehicle is: are used. Tap Shift activates driver
firmly on the brake pedal, the . Going less than 56 km/h manual gear selection.
vehicle could move very rapidly. (35 mph), push the accelerator See Manual Mode on page 9-25.
You could lose control and hit pedal about halfway down.
people or objects. Do not shift . Going about 56 km/h (35 mph) or
into a drive gear while the engine more, push the accelerator all
is running at high speed. the way down.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Manual Mode of the steering wheel. Tap the left Drive Systems
control to downshift, and the right
Tap Shift control to upshift. A Driver
Information Center (DIC) message All-Wheel Drive
indicates the gear the vehicle is in. If equipped, this feature transfers
When accelerating the vehicle from torque to the rear wheels as
a stop in snowy and icy conditions, required. It is fully automatic, and
you may want to shift into adjusts itself as needed for road
2 (Second) gear. A higher gear ratio conditions.
allows you to gain more traction on All-Wheel Drive (AWD) performance
slippery surfaces. is automatically reduced when you
use the compact spare. To restore
full AWD performance, and prevent
excessive wear to the clutch in the
AWD system, replace the compact
spare tire with a full-size tire as
Tap Shift allows the driver to soon as possible. See Compact
manually control the automatic Spare Tire on page 10-75.
transmission. To use Tap Shift, the
shift lever must be in M (Manual
Mode). Vehicles with this feature
have indicators on the steering
wheel. The controls are on the back
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Brakes If driving safely on a wet road and it suddenly slows or stops. Always
becomes necessary to slam on the leave enough room up ahead to
brakes and continue braking to stop, even with ABS.
Antilock Brake avoid a sudden obstacle, a
System (ABS) computer senses that the wheels Using ABS
are slowing down. If one of the Do not pump the brakes. Just hold
This vehicle has ABS, an advanced
wheels is about to stop rolling, the the brake pedal down firmly and let
electronic braking system that helps
computer will separately work the ABS work. You might hear the ABS
prevent a braking skid.
brakes at each wheel. pump or motor operating and feel
When the vehicle begins to drive the brake pedal pulsate, but this is
ABS can change the brake pressure
away, ABS checks itself. normal.
to each wheel, as required, faster
A momentary motor or clicking noise
than any driver could. This can help Braking in Emergencies
might be heard while this test is
you steer around the obstacle while
going on, and it might even be ABS allows you to steer and brake
braking hard.
noticed that the brake pedal moves at the same time. In many
a little. This is normal. As the brakes are applied, the emergencies, steering can help
computer keeps receiving updates more than even the very best
on wheel speed and controls braking.
braking pressure accordingly.
Remember: ABS does not change
the time needed to get a foot up to
the brake pedal or always decrease
stopping distance. If you get too
If there is a problem with ABS, this close to the vehicle in front of you,
warning light stays on. See Antilock there will not be enough time to
Brake System (ABS) Warning Light apply the brakes if that vehicle
on page 5-23.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Electric Parking Brake The system has a red parking brake The red parking brake status light
status light and an amber parking will flash and then stay on once the
brake warning light. See Electric EPB is fully applied. If the red
Parking Brake Light on page 5-23 parking brake status light flashes
and Service Electric Parking Brake continuously, then the EPB is only
Light on page 5-23. There are also partially applied or there is a
parking brake-related Driver problem with the EPB. A DIC
Information Center (DIC) messages. message will display. Release the
See Brake System Messages on EPB and try to apply it again. If the
page 5-37. In case of insufficient light does not come on, or keeps
electrical power, the EPB cannot be flashing, have the vehicle serviced.
applied or released. Do not drive the vehicle if the red
Before leaving the vehicle, check parking brake status light is flashing.
the red parking brake status light to See your dealer. See Electric
ensure that the parking brake is Parking Brake Light on page 5-23.
The EPB switch is on the left side of
applied. If the amber parking brake warning
the instrument panel. The EPB can
light is on, lift up on the EPB switch
always be activated, even if the EPB Apply and hold it up. Continue to hold the
ignition is off. To prevent draining
To apply the EPB: switch until the red parking brake
the battery, avoid repeated cycles of
status light remains on. If the amber
the EPB when the engine is not 1. Be sure the vehicle is at a
parking brake warning light remains
running. complete stop.
on, see your dealer.
2. Lift up the EPB switch
If the EPB is applied while the
momentarily.
vehicle is moving, the vehicle will
decelerate as long as the switch is
held up. If the switch is held up until
the vehicle comes to a stop, the
EPB will remain applied.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
The vehicle may automatically apply brake status light is off. If either light Brake Assist
the EPB in some situations when stays on after release is attempted,
the vehicle is not moving. This is see your dealer. This vehicle has a brake assist
normal, and is done to periodically feature designed to assist the driver
in stopping or decreasing vehicle
check the correct operation of the
EPB system.
{ Caution speed in emergency driving
Driving with the parking brake on conditions. This feature uses the
If the EPB fails to apply, the rear stability system hydraulic brake
wheels should be blocked to can overheat the brake system
control module to supplement the
prevent vehicle movement. and cause premature wear or
power brake system under
damage to brake system parts.
EPB Release conditions where the driver has
Make sure that the parking brake quickly and forcefully applied the
To release the EPB: is fully released and the brake brake pedal in an attempt to quickly
warning light is off before driving. stop or slow down the vehicle. The
1. Place the ignition in the ACC/
ACCESSORY or ON/RUN stability system hydraulic brake
position. Automatic EPB Release control module increases brake
pressure at each corner of the
2. Apply and hold the brake pedal. The EPB will automatically release if vehicle until the ABS activates.
3. Push down momentarily on the the vehicle is running, placed into Minor brake pedal pulsation or
EPB switch. gear, and an attempt is made to pedal movement during this time is
drive away. Avoid rapid acceleration normal and the driver should
The EPB is released when the red when the EPB is applied, to continue to apply the brake pedal as
parking brake status light is off. preserve parking brake lining life. the driving situation dictates. The
If the amber parking brake warning If parking on a hill, or if the vehicle brake assist feature will
light is on, release the EPB by is pulling a trailer, see Driving automatically disengage when the
pushing down on the EPB switch Characteristics and Towing Tips on brake pedal is released or brake
and holding it down. Continue to page 9-62. pedal pressure is quickly
hold the switch until the red parking decreased.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Hill Start Assist (HSA) Ride Control Systems StabiliTrak activates when the
system senses a discrepancy
This vehicle has an HSA feature, between the intended path and the
which may be useful when the Traction Control/ direction the vehicle is actually
vehicle is stopped on a grade. This Electronic Stability traveling. StabiliTrak selectively
feature is designed to prevent the applies braking pressure at any one
vehicle from rolling, either forward or Control
of the vehicle's brakes to help steer
rearward, during vehicle drive off. System Operation the vehicle in the direction which
After the driver completely stops you are steering.
and holds the vehicle in a complete The vehicle has a Traction Control
standstill on a grade, HSA will be System (TCS) and StabiliTrak®, an If cruise control is being used and
automatically activated. During the electronic stability control system. traction control or StabiliTrak begins
transition period between when the These systems help limit wheel slip to limit wheel spin, cruise control will
driver releases the brake pedal and and assist the driver in maintaining disengage. Cruise control may be
starts to accelerate to drive off on a control, especially on slippery road turned back on when road
grade, HSA holds the braking conditions. conditions allow.
pressure for a maximum of TCS activates if it senses that any Both systems come on
two seconds to ensure that there is of the drive wheels are spinning or automatically when the vehicle is
no rolling. The brakes will beginning to lose traction. On an started and begins to move. The
automatically release when the All-Wheel-Drive (AWD) vehicle, the systems may be heard or felt while
accelerator pedal is applied within system will operate if it senses that they are operating or while
the two-second window. It will not any of the wheels are spinning or performing diagnostic checks. This
activate if the vehicle is in a drive beginning to lose traction. When this is normal and does not mean there
gear and facing downhill, or if the happens, TCS applies the brakes to is a problem with the vehicle.
vehicle is facing uphill and in the spinning wheels and reduces
R (Reverse). engine power to limit wheel spin.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
It is recommended to leave both If either system fails to turn on or to Turning the Systems Off
systems on for normal driving activate, a message displays in the and On
conditions, but it may be necessary Driver Information Center (DIC),
to turn TCS off if the vehicle gets and d comes on and stays on to
stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow. indicate that the system is inactive
See If the Vehicle Is Stuck on and is not assisting the driver in
page 9-10 and “Turning the maintaining control. The vehicle is
Systems Off and On” later in this safe to drive, but driving should be
section. adjusted accordingly.
If d comes on and stays on:
1. Stop the vehicle.
2. Turn the engine off and wait
15 seconds.
3. Start the engine.
The button for TCS and StabiliTrak
The indicator light for both systems
is in the instrument cluster. This Drive the vehicle. If d comes on is on the center stack.
light will: and stays on, the vehicle may need
. Flash when TCS is limiting
more time to diagnose the problem. { Caution
If the condition persists, see your
wheel spin. dealer. Do not repeatedly brake or
. Flash when StabiliTrak is accelerate heavily when TCS is
activated. off. The vehicle driveline could be
damaged.
. Turn on and stay on when either
system is not working.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
To turn off only TCS, press and TCS and StabiliTrak on again, press Sport: Use where road conditions
release the g button. The Traction and release the g button. The or personal preference demand
more control. This setting provides
Off Light i displays in the Traction Off Light i and StabiliTrak
more “feel,” or response to road
instrument cluster and the Off Light g in the instrument cluster conditions.
appropriate DIC message is turn off and the appropriate DIC
displayed. See Ride Control System The vehicle is normally in Tour
message is displayed.
Messages on page 5-44. To turn Mode. Sport Mode is engaged when
TCS on again, press and release Adding accessories can affect the the shift lever is placed in M
vehicle performance. See (Manual Mode). When the shift lever
the g button. The Traction Off
Accessories and Modifications on is placed in D (Drive) the system will
Light i displayed in the instrument page 10-3. revert back to Tour Mode.
cluster will turn off and the
appropriate DIC message is The Driver Information Center (DIC)
Magnetic Ride Control briefly displays the appropriate
displayed.
The Magnetic Ride Control monitors message on vehicle startup or when
If TCS is limiting wheel spin when the suspension system. a new mode is selected. See Ride
the g button is pressed, the system Control System Messages on
Based on road conditions, steering
will not turn off until the wheels stop page 5-44.
wheel angle, and vehicle speed, the
spinning.
system automatically adjusts to
To turn off both TCS and StabiliTrak, provide the best handling while Limited-Slip Rear Axle
press and hold the g button until providing a smooth ride. The Tour Vehicles with a limited-slip rear axle
and Sport Modes will feel similar on can give more traction on snow,
the Traction Off Light i and
a smooth road. mud, ice, sand or gravel. When
StabiliTrak Off Light g come on and traction is low, this feature allows
stay on in the instrument cluster. Tour: Use for normal city and
highway driving. This setting the drive wheel with the most
The appropriate DIC message is traction to move the vehicle.
displayed. See Ride Control System provides a smooth, soft ride.
Messages on page 5-44. To turn
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
The limited-slip rear axle also gives height) for up to 10 minutes after the Cruise Control
the driver enhanced control when engine has been turned off. You
cornering hard or completing a may hear the air compressor
maneuver, such as a lane change. operating when the height is being { Warning
adjusted; this is normal.
Cruise control can be dangerous
Automatic Level Control If the compressor runs often for where you cannot drive safely at
The automatic level control rear longer than one minute within the a steady speed. Do not use the
suspension is available on some same trip and the vehicle remains cruise control on winding roads or
vehicles. low in the rear, see your dealer for in heavy traffic.
service.
This type of level control is fully Cruise control can be dangerous
automatic and will provide a better If the vehicle is not used for several
on slippery roads. On such roads,
leveled riding position as well as weeks, the rear of the vehicle may
fast changes in tire traction can
better handling under a variety of look low. When the engine is
started, the vehicle will return to the cause excessive wheel slip, and
passenger and loading conditions. you could lose control. Do not use
An air compressor connected to the proper height.
cruise control on slippery roads.
rear air springs will raise or lower If a weight-distributing hitch is being
the rear of the vehicle to maintain used, it is recommended to allow
proper vehicle height. The system is the air springs to inflate, thereby With cruise control, a speed of
activated when the engine is leveling the vehicle prior to adjusting about 40 km/h (25 mph) or more can
running and will automatically adjust the hitch. be maintained without keeping your
vehicle height thereafter. The foot on the accelerator. Cruise
system may exhaust (lower vehicle control does not work at speeds
below about 40 km/h (25 mph).
If the brakes are applied, the cruise
control disengages.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
If the Traction Control/Electronic J (On/Off): Press to turn the * (Cancel): Press to disengage
Stability Control system begins to system on and off. A white indicator cruise control without erasing the
limit wheel spin while using cruise appears in the instrument cluster set speed from memory.
control, the cruise control when cruise is turned on.
automatically disengages. See Setting Cruise Control
Traction Control/Electronic Stability +RES (Resume/Accelerate):
Press the control up briefly to make If the cruise button is on when not in
Control on page 9-29. If a collision use, it could get pressed and go into
alert occurs when cruise control is the vehicle resume to a previously
set speed or press and hold to cruise when not desired. Keep the
activated, cruise control is cruise control button off when cruise
disengaged. See Forward Collision accelerate. If the cruise control is
already active, use to increase is not being used.
Alert (FCA) System on page 9-50.
When road conditions allow the vehicle speed. To increase speed by 1. Press J.
cruise control to be safely used, you 1 km/h (1 mph), press +RES up to
the first detent. To increase speed to 2. Get up to the desired speed.
can apply the cruise control again.
the next 5 km/h (5 mph) mark on the 3. Press and release the SET−
speedometer, press +RES up to the control on the steering wheel.
second detent.
4. Remove foot from the
SET− (Set/Coast): Press the accelerator.
control down briefly to set the speed
and activate cruise control. If the When the cruise control has been
cruise control is already active, use set to the desired speed, a green
to decrease vehicle speed. To cruise control indicator appears on
decrease speed by 1 km/h (1 mph), the instrument cluster and a cruise
press SET− down to the first detent. set speed message appears on the
To decrease speed to the next Head-Up Display (HUD),
5 km/h (5 mph) mark on the if equipped.
speedometer, press SET− down to
the second detent.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Resuming a Set Speed

. To increase vehicle speed in . To decrease the vehicle speed in
larger increments, briefly press larger increments, briefly press
If the cruise control is set at a +RES up to the second detent. SET− down to the second
desired speed and then the brakes For each press, the vehicle detent. For each press, the
are applied, the cruise control is speed increases to the next vehicle speed decreases to the
disengaged without erasing the set 5 km/h (5 mph) mark on the next 5 km/h (5 mph) mark on the
speed from memory. speedometer. speedometer.
Once the vehicle speed reaches The speedometer reading can be The cruise control system may
about 40 km/h (25 mph) or more, displayed in either English or metric automatically brake to slow the
press the +RES up to the first units. See Instrument Cluster on vehicle down.
detent briefly on the steering wheel. page 5-10. The increment value
The vehicle returns to the previous The speedometer reading can be
used depends on the units displayed in either English or metric
set speed. displayed. units. See Instrument Cluster on
Increasing Speed While Cruise Reducing Speed While Cruise page 5-10. The increment value
Control is at a Set Speed Control is at a Set Speed used depends on the units
If the cruise control system is displayed.
If the cruise control system is
already activated: already activated: Passing Another Vehicle While
. Press and hold +RES up until . Press and hold SET− down until Using Cruise Control
the desired speed is reached, the desired lower speed is Use the accelerator pedal to
then release it. reached, then release it. increase the vehicle speed. When
. To increase vehicle speed in . To decrease the vehicle speed in you take your foot off the pedal, the
small increments, briefly press small increments, briefly press vehicle will slow down to the
+RES up to the first detent. For SET− down to the first detent. previous set cruise speed.
each press, the vehicle goes For each press, the vehicle goes
about 1 km/h (1 mph) faster. about 1 km/h (1 mph) slower.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
While pressing the accelerator pedal Ending Cruise Control direction. If no vehicle is detected in
or shortly following the release to There are three ways to end cruise your path, ACC works like regular
override cruise, briefly applying the control: cruise control. ACC uses camera
SET− switch will result in cruise set and radar sensors. See Radio
to the current vehicle speed. . Step lightly on the brake pedal. Frequency Statement on
page 13-15.
Using Cruise Control on Hills . Press *.
If a vehicle is detected in your path,
How well the cruise control will work . Press J. ACC can apply acceleration or
on hills depends upon the vehicle limited, moderate braking to
speed, load, and the steepness of Erasing Speed Memory
maintain the selected following gap.
the hills. When going up steep hills, The cruise control set speed is To disengage ACC, apply the brake.
you might have to step on the
erased from memory if J is If ACC is controlling your vehicle
accelerator pedal to maintain the speed when the traction control
vehicle speed. When going pressed or if the ignition is
turned off. system (TCS) or electronic stability
downhill, the cruise control system control system activates, the ACC
may automatically brake to slow the may automatically disengage. See
vehicle down. Also, you may have Adaptive Cruise Control
Traction Control/Electronic Stability
to brake or shift to a lower gear to If equipped with Adaptive Cruise Control on page 9-29. When road
keep the vehicle speed down. If the Control (ACC), it allows the driver to conditions allow ACC to be safely
brake is applied, the cruise control select the cruise control set speed used, the ACC can be turned
disengages. and following gap. Read this entire back on.
section before using this system.
The following gap is the following ACC will not engage if the TCS or
time between your vehicle and a StabiliTrak electronic stability control
vehicle detected directly ahead in system is disabled.
your path, moving in the same
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
{ Warning Warning (Continued)

ACC has limited braking ability Do not use Adaptive Cruise
and may not have time to slow Control when:
the vehicle down enough to avoid . On winding and hilly roads or
a collision with another vehicle when the sensors are
you are following. This can occur blocked by snow, ice, or dirt.
when vehicles suddenly slow or The system may not detect a
stop ahead, or enter your lane. vehicle ahead. Keep the
Also see “Alerting the Driver” in entire front of the vehicle
this section. Complete attention is clean.
always required while driving and . Visibility is low, such as in
you should be ready to take fog, rain, or snow conditions. ] (On/Off): Press to turn the
action and apply the brakes. See Adaptive Cruise Control system on or off. The indicator turns
Defensive Driving on page 9-3. performance is limited under white on the instrument cluster
these conditions. when ACC is turned on.
. On slippery roads where fast +RES (Resume/Accelerate):
{ Warning changes in tire traction can Press the control up briefly to
resume the previous set speed or to
cause excessive wheel slip.
Adaptive Cruise Control will not increase vehicle speed if ACC is
detect or brake for children, already activated. To increase
pedestrians, animals, or other speed by 1 km/h (1 mph), press
objects. +RES up to the first detent. To
increase speed to the next 5 km/h
(Continued)
(5 mph) mark on the speedometer,
press +RES up to the second
detent.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
SET– (Set/Coast): Press the Select the set speed desired for
control down briefly to set the speed cruise. This is the vehicle speed
and activate ACC or to decrease when no vehicle is detected in
vehicle speed if ACC is already its path.
activated. To decrease speed by ACC will not set at a speed less
1 km/h (1 mph), press SET− down to than 25 km/h (16 mph), although it
the first detent. To decrease speed can be resumed when driving at The ACC indicator displays on the
to the next 5 km/h (5 mph) mark on lower speeds. instrument cluster and Head-Up
the speedometer, press SET− down Display (HUD). When ACC is active,
to the second detent. To set ACC:
the indicator will be lit green.
* (Cancel): Press to disengage 1. Press ]. Be mindful of speed limits,
ACC without erasing the selected surrounding traffic speeds, and
set speed. 2. Get up to the desired speed.
weather conditions when selecting
3 (Follow Distance Gap): Press 3. Press and release the SET– the set speed.
to select a following gap time (or control on the steering wheel.
Resuming a Set Speed
distance) setting for ACC of Far, 4. Remove foot from the
Medium, or Near. accelerator. If the ACC is set at a desired speed
and then the brakes are applied,
Setting Adaptive Cruise Control After ACC is set, it may immediately
ACC is disengaged without erasing
apply the brakes if a vehicle ahead
If the cruise button is on when not in the set speed from memory.
is detected closer than the selected
use, it could get pressed and go into following gap. To begin using ACC again, press
cruise when not desired. Keep the +RES up briefly on the steering
cruise control button off when cruise wheel. The vehicle returns to the
is not being used. previous set speed.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Increasing Speed While ACC is at

. To increase vehicle speed in accelerator pedal. The vehicle
a Set Speed larger increments, press +RES will now cruise at the lower
up to the second detent. For speed.
If ACC is already activated, do one each press, the vehicle speed
of the following: increases to the next 5 km/h
. Press and hold SET– down until
. Use the accelerator to get to the (5 mph) mark on the the desired lower speed is
higher speed. Press SET– down. speedometer. reached, then release it.
Release the control and the When it is determined that there is
. To decrease the vehicle speed in
accelerator pedal. The vehicle no vehicle ahead or the vehicle smaller increments, press SET−
will now cruise at the higher ahead is beyond the selected down to the first detent. For
speed. following gap, then the vehicle each press, the vehicle goes
When the accelerator pedal is speed will increase to the set speed. about 1 km/h (1 mph) slower.
pressed, ACC will not brake The speedometer reading can be
. To decrease the vehicle speed in
because it is overridden. displayed in either English or metric larger increments, press SET−
A warning message will appear units. See Instrument Cluster on down to the second detent. For
on the Driver Information Center page 5-10. The increment value each press, the vehicle speed
(DIC) and Head-Up Display used depends on the units decreases to the next 5 km/h
(HUD). See Cruise Control displayed. (5 mph) mark on the
Messages on page 5-38. speedometer.
. Reducing Speed While ACC is at a
Press and hold +RES up until The speedometer reading can be
Set Speed
the desired set speed appears displayed in either English or metric
on the display, then release it. If ACC is already activated, do one units. See Instrument Cluster on
of the following: page 5-10. The increment value
. To increase vehicle speed in
small increments, press +RES . Use the brake to get to the used depends on the units
up to the first detent. For each desired lower speed. Press displayed.
press, the vehicle goes 1 km/h SET– down and release the
(1 mph) faster.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Selecting the Follow Distance Gap range of selectable gaps may not be front, or both sides of the Safety
When a slower moving vehicle is appropriate for all drivers and Alert Seat will pulse five times. See
detected ahead within the selected driving conditions. “Collision/Detection Systems” under
following gap, ACC will adjust the Changing the gap setting Vehicle Personalization on
vehicle's speed and attempt to automatically changes the alert page 5-48.
maintain the follow distance gap timing sensitivity (Far, Medium, See Defensive Driving on page 9-3.
selected. or Near) for the Forward Collision
Alert (FCA) feature. See Forward Approaching and Following a
Press 3 on the steering wheel to Collision Alert (FCA) System on Vehicle
adjust the following gap. Each press page 9-50.
cycles the gap button through three
settings: Far, Medium, or Near. Alerting the Driver
When pressed, the current gap
setting displays briefly on the
instrument cluster and HUD. The
gap setting will be maintained until it
is changed. The vehicle ahead symbol is in the
instrument cluster and HUD display.
Since each gap setting corresponds
to a following time (Far, Medium, The vehicle ahead symbol only
or Near), the following distance will If ACC is engaged, driver action displays when a vehicle is detected
vary based on vehicle speed. The may be required when ACC cannot in your vehicle’s path moving in the
faster the vehicle speed, the further apply sufficient braking because of same direction.
back your vehicle will follow a approaching a vehicle too rapidly.
If this symbol is not displaying, ACC
vehicle detected ahead. Consider When this condition occurs, the will not respond to or brake to
traffic and weather conditions when collision alert symbol on the HUD vehicles ahead.
selecting the following gap. The will flash on the windshield. Either
eight beeps will sound from the
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
ACC automatically slows the vehicle The ACC active symbol will not be
down and adjusts vehicle speed to Warning (Continued) displayed when ACC is no longer
follow the vehicle in front at the active.
selected follow gap. The vehicle vehicle suddenly appears due to
speed increases or decreases to a vehicle ahead changing lanes. Notification to Resume ACC
follow the vehicle in front of you, but Your vehicle may not stop and ACC will maintain a follow gap
will not exceed the set speed. It may could cause a crash. Use caution behind a detected vehicle and slow
apply limited braking, if necessary. when using ACC. Your complete your vehicle to a stop behind that
When braking is active, the brake attention is always required while vehicle.
lights will come on. The automatic driving and you should be ready
If the stopped vehicle ahead has
braking may feel or sound different to take action and apply the
driven away and ACC has not
than if the brakes were applied brakes. resumed, the vehicle ahead symbol
manually. This is normal. will flash as a reminder to check
Stationary or Very Slow-Moving ACC Automatically Disengages traffic ahead before proceeding. In
Objects addition, the left and right sides of
ACC may automatically disengage
the Safety Alert Seat will pulse three
and the driver will need to manually
{ Warning apply the brakes to slow the
times, or three beeps will sound.
See ”Alert Type” and “Go Notifier” in
vehicle when:
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) “Collision/Detection Systems” under
may not detect and react to
. The sensors are blocked. Vehicle Personalization on
stopped or slow-moving vehicles . The Traction Control System page 5-48.
ahead of you. For example, the (TCS) or electronic stability When the vehicle ahead drives
system may not brake for a control system has activated or away, press RES+ or the
vehicle that it has never detected been disabled. accelerator pedal to resume cruise
moving. This can occur in . No traffic or other objects are control. If stopped for more than
stop-and-go traffic or when a being detected. two minutes or if the driver door is
opened and the driver safety belt is
(Continued) . There is a fault in the system. unbuckled, the ACC automatically
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
applies the electric parking brake to

hold the vehicle. The electric { Warning { Warning
parking brake status light will turn
on. See Electric Parking Brake on Leaving the vehicle without The ACC will not automatically
page 9-27. To resume ACC and placing it in P (Park) can be apply the brakes if your foot is
release the electric parking brake, dangerous. Do not leave the resting on the accelerator pedal.
press the accelerator pedal. vehicle while it is being held at a You could crash into a vehicle
stop by ACC. Always place the ahead of you.
A DIC warning message may vehicle in P (Park) and turn off
display indicating to shift to P (Park)
the ignition before leaving the Curves in the Road
before exiting the vehicle. See
vehicle.
Vehicle Messages on page 5-36.
{ Warning
{ Warning ACC Override
On curves, ACC may not detect a
If using the accelerator pedal while
If ACC has stopped the vehicle, ACC is active, a DIC warning vehicle ahead in your lane. You
and if ACC is disengaged, turned message will indicate that automatic could be startled if the vehicle
off, or canceled, the vehicle will braking will not occur. See Vehicle accelerates up to the set speed,
no longer be held at a stop. The Messages on page 5-36. ACC will especially when following a
vehicle can move. When ACC is resume operation when the vehicle exiting or entering exit
holding the vehicle at a stop, accelerator pedal is not being ramps. You could lose control of
always be prepared to manually pressed. the vehicle or crash. Do not use
apply the brakes. ACC while driving on an entrance
or exit ramp. Always be ready to
use the brakes if necessary.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
When following a vehicle and ACC may occasionally provide an

{ Warning entering a curve, ACC may not alert and/or braking that is
detect the vehicle ahead and considered unnecessary. It could
On curves, ACC may respond to accelerate to the set speed. When respond to vehicles in different
a vehicle in another lane, or may this happens, the vehicle ahead lanes, signs, guardrails, and other
not have time to react to a vehicle symbol will not appear. stationary objects when entering or
in your lane. You could crash into exiting a curve. This is normal
a vehicle ahead of you, or lose operation. The vehicle does not
control of your vehicle. Give extra need service.
attention in curves and be ready
to use the brakes if necessary. Other Vehicle Lane Changes
Select an appropriate speed while
driving in curves.
ACC may operate differently in a

sharp curve. It may reduce the
vehicle speed if the curve is too ACC may detect a vehicle that is
sharp. not in your lane and apply the
brakes.
ACC will not detect a vehicle ahead

until it is completely in the lane. The
brakes may need to be manually
applied.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Do Not Use ACC on Hills and . Press ]. Driver Assistance

When Towing a Trailer
Erasing Speed Memory Systems
The cruise control set speed is This vehicle may have features that
erased from memory if ] is work together to help avoid crashes
pressed or if the ignition is or reduce crash damage while
turned off. driving, backing, and parking. Read
Cleaning the Sensing System this entire section before using
these systems.
The camera sensor on the back of
the rearview mirror and the radar
sensors on the front of the vehicle
{ Warning
Do not use ACC when driving on can become blocked by snow, ice, Do not rely on the Driver
steep hills or when towing a trailer. dirt, or mud. These areas need to Assistance Systems. These
ACC will not detect a vehicle in the be cleaned for ACC to operate systems do not replace the need
lane while driving on steep hills. The properly. for paying attention and driving
driver will often need to take over
acceleration and braking on steep For cleaning instructions, see safely. You may not hear or feel
hills, especially when towing a “Washing the Vehicle” under alerts or warnings provided by
trailer. If the brakes are applied, the Exterior Care on page 10-82. these systems. Failure to use
ACC disengages. System operation may also be proper care when driving may
limited under snow, heavy rain, result in injury, death, or vehicle
Disengaging ACC or road spray conditions. damage. See Defensive Driving
There are three ways to on page 9-3.
disengage ACC: (Continued)
. Step lightly on the brake pedal.
. Press *.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Audible or Safety Alert Seat When the vehicle is shifted into

Warning (Continued) R (Reverse), the RVC displays an
Some driver assistance features
alert the driver of obstacles by image of the area behind the vehicle
Under many conditions, these in the center stack display. The
systems will not: beeping. To change the volume of
the warning chime, see “Comfort previous screen displays when the
. Detect children, pedestrians, and Convenience” under Vehicle vehicle is shifted out of R (Reverse)
bicyclists, or animals. Personalization on page 5-48. after a short delay. To return to the
previous screen sooner, press a
. Detect vehicles or objects If equipped with the Safety Alert button on the infotainment system,
outside the area monitored by Seat, the driver seat cushion may shift into P (Park), or reach a vehicle
the system. provide a vibrating pulse alert speed of 8 km/h (5 mph).
. Work at all driving speeds. instead of beeping. To change this,
. Warn you or provide you with
see “Collision/Detection Systems”
under Vehicle Personalization on
{ Warning
enough time to avoid a crash.
page 5-48. The RVC system does not display
. Work under poor visibility or children, pedestrians, bicyclists,
bad weather conditions. Assistance Systems for animals, or any other object
. Work if the detection sensor Parking or Backing located outside the camera's field
is not cleaned or is covered of view, below the bumper,
by ice, snow, mud, or dirt. When the vehicle is in R (Reverse),
or under the vehicle. Perceived
the Rear Vision Camera (RVC) and
Complete attention is always Rear Parking Assist may help the distances may be different from
required while driving, and you driver to avoid a crash or to reduce actual distances. Do not back the
should be ready to take action crash damage. Some models may vehicle using only the RVC
and apply the brakes and/or steer also have the Rear Automatic screen, during longer, higher
the vehicle to avoid crashes. Braking and Backing Warning speed backing maneuvers,
System, Rear Cross Traffic Alert or where there could be cross
(RCTA), Automatic Parking Assist (Continued)
(APA), and/or Front Parking Assist.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
arrow may also display on the RVC

Warning (Continued) screen to warn of traffic coming from
the left or right. This system detects
traffic. Failure to use proper care objects coming from up to 20 m
before backing may result in (65 ft) from the left or right side of
injury, death, or vehicle damage. the vehicle. When an object is
Always check behind and around detected, either three beeps sound
the vehicle before backing. from the left or right or three Safety
Alert Seat pulses occur on the left or
1. View Displayed by the Camera right side, depending on the
2. Corners of the Rear Bumper direction of the detected vehicle.
Displayed images may be farther or Use caution while backing up when
closer than they appear. The area towing a trailer, as the RCTA
displayed is limited and objects that detection zones that extend out
are close to either corner of the from the back of the vehicle do not
bumper or under the bumper do not move further back when a trailer is
display. towed.
A warning triangle may display on With URPA, as the vehicle backs up
the RVC screen to show where the at speeds of less than 8 km/h
Ultrasonic Rear Parking Assist (5 mph), the sensors on the rear
(URPA) has detected an object. This bumper detect objects up to 2.5 m
1. View Displayed by the Camera triangle changes from amber to red (8 ft) behind the vehicle that are
and increases in size the closer the within a zone 25 cm (10 in) high off
object. the ground and below bumper level.
On vehicles with the Rear Cross
Traffic Alert (RCTA), a red warning
triangle with a left or right pointing
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
The instrument cluster may have a Vehicles with Adaptive Cruise

{ Warning parking assist display with bars that Control (ACC) have the Backing
show “distance to object” and object Warning System, which is designed
The parking assist system does location information for URPA, and to help avoid backing crashes. The
not detect children, pedestrians, on some vehicles, for the Front system can warn of rear objects
bicyclists, animals, or objects Parking Assist system. As the object when backing up at speeds greater
located below the bumper or that gets closer, more bars light up. than 8 km/h (5 mph).
are too close or too far from the When an object is first detected in
vehicle. It is not available at The Backing Warning System will
the rear, one beep will be heard beep once from the rear when an
speeds greater than 8 km/h from the rear, or both sides of the object is first detected, or pulse
(5 mph). To prevent injury, death, Safety Alert Seat will pulse two twice on both sides of the Safety
or vehicle damage, even with times. When an object is very close Alert Seat. When the system
parking assist, always check the (<0.6 m (2 ft) in the vehicle rear, detects a potential crash, beeps will
area around the vehicle and or <0.3 m (1 ft) in the vehicle front), be heard from the rear, or five
check all mirrors before moving five beeps will sound from the front pulses will be felt on both sides of
forward or backing. or rear depending on object the Safety Alert Seat. There may
location, or both sides of the Safety also be a brief, sharp application of
Alert Seat will pulse five times. the brakes.
Beeps for Front Parking Assist are
higher pitched than for Rear Parking
Assist.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
vehicle is backing too fast to avoid a Pressing the brake pedal after the
{ Warning crash with a detected object, it may vehicle comes to a stop will release
automatically brake hard to a stop. the Rear Automatic Braking. If the
The Backing Warning System brake pedal is not pressed within
only operates at speeds greater
than 8 km/h (5 mph). It does not { Warning two seconds after the stop, the
electric parking brake is set. When it
detect children, pedestrians, Rear Automatic Braking may not is safe, pressing the accelerator
bicyclists, animals, or objects avoid many types of backing pedal firmly at any time will override
below the bumper or that are too crashes. Do not wait for the the Rear Automatic Braking.
close or too far from the vehicle. automatic braking to apply. This
In some situations, such as at
higher backing speeds, there may
system is not designed to replace { Warning
driver braking, but only acts when
not be enough time for the short, the vehicle may not stop in time. There may be instances where
sharp application of the vehicle The system, in some situations or unexpected or undesired
brake system to occur. To prevent environments, may not brake or automatic braking occurs. If this
injury, death, or vehicle damage, may not brake in time to avoid a happens, either press the brake
even with the Backing Warning crash. It does not detect children, pedal or firmly press the
System, always check the area pedestrians, bicyclists, animals, accelerator pedal to release the
around the vehicle and check all or objects below the bumper or brakes from the Rear Automatic
mirrors before backing. that are too close or too far from Braking system. Before releasing
the vehicle. To prevent injury, the brakes, check the RVC
Vehicles with Adaptive Cruise death, or vehicle damage, even screen and check the area
Control (ACC) also have the Rear with Rear Automatic Braking, around the vehicle to make sure it
Automatic Braking system, which is always check the area around the is safe to proceed.
designed to help avoid or reduce vehicle before and while backing.
the harm caused by backing
crashes. If the system detects the
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Turning the Features On or Off To turn the Rear Vision Camera

(RVC) system, symbols, guidance { Warning
lines, or Rear Cross Traffic Alert
(RCTA) on or off: APA does not apply the brakes.
APA may not detect objects in the
1. On the infotainment system, parking space, objects that are
press the Settings screen soft or narrow, objects high off the
button, or turn the MENU knob ground such as flatbed trucks,
to highlight Settings and or objects below ground level
The X button on the center stack press MENU.
such as large potholes. Always
is used to turn on or off the Front 2. Select Rear Camera. verify that the parking space is
and Rear Parking Assist, Rear appropriate for parking a vehicle.
3. Press Rear Camera Display,
Automatic Braking, and Backing APA does not respond to changes
Park Assist Symbols, Guidance
Warning System at the same time. in the parking space, such as
Lines, or Rear Cross Traffic Alert
The indicator light next to the button movement of an adjacent vehicle,
and then select OFF or ON.
comes on when the features are on or a person or object entering the
and turns off when the features Automatic Parking parking space. APA does not
have been disabled. Assist (APA) detect or avoid traffic that is
Turn off parking assist and Rear If equipped, Automatic Parking behind or alongside of the
Automatic Braking when towing a Assist (APA) searches for and vehicle. Always be prepared to
trailer. steers the vehicle into parallel stop the vehicle during the
parking spots. When using APA, parking maneuver.
you must still shift gears, and
control the brakes and accelerator.
The system is available when the
The Driver information Center (DIC)
vehicle speed is below
and audible beeps help to guide
30 km/h (18 mph). Press the APA
parking maneuvers.
button, O, to enable the system to
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
begin searching for a space that is into a previously detected space. progress arrow displays the status
large enough to park. The system The APA system does not need of the parking maneuver. Depending
cannot detect whether it is a legal service. on the space size, additional
parking space. maneuvers may be required, and
APA searches for parking spaces to there will be additional instructions.
the right of the vehicle. To search for When changing gears, allow the
a parking space to the left, turn on automatic steering to complete
the left turn signal. before continuing the parking
maneuver. APA will beep and
display a PARKING COMPLETE
message. Place the vehicle in
P (Park).
APA may automatically disengage if:
APA will instruct the vehicle to stop
once a large enough space is found.
. The steering wheel is used by
Follow the instructions in the DIC. the driver.
When instructed to drive in reverse, . The maximum allowed speed is
shift to R (Reverse) to engage exceeded.
After completely passing a large automatic steering. The steering . There is a failure with the APA
enough space, an audible beep wheel will vibrate briefly as a
system.
occurs and a red symbol displays in reminder to remove hands from the
steering wheel. Check surroundings . Electronic stability control or
the DIC.
and continue braking or accelerating antilock brakes are activated.
If the vehicle is in R (Reverse), but as needed, and be prepared to stop To cancel APA, press the APA
does not steer into the expected to avoid vehicles, pedestrians, button again.
space, this may be because the or objects. If the vehicle exceeds
system is maneuvering the vehicle 10 km/h (6 mph), APA is
automatically disengaged. A DIC
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
When the System Does Not seem FCA also provides a visual alert if
to Work Properly following another vehicle much too Warning (Continued)
The APA system may require a closely.
barrels, or other objects. Be ready
short period of driving along curves FCA detects vehicles within a to take action and apply the
to calibrate. distance of approximately 60 m brakes. For more information, see
(197 ft) and operates at speeds Defensive Driving on page 9-3.
Assistance Systems for above 40 km/h (25 mph). If the
Driving vehicle has Adaptive Cruise Control
(ACC), it can detect vehicles to FCA can be disabled through
If equipped, when driving the distances of approximately 110 m vehicle personalization. See the
vehicle forward, Forward Collision (360 ft) and operates at all speeds. “Auto Collision Preparation” portion
Alert (FCA), Lane Departure See Adaptive Cruise Control on of “Collision/Detection Systems”
Warning (LDW), Side Blind Zone page 9-35. under Vehicle Personalization on
Alert (SBZA), and/or the Active page 5-48.
Emergency Braking System can
help to avoid a crash or reduce
{ Warning Detecting the Vehicle Ahead
crash damage. FCA is a warning system and
does not apply the brakes. When
Forward Collision Alert approaching a slower-moving or
(FCA) System stopped vehicle ahead too rapidly,
or when following a vehicle too
If equipped, the FCA system may closely, FCA may not provide a
help to avoid or reduce the harm
warning with enough time to help
caused by front-end crashes. FCA FCA warnings will not occur unless
avoid a crash. FCA does not warn the FCA system detects a vehicle
provides a red flashing alert on the
windshield, and beeps or pulses the of pedestrians, animals, signs, ahead in your path. The
Safety Alert Seat when approaching guardrails, bridges, construction vehicle-ahead indicator will display
a vehicle directly ahead too quickly. (Continued) green when a vehicle is detected
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
ahead. Vehicles may not be Collision Alert Tailgating Alert

detected on curves, highway exit
ramps, or hills; or due to poor
visibility. FCA will not detect another
vehicle ahead until it is completely
in the driving lane.
{ Warning With Head-Up Display The vehicle-ahead indicator will

FCA does not provide a warning display amber when you are
to help avoid a crash, unless it following a vehicle ahead much too
detects a vehicle. FCA may not closely.
detect a vehicle ahead if the FCA
Selecting the Alert Timing
sensor is blocked by dirt, snow,
or ice, or if the windshield is
damaged. It may also not detect a Without Head-Up Display
vehicle on winding or hilly roads,
When your vehicle approaches
or in conditions that can limit another vehicle too rapidly, six red
visibility such as fog, rain, lights, or the red collision alert
or snow, or if the headlamps or symbol on the HUD, will flash on the
windshield are not cleaned or in windshield. Either eight beeps will
proper condition. Keep the sound from the front, or both sides
windshield, headlamps, and FCA of the Safety Alert Seat will pulse
sensors clean and in good repair. five times.
With Adaptive Cruise Control

2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
weather conditions when selecting For cleaning instructions, see

the alert timing. The range of “Washing the Vehicle” under
selectable alert timing may not be Exterior Care on page 10-82.
appropriate for all drivers and System operation may also be
driving conditions. limited under snow, heavy rain,
Changing the FCA timing setting or road spray conditions.
automatically changes the following
gap setting (Far, Medium, or Near) Active Emergency
for the Adaptive Cruise Control
(ACC) feature.
Braking System
If the vehicle has Adaptive Cruise
Unnecessary Alerts Control (ACC) it also has the Active
Without Adaptive Cruise Control FCA may provide unnecessary Emergency Braking System, which
Press the collision alert/following alerts for turning vehicles, vehicles includes Intelligent Brake
gap button on the steering wheel to in other lanes, objects that are not Assist (IBA) and the Automatic
set the FCA timing to Far, Medium, vehicles, or shadows. These alerts Collision Preparation (ACP) System.
Near, or on some vehicles, Off. The are normal operation and the These systems can provide a boost
first button press shows the current vehicle does not need service. to braking or automatically brake the
setting on the DIC. Additional button vehicle to help avoid or lessen the
Cleaning the System severity of crashes.
presses will change this setting. The
chosen setting will remain until it is The camera sensor on the back of Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA)
changed and will affect the timing of the rearview mirror and the radar
both the Collision Alert and the sensors on the front of the vehicle, IBA may activate when the brake
Tailgating Alert features. The timing if equipped, can become blocked by pedal is applied quickly by providing
of both alerts will vary based on snow, ice, dirt, or mud. These areas a boost to braking based on the
vehicle speed. The faster the need to be cleaned for FCA to speed of approach and distance to
vehicle speed, the farther away the operate properly. a vehicle ahead.
alert will occur. Consider traffic and
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Minor brake pedal pulsations or vehicle-ahead indicator being lit.

pedal movement during this time is See Forward Collision Alert (FCA) Warning (Continued)
normal and the brake pedal should System on page 9-50.
continue to be applied as needed. Complete attention is always
required while driving, and you
IBA will automatically disengage
only when the brake pedal is
{ Warning should be ready to take action
released. ACP is an emergency crash and apply the brakes and/or steer
preparation feature and is not the vehicle to avoid crashes.
{ Warning designed to avoid crashes. Do
not rely on ACP to brake the Brake Preparation
IBA may increase vehicle braking vehicle.
in situations when it may not be When quickly approaching a vehicle
ACP may not: ahead, Brake Preparation reduces
necessary. You could block the
brake response time by having the
flow of traffic. If this occurs, take . Respond to stopped vehicles,
brake system prepared for driver
your foot off the brake pedal and pedestrians, or animals.
braking to occur more rapidly.
then apply the brakes as needed. . Detect a vehicle ahead on
winding or hilly roads. Automatic Braking
Automatic Collision . Detect a stopped or In some imminent front-end crash
Preparation (ACP) System slow-moving vehicle or other situations, if the driver has not
object ahead. applied the brakes, Automatic
ACP may help reduce crash Braking applies the brakes to help
damage by applying the vehicle’s . Detect a vehicle when reduce crash damage. It may even
brake system and has a detection weather limits visibility, such help avoid some very low speed
range of approximately 60 m as in fog, rain, or snow. In crashes.
(197 ft). Braking can only occur if a these situations, ACP sensor
vehicle is detected ahead in your performance is limited.
path. This is shown by the FCA (Continued)
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Automatic Braking may slow the Automatic Braking can be disabled

vehicle to a complete stop to try to or reduced through vehicle { Warning
avoid a potential crash. If this personalization. See the “Auto
happens, Automatic Braking will Collision Preparation” portion of SBZA does not alert the driver to
engage the Electric Parking Brake “Collision/Detection Systems” under vehicles rapidly approaching
(EPB) to hold the vehicle at a stop. Vehicle Personalization on outside of the side blind zones,
To release the EPB, press the EPB page 5-48. pedestrians, bicyclists,
button. A firm press of the or animals. It may not provide
accelerator pedal will also release
Automatic Braking and the EPB.
{ Warning alerts when changing lanes under
all driving conditions. Failure to
Using the Automatic Collision use proper care when changing
{ Warning Preparation System while towing lanes may result in injury, death,
or vehicle damage. Before
a trailer could cause you to lose
Automatic Braking may control of the vehicle and crash. making a lane change, always
automatically brake the vehicle in Turn the system off when towing check mirrors, glance over your
situations where it may be a trailer. shoulder, and use the turn
unnecessary. It could respond to signals.
a turning vehicle ahead,
guardrails, signs, and other Side Blind Zone
non-moving objects. This could Alert (SBZA)
be uncomfortable and startling. To
If equipped, the SBZA system is a
override Automatic Braking, firmly lane-changing aid that assists
press the accelerator pedal, if it is drivers with avoiding crashes that
safe to do so. occur with vehicles in the side blind
zone (or spot) areas. The SBZA
warning display will light up in the
corresponding outside side mirror
and will flash if the turn signal is on.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
SBZA Detection Zones over that is in the side blind zone. SBZA can be disabled through
This indicates it may be unsafe to vehicle personalization. See
change lanes. Before making a lane “Collision/Detection Systems” under
change, check the SBZA display, Vehicle Personalization on
check mirrors, glance over your page 5-48. If SBZA is disabled by
shoulder, and use the turn signals. the driver, the SBZA mirror displays
will not light up.
When the System Does Not
Seem to Work Properly
SBZA displays may not come on
when passing a vehicle quickly or
Left Side Mirror Right Side Mirror when towing a trailer. The SBZA
Display Display detection zones that extend back
The SBZA sensor covers a zone of from the side of the vehicle do not
approximately one lane over from When the vehicle is started, both move further back when a trailer is
both sides of the vehicle, or 3.5 m outside mirror SBZA displays will towed. Use caution while changing
(11 ft). The height of the zone is briefly come on to indicate the lanes when towing a trailer. SBZA
approximately between 0.5 m (1.5 ft) system is operating. When the may alert to objects attached to the
and 2 m (6 ft) off the ground. This vehicle is moving forward, the left- vehicle, such as a trailer, bicycle,
zone starts at approximately the or right-side mirror display will light or object extending out to either side
middle of the vehicle and goes back up if a vehicle is detected in that of the vehicle. This is normal system
5 m (16 ft). blind zone. If the turn signal is operation; the vehicle does not need
activated in the same direction of a service.
How the System Works detected vehicle, this display will
flash as an extra warning not to SBZA may not always alert the
The SBZA symbol lights up in the driver to vehicles in the side blind
change lanes.
side mirrors when the system zone, especially in wet conditions.
detects a vehicle in the next lane
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
The system does not need to be When SBZA is disabled for any Seat pulses will occur on the left or
serviced. The system may light up reason other than the driver turning right side of the seat, depending on
due to guardrails, signs, trees, it off, the Side Blind Zone Alert On the lane departure direction. LDW
shrubs, and other non-moving option will not be available on the will not warn if the turn signal is on
objects. This is normal system personalization menu. in the departure direction, or if a
operation; the vehicle does not need sharp maneuver is made.
service. FCC Information
SBZA may not operate when the See Radio Frequency Statement on
page 13-15.
{ Warning
SBZA sensors in the left or right
corners of the rear bumper are The LDW system is an aid to help
covered with mud, dirt, snow, ice, Lane Departure the vehicle stay in the driving
or slush, or in heavy rainstorms. For Warning (LDW) lane. It does not steer the vehicle.
cleaning instructions, see "Washing The LDW system may not:
the Vehicle" under Exterior Care on If equipped, LDW may help avoid
crashes due to unintentional lane
. Provide enough time to avoid
page 10-82. If the DIC still displays a crash.
the system unavailable message departures. It may provide a
after cleaning both sides of the warning if the vehicle is crossing a . Detect lane markings under
vehicle toward the rear corners of detected lane marker without using bad weather conditions or if
the vehicle, see your dealer. a turn signal in the lane departure the windshield is dirty.
direction. LDW uses a camera .
If the SBZA displays do not light up Detect lane markings and will
sensor to detect the lane markings.
when vehicles are in the blind zone not detect road edges.
It only operates at speeds of
and the system is clean, the system 56 km/h (35 mph) or greater. . Warn that the vehicle is
may need service. Take the vehicle crossing a lane marking if the
to your dealer. When the vehicle crosses a
system does not detect the
detected lane marking, the LDW
lane marking.
indicator will flash and either three
beeps will be sounded from the left (Continued)
or right side, or three Safety Alert
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
When the System Does Not

Warning (Continued) Seem to Work Properly
If LDW only detects lane If the LDW symbol does not appear
markings on one side of the road, when the system is on and the
it will only warn you when vehicle is traveling at least 56 km/h
departing the lane on the side (35 mph):
When the vehicle is started, the
where it has detected a lane . The lane markings on the road
LDW indicator on the instrument
marker. Even with LDW, always may not be seen.
cluster may come on briefly.
keep your attention on the road .
If LDW is on, the LDW indicator will The camera sensor may be
and maintain proper vehicle
appear green if the system detects blocked by dirt, snow, or ice.
position within the lane, or vehicle
damage, injury, or death could a left or right lane marking while the . The windshield may be
occur. Always keep the vehicle is traveling at 56 km/h damaged.
windshield clean and do not use (35 mph) or greater. If the vehicle .
crosses a detected lane marking The weather may be limiting
LDW in bad weather conditions. visibility.
without using the turn signal in the
lane departure direction, this This is normal operation; the vehicle
How the System Works indicator will change to amber and does not need service. Clean the
flash. In addition, three beeps will windshield.
The LDW camera sensor is on the
be sounded from the left or right Lane markings may not be detected
windshield ahead of the rearview
side, or the Safety Alert Seat will on curves, highway exit ramps,
mirror.
pulse three times on either the left or hills; or due to poor visibility.
To turn LDW on and off, press @ on or right side of the seat, depending
the center stack to the left of the on the lane departure direction. If the LDW camera system does not
infotainment screen. The control seem to operate properly, cleaning
indicator will light when LDW is on. the outside of the windshield in front
of the camera sensor may correct
the issue.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
{ Warning Fuel octane rating of 87 or higher. If the

octane rating is less than 87, an
Use of the recommended fuel is an audible knocking noise, commonly
LDW does not provide a warning important part of the proper referred to as spark knock, might be
to help avoid a crash, unless it maintenance of this vehicle. When heard when driving. If this occurs,
detects the lane markings. LDW driving in the U.S., to help keep the use a gasoline rated at 87 octane or
may not detect the lane markings engine clean and maintain optimum higher as soon as possible. If heavy
if the camera sensor is blocked vehicle performance, we knocking is heard when using
by dirt, snow, or ice, or if the recommend using TOP TIER gasoline rated at 87 octane or
windshield is damaged. It may Detergent Gasolines. See higher, the engine needs service.
also not detect a lane on winding www.toptiergas.com for a list of TOP
If the vehicle has the 3.6L V6 LF3
or hilly roads, or in conditions that TIER Detergent Gasolines.
twin turbo engine (VIN Code 8), use
can limit visibility such as fog, premium unleaded gasoline with a
rain, or snow, or if the headlamps posted octane rating of 91 or higher.
or windshield are not cleaned or If the octane is less than 91, you
in proper condition. Keep the could damage the engine and may
windshield, headlamps, and void your vehicle warranty. If heavy
camera sensors clean and in knocking is heard when using
good repair. gasoline rated at 91 octane or
higher, the engine needs service.
LDW warnings may occur due to tar Use of Seasonal Fuels
marks, shadows, cracks in the road,
or other road imperfections. This is Use summer and winter fuels in the
normal system operation; the appropriate season. Driving or
vehicle does not need service. starting could be affected if the
If the vehicle has the 3.6L V6 LFX incorrect fuel is used. Drive the
engine (VIN Code 3), use regular
unleaded gasoline with a posted
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
vehicle with the engine running until Some gasolines that are California Fuel
the fuel is a half tank or less, then not reformulated for low
refuel with the current seasonal fuel. emissions can contain an
Requirements
octane-enhancing additive called If the vehicle is certified to meet
Prohibited Fuels methylcyclopentadienyl manganese California Emissions Standards, it is
Gasolines containing oxygenates, tricarbonyl (MMT). Do not use designed to operate on fuels that
such as ethers and ethanol, as well gasolines with MMT as they can meet California specifications. See
as reformulated gasolines are reduce spark plug life and affect the underhood emission control
available in some cities. If these emission control system label. If this fuel is not available in
gasolines comply with the performance. The malfunction states adopting California Emissions
previousely described specification, indicator lamp may turn on. If this Standards, the vehicle will operate
then they are acceptable to use. occurs, see your dealer for service. satisfactorily on fuels meeting
However, E85 (85% ethanol) and federal specifications, but emission
other fuels containing more than Gasoline Specifications control system performance might
15% ethanol must be used only in be affected. The malfunction
flex fuel vehicles. At a minimum, gasoline should meet indicator lamp could turn on and the
ASTM specification D 4814. Some vehicle may not pass a smog-check
gasolines contain an
{ Caution octane-enhancing additive called
test. See Malfunction Indicator
Lamp on page 5-20. If this occurs,
Do not use fuel containing methylcyclopentadienyl manganese return to your authorized dealer for
tricarbonyl (MMT). We recommend diagnosis. If it is determined that the
methanol. It can corrode metal
against the use of gasolines condition is caused by the type of
parts in the fuel system and also
containing MMT. See “Prohibited fuel used, repairs may not be
damage plastic and rubber parts. Fuels" in Fuel on page 9-58.
That damage would not be covered by the vehicle warranty.
covered under the vehicle
warranty.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Fuels in Foreign is the only gasoline additive

Warning (Continued)
recommended by General Motors.
Countries It is available at your dealer. . Keep children away from the
If planning to drive in countries
fuel pump and never let
outside the U.S. or Canada, the Filling the Tank children pump fuel.
proper fuel might be hard to find.
. Fuel can spray out if the
Check regional auto club or fuel
retail brand websites for availability
{ Warning refueling nozzle is inserted
in the country where driving. Never Fuel vapors and fuel fires burn too quickly. This spray can
use leaded gasoline, fuel containing violently and can cause injury or happen if the tank is nearly
methanol, or any other fuel not death. full, and is more likely in hot
recommended. Costly repairs weather. Insert the refueling
caused by use of improper fuel . To help avoid injuries to you nozzle slowly and wait for
would not be covered by the vehicle and others, read and follow any hiss noise to stop prior to
warranty. all the instructions on the fuel beginning to flow fuel
pump island.
Fuel Additives . Turn off the engine when
To keep fuel systems clean, TOP refueling.
TIER Detergent Gasoline is . Keep sparks, flames, and
recommended. See Fuel on smoking materials away
page 9-58. from fuel.
If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is . Do not leave the fuel pump
not available, one bottle of Fuel unattended.
System Treatment PLUS, part . Do not reenter the vehicle
number 88861013, added to the fuel while pumping fuel.
tank at every engine oil change, can
help. Fuel System Treatment PLUS (Continued)
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Be careful not to spill fuel. Do not Filling the Tank with a Portable
top off or overfill the tank and wait a Gas Can
few seconds before removing the If the vehicle runs out of fuel and
nozzle. After initial shutoff, do not must be filled from a portable
partially remove the nozzle to add gas can:
more fuel as this will result in fuel
spillage. Clean fuel from painted 1. Locate the capless funnel
surfaces as soon as possible. See adapter from under the carpet in
Exterior Care on page 10-82. the trunk.
If this is a professional vehicle,
{ Warning see the Coachbuilder’s Owner
Manual for funnel adapter
If a fire starts while you are location.
Locate the fuel door. The fuel gauge
refueling, do not remove the
has an arrow to indicate the side of 2. Insert and latch the funnel into
the vehicle the fuel door is on. To nozzle. Shut off the flow of fuel by
the capless fuel system.
open the fuel door, push the shutting off the pump or by
notifying the station attendant.
rearward center edge in and release
and it will open. Leave the area immediately. { Warning
The vehicle has a capless refueling Attempting to refuel without using
system and does not have a fuel the funnel adapter may cause fuel
cap. The filling nozzle must be fully spillage and damage the capless
inserted and latched prior to starting fuel system. This could cause a
fuel flow. fire and you or others could be
badly burned and the vehicle
could be damaged.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
3. Remove and clean the funnel Trailer Towing

adapter and return to the storage Warning (Continued)
location. . Place the nozzle inside the fill General Towing
opening of the container Information
Filling a Portable Fuel before dispensing fuel, and
Container keep it in contact with the fill Only use towing equipment that has
opening until filling is been designed for the vehicle.
{ Warning complete. Contact your dealer or trailering
dealer for assistance with preparing
. Fill the container no more
Filling a portable fuel container the vehicle for towing a trailer. Read
than 95% full to allow for
while it is in the vehicle can cause the entire section before towing a
expansion.
fuel vapors that can ignite either trailer.
by static electricity or other
. Do not smoke, light matches,
For towing a disabled vehicle, see
means. You or others could be or use lighters while
Towing the Vehicle on page 10-80.
pumping fuel.
badly burned and the vehicle For towing the vehicle behind
could be damaged. Always: . Avoid using cell phones or another vehicle such as a motor
other electronic devices. home, see Recreational Vehicle
. Use approved fuel
Towing on page 10-80.
containers.
. Remove the container from Driving Characteristics
the vehicle, trunk, or pickup
bed before filling. and Towing Tips
. Place the container on the Driving with a Trailer
ground. When towing a trailer:
(Continued) . Become familiar with the state
and local laws that apply to
trailer towing.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13

. Do not tow a trailer during the Towing a trailer requires a certain
first 800 km (500 mi) to prevent { Warning amount of experience. The
damage to the engine, axle, combination you are driving is
or other parts. When towing a trailer, exhaust longer and not as responsive as the
gases may collect at the rear of vehicle itself. Get acquainted with
. Then during the first 800 km
the vehicle and enter if the the handling and braking of the rig
(500 mi) of trailer towing, do not
drive over 80 km/h (50 mph) and liftgate, trunk/hatch, or rear-most before setting out for the open road.
do not make starts at full throttle. window is open.
Before starting, check all trailer hitch
. Vehicles can tow in D (Drive). When towing a trailer: parts and attachments, safety
Shift the transmission to a lower . Do not drive with the liftgate, chains, electrical connectors, lamps,
gear if the transmission shifts trunk/hatch, or rear-most tires, and mirrors. If the trailer has
too often under heavy loads and/ window open. electric brakes, start the
or hilly conditions. combination moving and then apply
. Fully open the air outlets on the trailer brake controller by hand
. Do not use Adaptive Cruise or under the instrument to be sure the brakes work.
Control when towing. panel.
During the trip, check occasionally
. The Automatic Collision . Also adjust the climate to be sure that the load is secure
Preparation System should be control system to a setting and the lamps and any trailer
set to Off when towing. See that brings in only outside air. brakes still work.
Active Emergency Braking See “Climate Control
System on page 9-52. Systems” in the Index. Following Distance
. Turn off Park Assist when For more information about Stay at least twice as far behind the
towing. Carbon Monoxide, see Engine vehicle ahead as you would when
Exhaust on page 9-22. driving the vehicle without a trailer.
This can help to avoid heavy
braking and sudden turns.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Passing Vehicles can tow in D (Drive). Shift

Caution (Continued) the transmission to a lower gear if
More passing distance is needed
the transmission shifts too often
when towing a trailer. The The vehicle could be damaged. under heavy loads and/or hilly
combination will not accelerate as Avoid making very sharp turns conditions.
quickly and is longer so it is while trailering.
necessary to go much farther When towing at high altitude on
beyond the passed vehicle before steep uphill grades, consider the
returning to the lane. When turning with a trailer, make following: Engine coolant will boil at
wider turns than normal. Do this so a lower temperature than at normal
Backing Up the trailer will not strike soft altitudes. If the engine is turned off
Hold the bottom of the steering shoulders, curbs, road signs, trees, immediately after towing at high
wheel with one hand. To move the or other objects. Avoid jerky or altitude on steep uphill grades, the
trailer to the left, move that hand to sudden maneuvers. Signal well in vehicle may show signs similar to
the left. To move the trailer to the advance. engine overheating. To avoid this,
right, move your hand to the right. If the trailer turn signal bulbs burn let the engine run while parked,
Always back up slowly and, out, the arrows on the instrument preferably on level ground, with the
if possible, have someone cluster will still flash for turns. It is automatic transmission in P (Park)
guide you. important to check occasionally to for a few minutes before turning the
be sure the trailer bulbs are still engine off. If the overheat warning
Making Turns working. comes on, see Engine Overheating
on page 10-19.
{ Caution Driving on Grades
Reduce speed and shift to a lower
Making very sharp turns while gear before starting down a long
trailering could cause the trailer to or steep downgrade. If the
come in contact with the vehicle. transmission is not shifted down, the
(Continued) brakes might get hot and no longer
work well.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Parking on Hills 4. Reapply the brake pedal. Then operation are automatic
apply the parking brake and shift transmission fluid, engine oil, axle
{ Warning into P (Park). lubricant, belts, cooling system, and
brake system. It is a good idea to
5. Release the brake pedal.
Parking the vehicle on a hill with inspect these before and during
the trailer attached can be Leaving After Parking on a Hill the trip.
dangerous. If something goes 1. Apply and hold the brake pedal. Check periodically to see that all
wrong, the rig could start to move. hitch nuts and bolts are tight.
People can be injured, and both 2. Start the engine.
the vehicle and the trailer can be 3. Shift into a gear. Trailer Towing
damaged. When possible, always 4. Release the parking brake. Before pulling a trailer, three
park the rig on a flat surface.
5. Let up on the brake pedal. important considerations have to do
with weight:
If parking the rig on a hill: 6. Drive slowly until the trailer is
clear of the chocks. . Weight of the trailer.
1. Press the brake pedal, but do . Weight of the trailer tongue.
not shift into P (Park) yet. Turn 7. Stop and have someone pick up
the wheels into the curb if facing and store the chocks. . Total weight on your vehicle's
downhill or into traffic if facing Maintenance when Trailer tires.
uphill. Towing Weight of the Trailer
2. Have someone place chocks The vehicle needs service more How heavy can a trailer safely be?
under the trailer wheels. often when pulling a trailer. See
Maintenance Schedule on It should never weigh more than
3. When the wheel chocks are in
page 11-4. Things that are 454 kg (1,000 lb). But even that can
place, release the regular brakes
especially important in trailer be too heavy.
until the chocks absorb the load.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
It depends on how the rig is used. Weight of the Trailer Tongue

For example, speed, altitude, road
The tongue load (1) of any trailer is
grades, outside temperature, and
an important weight to measure
how much the vehicle is used to pull
because it affects the total gross
a trailer are all important. It can
weight of the vehicle. The Gross
depend on any special equipment
Vehicle Weight (GVW) includes the
on the vehicle, and the amount of
curb weight of the vehicle, any
tongue weight the vehicle can carry.
cargo carried in it, and the people
See “Weight of the Trailer Tongue”
who will be riding in the vehicle.
later in this section.
If there are a lot of options,
Maximum trailer weight is calculated equipment, passengers, or cargo in
assuming only the driver is in the the vehicle, it will reduce the tongue
tow vehicle and it has all the weight the vehicle can carry, which The trailer tongue (1) should weigh
required trailering equipment. The will also reduce the trailer weight the 10 percent of the total loaded trailer
weight of additional optional vehicle can tow. If towing a trailer, weight (2).
equipment, passengers, and cargo the tongue load must be added to
in the tow vehicle must be After loading the trailer, weigh the
the GVW because the vehicle will
subtracted from the maximum trailer trailer and then the tongue,
be carrying that weight, too. See
weight. separately, to see if the weights are
Vehicle Load Limits on page 9-10.
proper. If they are not, adjustments
Ask your dealer for trailering might be made by moving some
information or advice, or write us at items around in the trailer.
our Customer Assistance Offices.
See Customer Assistance Offices
on page 13-3.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Total Weight on Your Vehicle's

. Will any holes be made in the Trailer Brakes
Tires body of the vehicle when the
trailer hitch is installed? If so, Does the trailer have its own
Be sure the vehicle's tires are seal the holes when the hitch is brakes? Be sure to read and follow
inflated to the upper limit for cold removed. If the holes are not the instructions for the trailer brakes
tires. These numbers can be found sealed, dirt, water, and deadly so they are installed, adjusted, and
on the Tire and Loading Information carbon monoxide (CO) from the maintained properly.
label. See Vehicle Load Limits on exhaust can get into the vehicle. Because the vehicle has antilock
page 9-10. Make sure not to go over See Engine Exhaust on brakes, do not tap into the vehicle's
the GVW limit for the vehicle, page 9-22. brake system. If this is done, both
including the weight of the trailer brake systems will not work well,
tongue. Safety Chains
or at all.
Always attach chains between the
Towing Equipment vehicle and the trailer. Cross the
safety chains under the tongue of
Hitches the trailer to help prevent the tongue
Use the correct hitch equipment. from contacting the road if it
See your dealer or a hitch dealer for becomes separated from the hitch.
assistance. Leave enough slack so the rig can
turn. Never allow safety chains to
. The rear bumper on the vehicle
drag on the ground.
is not intended for hitches. Do
not attach rental hitches or other
bumper-type hitches to it. Use
only a frame-mounted hitch that
does not attach to the bumper.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Conversions and
Add-Ons
Add-On Electrical
Equipment
{ Caution
Some electrical equipment can
damage the vehicle or cause
components to not work and
would not be covered by the
warranty. Always check with your
dealer before adding electrical
equipment.
Add-on equipment can drain the

vehicle's 12-volt battery, even if the
vehicle is not operating.
The vehicle has an airbag system.
Before attempting to add anything
electrical to the vehicle, see
Servicing the Airbag-Equipped
Vehicle on page 3-33 and Adding
Equipment to the Airbag-Equipped
Vehicle on page 3-34.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Vehicle Care 10-1
Vehicle Care Overheated Engine

Protection
Bulb Replacement
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 10-28
Operating Mode . . . . . . . . . . . 10-20 High Intensity Discharge
Power Steering Fluid (HID) Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-28
General Information (LF3 and LFX LED Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-28
General Information . . . . . . . . . . 10-2 with AWD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-21 Back-Up Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-28
California Proposition Power Steering Fluid (LFX License Plate Lamp . . . . . . . . 10-29
65 Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2 with FWD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-21 Replacement Bulbs . . . . . . . . . 10-29
California Perchlorate Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-22
Materials Requirements . . . . 10-3 Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-22 Electrical System
Accessories and Brake Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-23 Electrical System
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3 Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-25 Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-30
Vehicle Checks All-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-25 Fuses and Circuit
Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . 10-25 Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-30
Doing Your Own
Automatic Transmission Shift Engine Compartment Fuse
Service Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3
Lock Control Function Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-31
Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-26 Instrument Panel Fuse
Engine Compartment
Park Brake and P (Park) Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-34
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-5
Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . 10-26 Rear Compartment Fuse
Engine Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-8
Wiper Blade Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-36
Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-9
Engine Oil Life System . . . . . 10-11 Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-27 Wheels and Tires
Automatic Transmission Windshield Replacement . . . 10-27
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-38
Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-13 Headlamp Aiming All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-39
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . 10-13 Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . 10-28 Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-39
Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-15 Summer Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-39
Engine Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-16 Tire Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . 10-40
Engine Overheating . . . . . . . . 10-19 Tire Designations . . . . . . . . . . . 10-42
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
10-2 Vehicle Care
Tire Terminology and Tire Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-70 General Information

Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-43 Compact Spare Tire . . . . . . . . 10-75
Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-46 Full-Size Spare Tire . . . . . . . . 10-76 For service and parts needs, visit
Tire Pressure for High-Speed your dealer. You will receive
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-47 Jump Starting genuine GM parts and GM-trained
Tire Pressure Monitor Jump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-76 and supported service people.
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-48 Towing the Vehicle Genuine GM parts have one of
Tire Pressure Monitor Towing the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . 10-80 these marks:
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-49 Recreational Vehicle
Tire Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-53 Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-80
Tire Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-53
When It Is Time for New Appearance Care
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-54 Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-82
Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . 10-55 Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-87
Different Size Tires and Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-90
Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-57
Uniform Tire Quality
Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-57
Wheel Alignment and Tire
Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-59
Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . 10-59
Tire Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-60
If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . 10-60
Tire Sealant and California Proposition
Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . 10-62 65 Warning
Storing the Tire Sealant and
Most motor vehicles, including this
Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . 10-69
one, contain and/or emit chemicals
known to the State of California to
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Vehicle Care 10-3
cause cancer and birth defects or handling, emissions systems, Vehicle Checks
other reproductive harm. Engine aerodynamics, durability, and
exhaust, many parts and systems, electronic systems like antilock
many fluids, and some component brakes, traction control, and stability Doing Your Own
wear by-products contain and/or control. These accessories or Service Work
emit these chemicals. modifications could even cause
California Perchlorate
malfunction or damage not covered
by the vehicle warranty.
{ Warning
Materials Requirements Damage to vehicle components It can be dangerous to work on
resulting from modifications or the your vehicle if you do not have
Certain types of automotive the proper knowledge, service
installation or use of non‐GM
applications, such as airbag manual, tools, or parts. Always
certified parts, including control
initiators, safety belt pretensioners, follow owner manual procedures
module or software modifications, is
and lithium batteries contained in and consult the service manual
not covered under the terms of the
Remote Keyless Entry transmitters,
vehicle warranty and may affect for your vehicle before doing any
may contain perchlorate materials.
remaining warranty coverage for service work.
Special handling may be necessary.
affected parts.
For additional information, see
www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/ GM Accessories are designed to If doing some of your own service
perchlorate. complement and function with other work, use the proper service
systems on the vehicle. See your manual. It tells you much more
Accessories and dealer to accessorize the vehicle about how to service the vehicle
using genuine GM Accessories than this manual can. To order the
Modifications installed by a dealer technician. proper service manual, see Service
Adding non‐dealer accessories or Also, see Adding Equipment to the Publications Ordering Information
making modifications to the vehicle Airbag-Equipped Vehicle on on page 13-11.
can affect vehicle performance and page 3-34.
safety, including such things as
airbags, braking, stability, ride and
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
10-4 Vehicle Care
This vehicle has an airbag system. Hood

Before attempting to do your own
service work, see Servicing the To open the hood:
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle on
page 3-33.
Keep a record with all parts receipts
and list the mileage and the date of
any service work performed. See
Maintenance Records on
page 11-16.
{ Caution
2. Go to the front of the vehicle to
Even small amounts of find the secondary hood release
contamination can cause damage handle. The handle is under the
to vehicle systems. Do not allow front edge of the hood near the
contaminants to contact the fluids, 1. Pull the hood release lever with center. Push the handle to the
reservoir caps, or dipsticks. this symbol on it. It is inside the right and at the same time raise
vehicle on the lower side of the the hood.
instrument panel.
Before closing the hood, be sure all
the filler caps are on properly. Then
bring the hood from full open to
within 15 cm (6 in) from the closed
position, pause, then push the front
center of the hood with a swift, firm
motion to fully close the hood.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Vehicle Care 10-5
Engine Compartment Overview
3.6L V6 Engine Turbo

2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
10-6 Vehicle Care
1. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter on 5. Engine Cover on page 10-8. 10. Remote Positive (+) Terminal
page 10-13. 6. Engine Cooling Fans (Out of (Battery Cover not Shown).
2. Power Steering Fluid Reservoir View). See Cooling System on See Jump Starting on
(Under Engine Cover) (If page 10-15. page 10-76.
Equipped). See Power Steering 7. Brake Fluid Reservoir. See 11. Engine Compartment Fuse
Fluid (LF3 and LFX with AWD) Brakes on page 10-22. Block on page 10-31.
on page 10-21 or Power 12. Remote Negative (−) Terminal
Steering Fluid (LFX with FWD) 8. Engine Coolant Surge Tank and
Pressure Cap. See Engine (Out of View). See Jump
on page 10-21. Starting on page 10-76.
Coolant on page 10-16.
3. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See Engine 13. Windshield Washer Fluid
Oil on page 10-9. 9. Battery on page 10-25 (Battery
Cover not Shown). Reservoir. See Washer Fluid
4. Engine Oil Dipstick (Out of on page 10-22.
View). See Engine Oil on
page 10-9.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Vehicle Care 10-7
3.6L V6 Engine Twin Turbo

2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
10-8 Vehicle Care
1. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter on 10. Battery on page 10-25 (Battery Engine Cover
page 10-13. Cover not Shown).
2. Power Steering Fluid Reservoir 11. Remote Positive (+) Terminal
(Under Engine Cover). See (Battery Cover not Shown).
Power Steering Fluid (LF3 and See Jump Starting on
LFX with AWD) on page 10-21 page 10-76.
or Power Steering Fluid (LFX 12. Engine Compartment Fuse
with FWD) on page 10-21. Block on page 10-31.
3. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See Engine 13. Windshield Washer Fluid
Oil on page 10-9. Reservoir. See Washer Fluid
4. Engine Oil Dipstick. See Engine on page 10-22.
Oil on page 10-9. 14. Remote Negative (−) Terminal
5. Engine Cover on page 10-8. (Out of View). See Jump 3.6L V6 Engine Turbo
6. Engine Cooling Fans (Out of Starting on page 10-76.
1. Engine Oil Fill Cap
View). See Cooling System on
page 10-15. 2. Engine Cover Bolt
7. Charged Air Coolant Reservoir 3. Engine Cover
and Pressure Cap. See Engine
8. Brake Fluid Reservoir. See
Brakes on page 10-22.
9. Engine Coolant Surge Tank and
Pressure Cap. See Engine
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Vehicle Care 10-9
5. Reverse Steps 1–4 to reinstall Checking Engine Oil

the engine cover.
It is a good idea to check the engine
oil level at each fuel fill. In order to
Engine Oil get an accurate reading, the vehicle
To ensure proper engine must be on level ground. The
performance and long life, careful engine oil dipstick handle is a loop.
attention must be paid to engine oil. See Engine Compartment Overview
Following these simple, but on page 10-5 for the location of the
important steps will help protect engine oil dipstick.
your investment: 1. If the engine has been running
. Always use engine oil approved recently, turn off the engine and
3.6L V6 Engine Twin Turbo to the proper specification and of allow several minutes for the oil
the proper viscosity grade. See to drain back into the oil pan.
1. Engine Oil Fill Cap “Selecting the Right Engine Oil” Checking the oil level too soon
2. Engine Cover Bolt in this section. after engine shutoff will not
.
provide an accurate oil level
3. Engine Cover Check the engine oil level
reading.
regularly and maintain the
To remove: proper oil level. See “Checking
1. Remove the oil fill cap (1). Engine Oil” and “When to Add { Warning
2. Remove the engine cover Engine Oil” in this section.
The engine oil dipstick handle
bolt (2). . Change the engine oil at the may be hot; it could burn you.
3. Raise the engine cover (3) to appropriate time. See Engine Oil Use a towel or glove to touch the
release it from the retainers. Life System on page 10-11. dipstick handle.
4. Lift and remove the engine
. Always dispose of engine oil
cover. properly. See “What to Do with
Used Oil” in this section.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
10-10 Vehicle Care
2. Pull out the dipstick and clean it Selecting the Right Engine Oil
with a paper towel or cloth, then { Caution Selecting the right engine oil
push it back in all the way.
Do not add too much oil. Oil depends on both the proper oil
Remove it again, keeping the tip
levels above or below the specification and viscosity grade.
down, and check the level.
acceptable operating range See Recommended Fluids and
When to Add Engine Oil shown on the dipstick are harmful Lubricants on page 11-13.
to the engine. If you find that you Specification
have an oil level above the
operating range, i.e., the engine Use and ask for licensed engine oils
has so much oil that the oil level with the dexos1® approved
certification mark. Engine oils
gets above the cross-hatched
meeting the requirements for the
area that shows the proper
vehicle should have the dexos1
operating range, the engine could approved certification mark. This
If the oil is below the cross-hatched be damaged. You should drain certification mark indicates that the
area at the tip of the dipstick, add out the excess oil or limit driving oil has been approved to the dexos1
1 L (1 qt) of the recommended oil of the vehicle and seek a service specification.
and then recheck the level. See professional to remove the
“Selecting the Right Engine Oil” in excess amount of oil.
this section for an explanation of
what kind of oil to use. For engine
See Engine Compartment Overview
oil crankcase capacity, see
on page 10-5 for the location of the
Capacities and Specifications on
engine oil fill cap.
page 12-2.
Add enough oil to put the level
somewhere in the proper operating
range. Push the dipstick all the way
back in when through.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Vehicle Care 10-11
always select an oil of the correct containing used engine oil. See the
{ Caution specification. See “Specification” manufacturer's warnings about the
earlier in this section. use and disposal of oil products.
Failure to use the recommended
engine oil can result in engine Engine Oil Additives/Engine Used oil can be a threat to the
damage not covered by the Oil Flushes environment. If you change your
vehicle warranty. Check with your own oil, be sure to drain all the oil
Do not add anything to the oil. The from the filter before disposal. Never
dealer or service provider on recommended oils with the dexos
whether the oil is approved to the dispose of oil by putting it in the
specification and displaying the trash or pouring it on the ground,
dexos1 specification. dexos certification mark are all that into sewers, or into streams or
is needed for good performance and bodies of water. Recycle it by taking
Viscosity Grade engine protection. it to a place that collects used oil.
SAE 5W-30 is the best viscosity Engine oil system flushes are not
grade for the vehicle. Do not use recommended and could cause Engine Oil Life System
other viscosity grade oils such as engine damage not covered by the
vehicle warranty. When to Change Engine Oil
SAE 10W-30, 10W-40, or 20W-50.
This vehicle has a computer system
Cold Temperature Operation: In an What to Do with Used Oil that indicates when to change the
area of extreme cold, where the
Used engine oil contains certain engine oil and filter. This is based
temperature falls below −29°C
elements that can be unhealthy for on a combination of factors which
(−20°F), an SAE 0W-30 oil may be
your skin and could even cause include engine revolutions, engine
used. An oil of this viscosity grade
cancer. Do not let used oil stay on temperature, and miles driven.
will provide easier cold starting for
your skin for very long. Clean your Based on driving conditions, the
the engine at extremely low
skin and nails with soap and water, mileage at which an oil change is
temperatures. When selecting an oil
or a good hand cleaner. Wash or indicated can vary considerably. For
of the appropriate viscosity grade,
properly dispose of clothing or rags the oil life system to work properly,
the system must be reset every time
the oil is changed.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
10-12 Vehicle Care
When the system has calculated How to Reset the Engine Oil Be careful not to reset the oil life
that oil life has been diminished, it Life System display accidentally at any time
indicates that an oil change is other than after the oil is
necessary. A CHANGE ENGINE Reset the system whenever the changed. It cannot be reset
OIL SOON message comes on. See engine oil is changed so that the accurately until the next oil
Engine Oil Messages on page 5-40. system can calculate the next change.
Change the oil as soon as possible engine oil change. To reset the
system: The oil life system can also be reset
within the next 1 000 km (600 mi). as follows:
It is possible that, if driving under 1. Using the DIC controls on the
the best conditions, the oil life right side of the steering wheel, 1. Turn the ignition on with the
system might indicate that an oil display REMAINING OIL LIFE engine off.
change is not necessary for up to a on the DIC. See Driver 2. Fully press and release the
year. The engine oil and filter must Information Center (DIC) on accelerator pedal three times
be changed at least once a year page 5-30. When remaining oil within five seconds.
and at this time the system must be life is low, the CHANGE
reset. Your dealer has trained ENGINE OIL SOON message If the CHANGE ENGINE OIL
service people who will perform this will appear on the display. See SOON message is not on, the
work and reset the system. It is also Engine Oil Messages on system is reset.
important to check the oil regularly page 5-40. The system is reset when the
over the course of an oil drain CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON
2. Press SEL on the DIC controls
interval and keep it at the proper message is off.
and hold SEL down for a few
level.
seconds to clear the CHANGE If the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON
If the system is ever reset ENGINE OIL SOON message message comes back on when the
accidentally, the oil must be and reset the oil life at 100%. vehicle is started, the engine oil life
changed at 5 000 km (3,000 mi) system has not been reset. Repeat
since the last oil change. the procedure.
Remember to reset the oil life
system whenever the oil is changed.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Vehicle Care 10-13
Automatic Transmission When to Inspect the Engine Air To inspect or replace the engine air
Cleaner/Filter cleaner/filter:
Fluid
A transmission fluid leak is the only Inspect the air cleaner/filter at the
reason for fluid loss. If a leak scheduled maintenance intervals.
occurs, take the vehicle to the See Maintenance Schedule on
dealer and have it repaired as soon page 11-4. If you are driving in
as possible. dusty/dirty conditions, inspect the
filter at each engine oil change.
See your dealer to have the fluid
and filter changed at the intervals How to Inspect the Engine Air
listed in the Maintenance Schedule Cleaner/Filter
on page 11-4. To inspect the air cleaner/filter,
remove the filter from the vehicle
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter and lightly shake it to release loose
The engine air cleaner/filter is in the dust and dirt. If the filter remains 3.6L V6 Engine Turbo
engine compartment on the covered with dirt, a new filter is 1. Remove the seven screws on
passenger side of the vehicle. See required. top of the engine air cleaner/filter
Engine Compartment Overview on housing.
page 10-5.
2. Lift the filter cover housing away
from the engine.
3. Pull out the filter.
4. Inspect or replace the engine air
cleaner/filter.
5. Reverse Steps 1–3 to reinstall
the filter cover housing.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
10-14 Vehicle Care
1. Screws
2. Secondary Air Hoses
{ Warning
3. Lower Air Duct Clamp Operating the engine with the air
cleaner/filter off can cause you or
4. Lower Electrical Connector others to be burned. The air
5. Upper Electrical Connector cleaner not only cleans the air; it
6. Upper Air Duct Clamp helps to stop flames if the engine
backfires. Use caution when
1. Disconnect the lower and upper working on the engine and do not
outlet ducts by loosening the drive with the air cleaner/filter off.
lower (3) and upper (6) air duct
clamps.
2. Disconnect the lower (4) and
upper (5) electrical connectors { Caution
and wiring attachments from the
cover. If the air cleaner/filter is off, dirt
can easily get into the engine,
3. Remove the screws (1) on top of which could damage it. Always
the cover. have the air cleaner/filter in place
4. Lift the filter cover housing away when you are driving.
from the engine.
5. Pull out the filter.
6. Inspect or replace the engine air
3.6L V6 Engine Twin Turbo cleaner/filter.
the filter cover housing.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Vehicle Care 10-15
Cooling System
{ Warning
The cooling system allows the
engine to maintain the correct An electric engine cooling fan
working temperature. under the hood can start up even
when the engine is not running
and can cause injury. Keep
hands, clothing, and tools away
from any underhood electric fan.
3.6L V6 Engine Twin Turbo

{ Warning
1. Electric Engine Cooling Fans Heater and radiator hoses, and
(Out of View) other engine parts, can be very
hot. Do not touch them. If you do,
2. Charged Air Coolant (CAC) you can be burned.
3.6L V6 Engine Turbo Bottle and Pressure Cap
Do not run the engine if there is a
1. Electric Engine Cooling Fans 3. Coolant Surge Tank and
leak. If you run the engine, it
(Out of View) Pressure Cap
could lose all coolant. That could
2. Coolant Surge Tank and cause an engine fire, and you
Pressure Cap could be burned. Get any leak
fixed before you drive the vehicle.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
10-16 Vehicle Care
The following explains the cooling Use a 50/50 mixture of clean,

{ Caution systems and how to check and add drinkable water and DEX-COOL
coolant when it is low. If there is a coolant. If using this mixture,
Using coolant other than problem with engine overheating, nothing else needs to be added.
DEX-COOL® can cause see Engine Overheating on This mixture:
premature engine, heater core, page 10-19.
or radiator corrosion. In addition,
. Gives freezing protection down
the engine coolant could require What to Use to −37°C (−34°F), outside
changing sooner. Any repairs temperature.
would not be covered by the { Warning . Gives boiling protection up to
vehicle warranty. Always use 129°C (265°F), engine
DEX-COOL (silicate-free) coolant Adding only plain water or some temperature.
in the vehicle. other liquid to the cooling system . Protects against rust and
can be dangerous. Plain water corrosion.
and other liquids, can boil before
Engine Coolant the proper coolant mixture will.
. Will not damage aluminum parts.
The engine and Charged Air The coolant warning system is set . Helps keep the proper engine
Coolant (CAC) cooling systems in for the proper coolant mixture. temperature.
the vehicle are filled with With plain water or the wrong
DEX-COOL® engine coolant mixture, the engine could get too
hot but you would not get the
{ Caution
mixture. See Recommended Fluids
and Lubricants on page 11-13 and overheat warning. The engine If improper coolant mixture,
Maintenance Schedule on could catch fire and you or inhibitors, or additives are used in
page 11-4. others could be burned. Use a the vehicle cooling system, the
50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable engine could overheat and be
water and DEX-COOL coolant. damaged. Too much water in the
(Continued)
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Vehicle Care 10-17
Checking Coolant If no coolant is visible in the coolant

Caution (Continued) surge tank or CAC bottle, add
The vehicle must be on a level
coolant as follows:
mixture can freeze and crack surface when checking the coolant
engine cooling parts. The repairs level. How to Add Coolant to the
would not be covered by the The engine coolant surge tank and Surge Tank
vehicle warranty. Use only the CAC bottle are in the engine
proper mixture of engine coolant
for the cooling system. See
compartment on the driver side { Warning
of the vehicle. See Engine
Recommended Fluids and Compartment Overview on You can be burned if you spill
Lubricants on page 11-13. page 10-5. coolant on hot engine parts.
Check to see if coolant is visible in Coolant contains ethylene glycol
Never dispose of engine coolant by the surge tank and CAC bottle. and it will burn if the engine parts
putting it in the trash, pouring it on If the coolant inside the surge tank are hot enough. Do not spill
the ground, or pouring into sewers, is boiling, do not do anything else coolant on a hot engine.
streams, or bodies of water. Have until it cools down. If coolant is
the coolant changed by an visible but the coolant level is
not at or above the mark pointed to
authorized service center, familiar
with legal requirements regarding on the surge tank or at the CAC { Caution
used coolant disposal. This will help bottle COLD FILL mark, add a This vehicle has a specific
protect the environment and your 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable coolant fill procedure. Failure to
health. water and DEX-COOL coolant. follow this procedure could cause
Be sure the cooling system is cool the engine to overheat and be
before this is done. severely damaged.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
10-18 Vehicle Care
The coolant surge tank pressure reaches the mark pointed to on

{ Warning cap can be removed when the the front of the coolant
cooling system, including the surge surge tank.
Steam and scalding liquids from a tank pressure cap and upper
hot cooling system can blow out 5. Replace the pressure cap tightly.
radiator hose, is no longer hot.
and burn you badly. Never turn How to Add Coolant to the
the cap when the cooling system, 1. Turn the pressure cap slowly
counterclockwise. If a hiss is CAC Bottle
including the surge tank pressure
cap, is hot. Wait for the cooling heard, wait for that to stop.
system and surge tank pressure
A hiss means there is still some { Warning
pressure left.
cap to cool. You can be burned if you spill
2. Keep turning the pressure cap
coolant on hot engine parts.
slowly and remove it.
Coolant contains ethylene glycol
3. Fill the coolant surge tank with and it will burn if the engine parts
the proper mixture to the mark are hot enough. Do not spill
pointed to on the front of the coolant on a hot engine.
coolant surge tank.
4. With the coolant surge tank
pressure cap off, start the
engine and let it run until you { Caution
can feel the upper radiator hose This vehicle has a specific
getting hot. Watch out for the
coolant fill procedure. Failure to
engine cooling fans. By this
follow this procedure could cause
time, the coolant level inside the
coolant surge tank may be the engine to overheat and be
lower. If the level is lower, add severely damaged.
more of the proper mixture to the
coolant surge tank until the level
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Vehicle Care 10-19
There are also engine hot

messages that may be displayed in { Caution
the Driver Information Center (DIC).
See Engine Cooling System Running the engine without
Messages on page 5-39. coolant may cause damage or a
fire. Vehicle damage would not be
If the decision is made not to lift the covered by the vehicle warranty.
The CAC bottle pressure cap can hood when one of these warnings See Overheated Engine
be removed when the Charged Air appears, but get service help right Protection Operating Mode on
Coolant cooling system, including away. See Roadside Service on
the CAC bottle pressure cap, is no page 10-20 for information on
page 13-5.
longer hot. driving to a safe place in an
If the decision is made to lift the emergency.
1. Turn the pressure cap slowly hood, make sure the vehicle is
counterclockwise and remove it. parked on a level surface.
If Steam Is Coming from the
2. Fill the CAC bottle with the Then check to see if the engine Engine Compartment
proper mixture to the COLD FILL cooling fans are running. If the
mark pointed to on the front of engine is overheating, the fans
the CAC bottle. should be running. If they are not, { Warning
3. Replace the pressure cap tightly. do not continue to run the engine
Steam from an overheated engine
and have the vehicle serviced.
can burn you badly, even if you
Engine Overheating just open the hood. Stay away
The vehicle has an engine coolant from the engine if you see or hear
temperature gauge and an engine steam coming from it. Just turn it
temperature light to warn of engine off and get everyone away from
overheating. the vehicle until it cools down.
(Continued)
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
10-20 Vehicle Care

. Idles for long periods in traffic. If the warning continues, pull over,
Warning (Continued) . Tows a trailer. stop, and park the vehicle
right away.
Wait until there is no sign of If the overheat warning is displayed
steam or coolant before you open with no sign of steam: If there is no sign of steam, idle the
the hood. engine for three minutes while
1. Turn the air conditioning off. parked. If the warning is still
If you keep driving when the 2. Turn the heater on to the highest displayed, turn off the engine until it
engine is overheated, the liquids temperature and to the highest cools down. Also, see “Overheated
in it can catch fire. You or others fan speed. Open the windows as Engine Protection Operating Mode”
could be badly burned. Stop the necessary. next in this section.
engine if it overheats, and get out
3. When it is safe to do so, pull off
of the vehicle until the engine
the road, shift to P (Park) or Overheated Engine
is cool. N (Neutral), and let the Protection
engine idle. Operating Mode
If No Steam Is Coming from If the temperature overheat gauge is
the Engine Compartment This emergency operating mode
no longer in the overheat zone or an allows the vehicle to be driven to a
If an engine overheat warning is overheat warning no longer safe place in an emergency
displayed but no steam can be seen displays, the vehicle can be driven. situation. If an overheated engine
or heard, the problem may not be Continue to drive the vehicle slow condition exists, an overheat
too serious. Sometimes the engine for about 10 minutes. Keep a safe protection mode, which alternates
can get a little too hot when the vehicle distance from the car in front firing groups of cylinders, helps
vehicle: of you. If the warning does not come prevent engine damage. In this
back on, continue to drive normally mode, there is significant loss in
. Climbs a long hill on a hot day. and have the cooling system power and engine performance.
. Stops after high-speed driving. checked for proper fill and function.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Vehicle Care 10-21
The engine coolant temperature When to Check Power Steering 6. Remove the cap again and look
warning light comes on in the Fluid at the fluid level on the dipstick.
instrument cluster, to indicate the
vehicle has entered overheated It is not necessary to regularly
engine protection operating mode. check power steering fluid unless
The temperature gauge also you suspect there is a leak in the
indicates an overheat condition system or an unusual noise is
exists. Driving extended distances heard. A fluid loss in this system
and/or towing a trailer in the could indicate a problem. Have the
overheat protection mode should be system inspected and repaired. The fluid level should be
avoided. How to Check Power Steering between MIN and MAX on the
Fluid dipstick.
Power Steering Fluid What to Use
Check the level when the engine
(LF3 and LFX with AWD) is cool. To determine what kind of fluid to
To check the power steering fluid: use, see Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants on page 11-13. Always
1. Remove the engine cover. Refer
use the proper fluid.
to Engine Cover on page 10-8.
2. Wipe the cap and the top of the Power Steering Fluid
reservoir clean.
(LFX with FWD)
The power steering fluid reservoir is 3. Turn the cap counterclockwise
and pull it straight up. The vehicle has electric power
under the engine cover on the steering and does not use power
passenger side toward the rear of 4. Wipe the dipstick with a steering fluid.
the engine compartment. See clean rag.
Engine Compartment Overview on
5. Replace the cap and completely
page 10-5.
tighten it.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
10-22 Vehicle Care
Washer Fluid Open the cap with the washer

Caution (Continued)
symbol on it. Add washer fluid until
What to Use the tank is full. See Engine
Compartment Overview on expansion if freezing occurs,
When adding windshield washer which could damage the tank
fluid to the vehicle, be sure to read page 10-5 for reservoir location.
if it is completely full.
the manufacturer instructions before
use. If you will be operating your { Caution
vehicle in an area where the Brakes
temperature may fall below freezing,
. Do not use engine coolant
(antifreeze) in the windshield This vehicle has disc brakes. Disc
use a fluid that has sufficient brake pads have built-in wear
protection against freezing. washer. It can damage the
windshield washer system indicators that make a high-pitched
Adding Washer Fluid and paint. warning sound when the brake pads
are worn and new pads are needed.
The appropriate message will . Do not mix water with The sound can come and go or be
appear on the Driver Information ready-to-use washer fluid. heard all the time when the vehicle
Center (DIC) when the fluid level is Water can cause the solution is moving, except when applying the
low. See Washer Fluid Messages on to freeze and damage the brake pedal firmly.
page 5-47. washer fluid tank and other
parts of the washer system.
. When using concentrated
{ Warning
washer fluid, follow the The brake wear warning sound
manufacturer instructions for means that soon the brakes will
adding water. not work well. That could lead to
. Fill the washer fluid tank only a crash. When the brake wear
three-quarters full when it is warning sound is heard, have the
very cold. This allows for fluid vehicle serviced.
(Continued)
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Vehicle Care 10-23
pedal travel. This could be a sign change in many other ways if the
{ Caution that brake service might be wrong replacement brake parts are
required. installed.
Continuing to drive with worn-out
brake pads could result in costly Brake Adjustment Brake Fluid
brake repair. Every time the brakes are applied,
with or without the vehicle moving,
Some driving conditions or climates the brakes adjust for wear.
can cause a brake squeal when the
brakes are first applied or lightly
Replacing Brake System Parts
applied. This does not mean The braking system on a vehicle is
something is wrong with the brakes. complex. Its many parts have to be
Properly torqued wheel nuts are of top quality and work well together The brake master cylinder reservoir
necessary to help prevent brake if the vehicle is to have really good is filled with DOT 3 brake fluid as
pulsation. When tires are rotated, braking. The vehicle was designed indicated on the reservoir cap. See
inspect brake pads for wear and and tested with top-quality brake Engine Compartment Overview on
evenly tighten wheel nuts in the parts. When parts of the braking page 10-5 for the location of the
proper sequence to torque system are replaced, be sure to get reservoir.
specifications. See Capacities and new, approved replacement parts.
If this is not done, the brakes might There are only two reasons why the
Specifications on page 12-2. brake fluid level in the reservoir
not work properly. For example,
Brake pads should be replaced as installing disc brake pads that are might go down:
complete sets. wrong for the vehicle, can change . The brake fluid level goes down
the balance between the front and because of normal brake lining
Brake Pedal Travel rear brakes — for the worse. The wear. When new linings are
See your dealer if the brake pedal braking performance expected can installed, the fluid level goes
does not return to normal height, back up.
or if there is a rapid increase in
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
10-24 Vehicle Care

. A fluid leak in the brake When the brake fluid falls to a low
hydraulic system can also cause level, the brake warning light comes { Caution
a low fluid level. Have the brake on. See Brake System Warning
hydraulic system fixed, since a Light on page 5-22.
. Using the wrong fluid can
leak means that sooner or later badly damage brake
the brakes will not work well. What to Add hydraulic system parts. For
Use only new DOT 3 brake fluid example, just a few drops of
Do not top off the brake fluid. mineral-based oil, such as
Adding fluid does not correct a leak. from a sealed container. See
Recommended Fluids and engine oil, in the brake
If fluid is added when the linings are hydraulic system can damage
worn, there will be too much fluid Lubricants on page 11-13.
brake hydraulic system parts
when new brake linings are Always clean the brake fluid so badly that they will have to
installed. Add or remove brake fluid, reservoir cap and the area around be replaced. Do not let
as necessary, only when work is the cap before removing it. This someone put in the wrong
done on the brake hydraulic system. helps keep dirt from entering the kind of fluid.
reservoir. . If brake fluid is spilled on the
{ Warning vehicle's painted surfaces,
If too much brake fluid is added, it
{ Warning the paint finish can be
can spill on the engine and burn, damaged. Be careful not to
With the wrong kind of fluid in the
if the engine is hot enough. You spill brake fluid on the
brake hydraulic system, the vehicle. If you do, wash it off
or others could be burned, and brakes might not work well. This immediately.
the vehicle could be damaged. could cause a crash. Always use
Add brake fluid only when work is the proper brake fluid.
done on the brake hydraulic
system.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Vehicle Care 10-25
Battery Vehicle Storage is a fluid leak or unusual noise.

If required, have the transfer case
Refer to the replacement number
shown on the original battery label { Warning serviced by your dealer.
when a new battery is needed. See Starter Switch Check
Batteries have acid that can burn
Engine Compartment Overview on
you and gas that can explode.
page 10-5 for battery location.
You can be badly hurt if you are
not careful. See Jump Starting on
{ Warning
{ Warning page 10-76 for tips on working When you are doing this
around a battery without inspection, the vehicle could
Battery posts, terminals, and
getting hurt. move suddenly. If the vehicle
related accessories contain lead
moves, you or others could be
and lead compounds, chemicals
injured.
known to the State of California to Infrequent Usage: Remove the
cause cancer and reproductive black, negative (−) cable from the
harm. Wash hands after handling. battery to keep the battery from 1. Before starting this check, be
running down. sure there is enough room
Extended Storage: Remove the around the vehicle.
black, negative (−) cable from the 2. Firmly apply both the parking
battery or use a battery trickle brake and the regular brake.
charger. See Electric Parking Brake on
page 9-27.
All-Wheel Drive Do not use the accelerator
Transfer Case pedal, and be ready to turn off
the engine immediately if it
Under normal driving conditions, starts.
transfer case fluid does not require
changing or checking unless there
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
10-26 Vehicle Care
3. Try to start the engine in each 2. Firmly apply the parking brake.
gear. The vehicle should start See Electric Parking Brake on Warning (Continued)
only in P (Park) or N (Neutral). page 9-27.
If the vehicle starts in any other of the vehicle in case it begins to
Be ready to apply the regular roll. Be ready to apply the regular
position, contact your dealer for brake immediately if the vehicle
service. brake at once should the vehicle
begins to move. begin to move.
Automatic Transmission 3. With the engine off, turn the
ignition on, but do not start the
Shift Lock Control engine. Without applying the
Park on a fairly steep hill, with the
vehicle facing downhill. Keeping
Function Check regular brake, try to move the your foot on the regular brake, set
shift lever out of P (Park) with the parking brake.
{ Warning normal effort. If the shift lever
moves out of P (Park), contact . To check the parking brake's
When you are doing this your dealer for service. holding ability: With the engine
inspection, the vehicle could running and the transmission in
move suddenly. If the vehicle Park Brake and P (Park) N (Neutral), slowly remove foot
pressure from the regular brake
moves, you or others could be Mechanism Check pedal. Do this until the vehicle is
injured.
held by the parking brake only.
{ Warning . To check the P (Park)
1. Before starting this check, be
When you are doing this check, mechanism's holding ability:
sure there is enough room
the vehicle could begin to move. With the engine running, shift to
around the vehicle. It should be P (Park). Then release the
parked on a level surface. You or others could be injured
parking brake followed by the
and property could be damaged.
regular brake.
Make sure there is room in front
Contact your dealer if service is
(Continued)
required.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Vehicle Care 10-27
Wiper Blade Replacement To replace the wiper blade: 3. With the latch open, pull the
1. Pull the wiper assembly away wiper blade down toward the
Windshield wiper blades should be windshield far enough to release
inspected for wear or cracking. from the windshield.
it from the J-hooked end of the
It is a good idea to clean the wiper wiper arm.
blade assembly on a regular basis. 4. Remove the wiper blade.
When worn, or when cleaning is
ineffective, replace the wiper blade. 5. Reverse Steps 1–3 for wiper
For proper windshield wiper blade blade replacement.
length and type, see Maintenance
Replacement Parts on page 11-14. Windshield Replacement
The windshield is part of the HUD
{ Caution system. If the vehicle has to have
the windshield replaced, get one
Allowing the wiper arm to touch that is designed for HUD or the
the windshield when no wiper HUD image may look out of focus.
blade is installed could damage
the windshield. Any damage that 2. Lift up on the latch in the middle
occurs would not be covered by of the wiper blade where the
wiper arm attaches.
your warranty. Do not allow the
wiper arm to touch the windshield.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
10-28 Vehicle Care
Headlamp Aiming Bulb Replacement LED Lighting

Headlamp aim has been preset and For the proper type of replacement This vehicle has several LED lamps.
should need no further adjustment. bulbs, see Replacement Bulbs on For replacement of any LED lighting
page 10-29. assembly, contact your dealer.
If the vehicle is damaged in a crash,
the headlamp aim may be affected. For any bulb‐changing procedure
If adjustment to the headlamps is not listed in this section, contact
Back-Up Lamps
necessary, see your dealer. your dealer.
High Intensity Discharge

(HID) Lighting
{ Warning
The high intensity discharge
lighting system operates at a very
high voltage. If you try to service
any of the system components,
you could be seriously injured.
Have your dealer or a qualified 1. Back-Up Bulb Socket
technician service them. 2. Back-Up Lamp Assembly
To replace one of these bulbs:
After an HID headlamp bulb has
been replaced, the beam might be a 1. Reach under the rear fascia and
slightly different shade than it was locate the back-up lamp
originally. This is normal. assembly.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Vehicle Care 10-29
2. Remove the bulb socket (1) by 4. Pull the bulb (2) straight out of
turning counterclockwise and the bulb socket (1).
pulling straight out of the lamp 5. Push the replacement bulb
assembly (2). straight into the bulb socket and
3. Pull the bulb out of the socket. turn the bulb socket clockwise to
4. Install the new bulb in the bulb install it into the lamp assembly.
socket. 6. Push the lamp assembly back
5. Install the bulb socket by turning into position until the release tab
clockwise. locks into place.
License Plate Lamp Replacement Bulbs

Bulb Assembly Bulb
Exterior Lamp
1. Bulb Socket Number
2. Bulb Back-Up Lamp 921

(W16W)
3. Lamp Assembly
License Plate Lamp W5W LL
To replace one of these bulbs:
1. Push the lamp assembly (3) For replacement bulbs not listed
toward the right. here, contact your dealer.
2. Pull the lamp assembly down to
remove.
3. Turn the bulb socket (1)
Lamp Assembly counterclockwise to remove it
from the lamp assembly (3).
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
10-30 Vehicle Care
Electrical System Headlamp Wiring Fuses and Circuit

An electrical overload may cause Breakers
Electrical System the lamps to go on and off, or in
The wiring circuits in the vehicle are
Overload some cases to remain off. Have the
protected from short circuits by a
headlamp wiring checked right away
The vehicle has fuses and circuit combination of fuses and circuit
if the lamps go on and off or
breakers to protect against an breakers. This greatly reduces the
remain off.
electrical system overload. chance of damage caused by
Windshield Wipers electrical problems.
When the current electrical load is
too heavy, the circuit breaker opens If the wiper motor overheats due to To check a fuse, look at the
and closes, protecting the circuit heavy snow or ice, the windshield silver-colored band inside the fuse.
until the current load returns to wipers will stop until the motor cools If the band is broken or melted,
normal or the problem is fixed. This and will then restart. replace the fuse. Be sure to replace
greatly reduces the chance of circuit a bad fuse with a new one of the
Although the circuit is protected identical size and rating.
overload and fire caused by from electrical overload, overload
electrical problems. due to heavy snow or ice may Fuses of the same amperage can
Fuses and circuit breakers protect cause wiper linkage damage. be temporarily borrowed from
power devices in the vehicle. Always clear ice and heavy snow another fuse location, if a fuse goes
from the windshield before using the out. Replace the fuse as soon as
Replace a bad fuse with a new one windshield wipers. possible.
of the identical size and rating.
If the overload is caused by an To identify and check fuses, circuit
If there is a problem on the road and electrical problem and not snow or breakers, and relays, see Engine
a fuse needs to be replaced, the ice, be sure to get it fixed. Compartment Fuse Block on
same amperage fuse can be page 10-31, Instrument Panel Fuse
borrowed. Choose some feature of Block on page 10-34, and Rear
the vehicle that is not needed to use Compartment Fuse Block on
and replace it as soon as possible. page 10-36.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Vehicle Care 10-31
Engine Compartment
Fuse Block
To remove the fuse block cover,

squeeze the three retaining clips on
the cover and lift it straight up. The vehicle may not be equipped J-Case Usage
with all of the fuses, relays, and Fuses
{ Caution features shown.
21 Rear Power
Spilling liquid on any electrical J-Case Usage
Windows
Fuses
component on the vehicle may
22 Sunroof
damage it. Always keep the 6 Wiper
covers on any electrical 24 Front Power
12 Starter
component. Windows
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
10-32 Vehicle Care
J-Case Usage Mini Fuses Usage Mini Fuses Usage

Fuses
3 Air Conditioning 13 Run/Crank for
25 Retained Accessory Compressor Clutch Transmission
Power Control Module and
4 SAI Solenoid
Fuel System Control
26 Antilock Brake
5 Engine Control Module
System Pump
Module Run/Crank
14 Right Rear
27 Electric Parking
8 Ignition Coils – Even Heated Seat
Brake
(Six Cylinder
15 Left Rear
28 Rear Window Engine)
Heated Seat
Defogger
9 Ignition Coils – Odd
16 Ventilated Seats
41 Brake Vacuum (Six Cylinder
Run/Crank
Assist Pump Engine)
17 Body Run/Crank
42 Cooling Fan K2 10 Engine Control
Module – Switched 18 Autonet Run/Crank
44 Headlamp Washer
Battery (from Engine (Aftermarket)
45 Cooling Fan K1 Control Module
20 Heated Steering
Relay)
Wheel
Mini Fuses Usage 11 Six Cylinder Engine:
23 Variable Effort
1 Transmission Post Catalytic
Steering
Control Module – Converter Oxygen
Battery Sensor Heater, 29 Passive Entry/
Mass Air Flow Passive Start
2 Engine Control Sensor, Flex Fuel Module – Battery
Module Battery Sensor
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Vehicle Care 10-33
Mini Fuses Usage Mini Fuses Usage Mini Fuses Usage

30 All-Wheel Drive 49 Right High Intensity 60 Heated Mirror
Module Discharge
62 Not Used
Headlamp
31 Left Front
64 Adaptive Forward
Heated Seat 50 Left High Intensity
Lighting (AFL)
Discharge
32 Body Control Module – Battery
Headlamp
Module 6
66 Trunk Release
51 Horn
33 Right Front
67 Fuel System Control
Heated Seat 52 Cluster Run/Crank
Module
34 Antilock Brake 53 Run/Crank for Inside
69 Regulated Voltage
System Valves Rearview Mirror,
Control Sensor
Rear Vision Camera
35 Amplifier
70 Vent Canister
54 Run/Crank for
37 Right High Beam Solenoid
Heating, Ventilation,
38 Left High Beam and Air Conditioning 71 Memory Module
46 Cooling Fan Relay 55 Outside Rearview
Mirror, Universal Mini Relays Usage
47 Six Cylinder Engine:
Garage Door 7 Engine Control
Pre Catalytic
Opener, Front Module
Converter Oxygen
Window Switches
Sensor Heater, 9 Cooling Fan
Canister Purge 56 Windshield Washer
Solenoid 13 Cooling Fan
57 Steering
Column Lock
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
10-34 Vehicle Care
Mini Relays Usage Instrument Panel Fuse

15 Run/Crank Block
17 Rear Window
Defogger
Micro Usage
Relays
1 Air Conditioning
Compressor Clutch
2 Starter
The vehicle may not be equipped
4 Wiper Speed with all of the fuses, relays, and
5 Wiper Control features shown.
8 Run The instrument panel fuse block is Fuses Usage
10 Cooling Fan in the instrument panel, on the 1 OnStar
driver side of the vehicle. To access
14 Headlamp the fuses, open the fuse panel door 2 Body Control
Low Beam by pulling down at the top. Module 7
Press in on the sides of the door to 3 Body Control
release it from the instrument panel. Module 5
Pull the door toward you to release 4 Radio
it from the hinge.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Vehicle Care 10-35
Fuses Usage Fuses Usage Fuses Usage

5 Infotainment and 14 Diagnostic Link 25 Column Lock
Center Stack Connector Module
Displays, Head-up
15 Airbag 26 AC/DC Inverter
Display, Instrument
Cluster, Rear Seat 16 Glove Box
Entertainment Relays Usage
17 Heater Ventilation
6 Power Outlet 1 Air Conditioning R1 Glove Box Relay
Controller R2 Logistic Relay
7 Power Outlet 2
18 Pre-Fuse for Fuses R3 Retained Accessory
8 Body Control
1, 4, and 5 Power/Accessory
Module 1
19 Electronic Steering Relay
9 Body Control
Column Lock
Module 4
20 Automatic Occupant
10 Body Control
Sensing
Module 8
(J-Case Fuse) 21 Spare
11 Front Heater 22 Steering Wheel
Ventilation Air Controls/Backlight
Conditioning/Blower 23 Body Control
(J-Case Fuse) Module 3
12 Passenger Seat
24 Body Control
(Circuit Breaker) Module 2
13 Driver Seat (Circuit
Breaker)
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
10-36 Vehicle Care
Rear Compartment Fuse

Block
The rear compartment fuse block is

on the left side of the trunk behind a
cover. The vehicle may not be equipped Fuse Usage
with all of the fuses, relays, and Number
features shown.
F04 Leveling
Fuse Usage
Compressor
Number
F05 Not Used
F01 Not Used
F06 Not Used
F02 Not Used
F07 Not Used
F03 Not Used
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Vehicle Care 10-37
Fuse Usage Fuse Usage Relays Usage

Number Number
K1 Not Used
F08 Front Courtesy F22 Not Used
K2 Front Courtesy
Lamps
F23 All-Wheel Drive Lamps Relay
F09 Not Used
F24 Not Used K3 Leveling
F10 Not Used Compressor Relay
F25 Not Used
F11 Not Used K4 Logic
F26 Not Used
F12 Not Used
F27 Not Used
F13 Not Used
F28 Not Used
F14 Not Used
F29 Not Used
F15 Not Used
F30 Front Camera
F16 Not Used
F31 Ultrasonic Rear
F17 Not Used Parking Assist/Lane
Departure Warning
F18 Semi-active
Damping System F32 Not Used
F19 Universal Garage F33 Not Used
Door Opener/Rain,
F34 Not Used
Light, and Humidity
Sensor F35 Not Used
F20 Shunt F36 Not Used
F21 Side Blind Zone F37 Not Used
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
10-38 Vehicle Care
Wheels and Tires Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued)

Tires and a serious crash. See . Worn or old tires can
Every new GM vehicle has Vehicle Load Limits on cause a crash. If the tread
high-quality tires made by a page 9-10. is badly worn,
leading tire manufacturer. See . Underinflated tires pose replace them.
the warranty manual for the same danger as . Replace any tires that
information regarding the tire overloaded tires. The have been damaged by
warranty and where to get resulting crash could impacts with potholes,
service. For additional cause serious injury. curbs, etc.
information refer to the tire Check all tires frequently . Improperly repaired tires
manufacturer. to maintain the can cause a crash. Only
recommended pressure. the dealer or an
{ Warning Tire pressure should be authorized tire service
checked when the tires center should repair,
. Poorly maintained and are cold.
improperly used tires are replace, dismount, and
dangerous.
. Overinflated tires are more mount the tires.
likely to be cut, punctured, . Do not spin the tires in
. Overloading the tires can or broken by a sudden
cause overheating as a excess of 56 km/h
impact — such as when (35 mph) on slippery
result of too much flexing. hitting a pothole. Keep
There could be a blowout surfaces such as snow,
tires at the recommended mud, ice, etc. Excessive
(Continued) pressure. spinning may cause the
(Continued) tires to explode.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Vehicle Care 10-39
See Tire Pressure for traction or performance as winter

. Use only radial ply tires of the
High-Speed Operation on tires on snow or ice-covered roads. same size, load range, and
See Winter Tires on page 10-39. speed rating as the original
page 10-47 for inflation pressure equipment tires.
adjustment for high-speed
driving. Winter Tires Winter tires with the same speed
This vehicle was not originally rating as the original equipment tires
may not be available for H, V, W, Y,
All-Season Tires equipped with winter tires. Winter
and ZR speed rated tires. If winter
tires are designed for increased
This vehicle may come with tires with a lower speed rating are
traction on snow and ice-covered
all-season tires. These tires are chosen, never exceed the tire's
roads. Consider installing winter
designed to provide good overall maximum speed capability.
tires on the vehicle if frequent
performance on most road surfaces
driving on ice or snow covered
and weather conditions. Original
roads is expected. See your dealer Summer Tires
equipment tires designed to GM's
for details regarding winter tire This vehicle may come with high
specific tire performance criteria
availability and proper tire selection. performance summer tires. These
have a TPC specification code
Also, see Buying New Tires on tires have a special tread and
molded onto the sidewall. Original
page 10-55. compound that are optimized for
equipment all-season tires can be
identified by the last two characters With winter tires, there may be maximum dry and wet road
of this TPC code, which will decreased dry road traction, performance. This special tread and
be “MS.” increased road noise, and shorter compound will decrease
tread life. After changing to winter performance in cold climates, and
Consider installing winter tires on on ice and snow. We recommend
tires, be alert for changes in vehicle
the vehicle if frequent driving on installing winter tires on the vehicle
handling and braking.
snow or ice-covered roads is if frequent driving in cold
expected. All-season tires provide If using winter tires: temperatures or on snow or ice
adequate performance for most . Use tires of the same brand and covered roads is expected. See
winter driving conditions, but they tread type on all four wheel Winter Tires on page 10-39.
may not offer the same level of positions.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
10-40 Vehicle Care
Tire Sidewall Labeling and service description. See the DOT Tire Date of
“Tire Size” illustration later in this Manufacture: The last four
Useful information about a tire is section. digits of the TIN indicate the
molded into its sidewall. The tire manufactured date. The first
examples show a typical (2) TPC Spec (Tire
Performance Criteria two digits represent the week
passenger vehicle tire and a (01–52) and the last two digits,
compact spare tire sidewall. Specification): Original
equipment tires designed to the year. For example, the third
GM's specific tire performance week of the year 2010 would
criteria have a TPC specification have a four-digit DOT date
code molded onto the sidewall. of 0310.
GM's TPC specifications meet or (4) Tire Identification Number
exceed all federal safety (TIN): The letters and numbers
guidelines. following the DOT (Department
(3) DOT (Department of of Transportation) code are the
Transportation): The Tire Identification Number (TIN).
Department of Transportation The TIN shows the
(DOT) code indicates that the manufacturer and plant code,
tire is in compliance with the tire size, and date the tire was
Passenger (P-Metric) Tire Example manufactured. The TIN is
U.S. Department of
(1) Tire Size: The tire size is a Transportation Motor Vehicle molded onto both sides of the
combination of letters and Safety Standards. tire, although only one side may
numbers used to define a have the date of manufacture.
particular tire's width, height,
aspect ratio, construction type,
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Vehicle Care 10-41
(5) Tire Ply Material : The type (2) Temporary Use Only: The
of cord and number of plies in compact spare tire or temporary
the sidewall and under the tread. use tire should not be driven at
(6) Uniform Tire Quality speeds over 80 km/h (50 mph).
Grading (UTQG): Tire The compact spare tire is for
manufacturers are required to emergency use when a regular
grade tires based on three road tire has lost air and gone
performance factors: treadwear, flat. If the vehicle has a compact
traction, and temperature spare tire, see Compact Spare
resistance. For more information Tire on page 10-75 and If a Tire
see Uniform Tire Quality Goes Flat on page 10-60.
Grading on page 10-57. Compact Spare Tire Example (3) Tire Identification Number
(7) Maximum Cold Inflation (1) Tire Ply Material : The type (TIN): The letters and numbers
Load Limit: Maximum load that of cord and number of plies following the DOT (Department
can be carried and the in the sidewall and under the of Transportation) code are
maximum pressure needed to tread. the Tire Identification Number
support that load. (TIN). The TIN shows the
manufacturer and plant code,
tire size, and date the tire was
manufactured. The TIN is
molded onto both sides of the
tire, although only one side may
have the date of manufacture.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
10-42 Vehicle Care
(4) Maximum Cold Inflation (7) TPC Spec (Tire (1) Passenger (P-Metric) Tire:
Load Limit: Maximum load that Performance Criteria The United States version of a
can be carried and the Specification): Original metric tire sizing system. The
maximum pressure needed to equipment tires designed to letter P as the first character in
support that load. GM's specific tire performance the tire size means a passenger
(5) Tire Inflation: The criteria have a TPC specification vehicle tire engineered to
temporary use tire or compact code molded onto the sidewall. standards set by the U.S. Tire
spare tire should be inflated to GM's TPC specifications meet or and Rim Association.
420 kPa (60 psi). For more exceed all federal safety (2) Tire Width: The three-digit
information on tire pressure and guidelines. number indicates the tire section
inflation see Tire Pressure on width in millimeters from
page 10-46. Tire Designations sidewall to sidewall.
(6) Tire Size: A combination of Tire Size (3) Aspect Ratio: A two-digit
letters and numbers define a The following is an example of a number that indicates the tire
tire's width, height, aspect ratio, typical passenger vehicle height-to-width measurements.
construction type, and service tire size. For example, if the tire size
description. The letter T as the aspect ratio is 60, as shown in
first character in the tire size item 3 of the illustration, it would
means the tire is for temporary mean that the tire's sidewall is
use only. 60 percent as high as it is wide.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Vehicle Care 10-43
(4) Construction Code: A letter Tire Terminology and Bead: The tire bead contains
code is used to indicate the type Definitions steel wires wrapped by steel
of ply construction in the tire. cords that hold the tire onto
The letter R means radial ply Air Pressure: The amount of the rim.
construction; the letter D means air inside the tire pressing
outward on each square inch of Bias Ply Tire: A pneumatic tire
diagonal or bias ply in which the plies are laid at
construction; and the letter B the tire. Air pressure is
expressed in kPa (kilopascal) alternate angles less than
means belted-bias ply 90 degrees to the centerline of
construction. or psi (pounds per square inch).
the tread.
(5) Rim Diameter : Diameter of Accessory Weight: The
combined weight of optional Cold Tire Pressure: The
the wheel in inches. amount of air pressure in a tire,
accessories. Some examples of
(6) Service Description: These optional accessories are measured in kPa (kilopascal)
characters represent the load automatic transmission, power or psi (pounds per square inch)
index and speed rating of the windows, power seats, and air before a tire has built up heat
tire. The load index represents conditioning. from driving. See Tire Pressure
the load carrying capacity a tire on page 10-46.
is certified to carry. The speed Aspect Ratio: The relationship
of a tire's height to its width. Curb Weight: The weight of a
rating is the maximum speed a motor vehicle with standard and
tire is certified to carry a load. Belt: A rubber coated layer of optional equipment including the
cords between the plies and the maximum capacity of fuel, oil,
tread. Cords may be made from and coolant, but without
steel or other reinforcing passengers and cargo.
materials.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
10-44 Vehicle Care
DOT Markings: A code molded Intended Outboard Sidewall : Maximum Loaded Vehicle
into the sidewall of a tire The side of an asymmetrical tire Weight: The sum of curb
signifying that the tire is in that must always face outward weight, accessory weight,
compliance with the U.S. when mounted on a vehicle. vehicle capacity weight, and
Department of Transportation Kilopascal (kPa): The metric production options weight.
(DOT) Motor Vehicle Safety unit for air pressure. Normal Occupant Weight: The
Standards. The DOT code number of occupants a vehicle
includes the Tire Identification Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire: A
tire used on light duty trucks and is designed to seat multiplied by
Number (TIN), an alphanumeric 68 kg (150 lb). See Vehicle Load
designator which can also some multipurpose passenger
vehicles. Limits on page 9-10.
identify the tire manufacturer,
production plant, brand, and Load Index: An assigned Occupant Distribution :
date of production. number ranging from 1 to 279 Designated seating positions.
GVWR: Gross Vehicle Weight that corresponds to the load Outward Facing Sidewall: The
Rating. See Vehicle Load Limits carrying capacity of a tire. side of an asymmetrical tire that
on page 9-10. Maximum Inflation Pressure: has a particular side that faces
The maximum air pressure to outward when mounted on a
GAWR FRT: Gross Axle Weight vehicle. The side of the tire that
Rating for the front axle. See which a cold tire can be inflated.
The maximum air pressure is contains a whitewall, bears
Vehicle Load Limits on white lettering, or bears
page 9-10. molded onto the sidewall.
manufacturer, brand, and/or
GAWR RR: Gross Axle Weight Maximum Load Rating: The model name molding that is
Rating for the rear axle. See load rating for a tire at the higher or deeper than the same
Vehicle Load Limits on maximum permissible inflation moldings on the other sidewall
page 9-10. pressure for that tire. of the tire.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Vehicle Care 10-45
Passenger (P-Metric) Tire: A Speed Rating: An UTQGS (Uniform Tire Quality

tire used on passenger cars and alphanumeric code assigned to Grading Standards): A tire
some light duty trucks and a tire indicating the maximum information system that provides
multipurpose vehicles. speed at which a tire can consumers with ratings for a
Recommended Inflation operate. tire's traction, temperature, and
Pressure: Vehicle Traction: The friction between treadwear. Ratings are
manufacturer's recommended the tire and the road surface. determined by tire
tire inflation pressure as shown The amount of grip provided. manufacturers using
on the tire placard. See Tire government testing procedures.
Tread: The portion of a tire that The ratings are molded into the
Pressure on page 10-46 and comes into contact with
Vehicle Load Limits on sidewall of the tire. See Uniform
the road. Tire Quality Grading on
page 9-10.
Treadwear Indicators: Narrow page 10-57.
Radial Ply Tire: A pneumatic bands, sometimes called wear
tire in which the ply cords that Vehicle Capacity Weight: The
bars, that show across the tread number of designated seating
extend to the beads are laid at of a tire when only 1.6 mm (1/
90 degrees to the centerline of positions multiplied by
16 in) of tread remains. See 68 kg (150 lb) plus the rated
the tread. When It Is Time for New Tires cargo load. See Vehicle Load
Rim: A metal support for a tire on page 10-54. Limits on page 9-10.
and upon which the tire beads
are seated. Vehicle Maximum Load on the
Tire: Load on an individual tire
Sidewall: The portion of a tire due to curb weight, accessory
between the tread and the bead. weight, occupant weight, and
cargo weight.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
10-46 Vehicle Care
Vehicle Placard: A label The Tire and Loading

permanently attached to a { Caution Information label on the vehicle
vehicle showing the vehicle Neither tire underinflation nor indicates the original equipment
capacity weight and the original overinflation is good. tires and the correct cold tire
equipment tire size and Underinflated tires, or tires inflation pressures. The
recommended inflation pressure. that do not have enough air, recommended pressure is the
See “Tire and Loading can result in: minimum air pressure needed to
Information Label” under Vehicle support the vehicle's maximum
Load Limits on page 9-10.
. Tire overloading and load carrying capacity. See
overheating which could Vehicle Load Limits on
Tire Pressure lead to a blowout. page 9-10.
Tires need the correct amount of
. Premature or How the vehicle is loaded
air pressure to operate irregular wear. affects vehicle handling and ride
effectively. . Poor handling. comfort. Never load the vehicle
with more weight than it was
. Reduced fuel economy. designed to carry.
Overinflated tires, or tires that
have too much air, can When to Check
result in: Check your tires once a month
. Unusual wear. or more. Do not forget to check
the spare tire. If the vehicle has
. Poor handling. a compact spare tire, it should
. Rough ride. be at 420 kPa (60 psi). See
Compact Spare Tire on
. Needless damage from page 10-75 and Full-Size Spare
road hazards. Tire on page 10-76.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Vehicle Care 10-47
How to Check Recheck the tire pressure with Tire Pressure for
Use a good quality pocket-type the tire gauge. High-Speed Operation
gauge to check tire pressure. Return the valve caps on the
Proper tire inflation cannot be valve stems to prevent leaks { Warning
determined by looking at the tire. and keep out dirt and moisture.
Check the tire inflation pressure Driving at high speeds, 160 km/h
Professional Vehicle (100 mph) or higher, puts an
when the tires are cold, meaning
the vehicle has not been driven If the vehicle has P245/45R19 size additional strain on tires.
for at least three hours or no tires, the cold inflation pressure is Sustained high-speed driving
35 psi (241 kPa). causes excessive heat buildup
more than 1.6 km (1 mi).
and can cause sudden tire failure.
If the vehicle has 235/55R18 size
Remove the valve cap from the You could have a crash and you
tires, the cold inflation pressure
tire valve stem. Press the tire depends on the vehicle mass and or others could be killed. Some
gauge firmly onto the valve to should be determined by the vehicle high-speed rated tires require
get a pressure measurement. coach-builder. A Tire and Loading inflation pressure adjustment for
If the cold tire inflation pressure Information label provided by the high-speed operation. When
matches the recommended final stage manufacturer should be speed limits and road conditions
pressure on the Tire and attached to the B-pillar on the driver are such that a vehicle can be
Loading Information label, no side of the vehicle. If the final stage driven at high speeds, make sure
further adjustment is necessary. manufacturer's label is not present, the tires are rated for high-speed
If the inflation pressure is low, contact the coach-builder. Do not operation, in excellent condition,
use the tire pressures indicated on and set to the correct cold tire
add air until the recommended
the General Motors label. These tire inflation pressure for the
pressure is reached. If the pressures are for the incomplete vehicle load.
inflation pressure is high, press vehicle and are not the correct tire
on the metal stem in the center pressures for the completed
of the tire valve to release air. professional vehicle.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
10-48 Vehicle Care
Vehicles with P245/45R19 98V size Return the tires to the tire inflation pressure label, you
tires require inflation pressure recommended cold tire inflation should determine the proper tire
adjustment when driving the vehicle pressure when high-speed driving inflation pressure for those tires.)
at speeds of 160 km/h (100 mph) or has ended. See Vehicle Load Limits As an added safety feature, your
higher. Set the cold inflation on page 9-10 and Tire Pressure on vehicle has been equipped with a
pressure to 260 kPa (38 psi). page 10-46. tire pressure monitoring system
Vehicles with P245/40R20 95V size (TPMS) that illuminates a low tire
tires require inflation pressure Tire Pressure Monitor pressure telltale when one or more
adjustment when driving the vehicle System of your tires is significantly
at speeds of 160 km/h (100 mph) or under-inflated.
The Tire Pressure Monitor System
higher. Set the cold inflation Accordingly, when the low tire
(TPMS) uses radio and sensor
pressure to 270 kPa (39 psi). pressure telltale illuminates, you
technology to check tire pressure
Professional vehicles with levels. The TPMS sensors monitor should stop and check your tires as
235/55R18 104H size tires require the air pressure in your tires and soon as possible, and inflate them
inflation pressure adjustment when transmit tire pressure readings to a to the proper pressure. Driving on a
driving the vehicle at speeds of receiver located in the vehicle. significantly under-inflated tire
160 km/h (100 mph) or higher. causes the tire to overheat and can
Each tire, including the spare (if
Set the cold inflation pressure to lead to tire failure. Under-inflation
provided), should be checked
40 kPa (6 psi) above the also reduces fuel efficiency and tire
monthly when cold and inflated to
recommended cold tire pressure tread life, and may affect the
the inflation pressure recommended
shown on the Tire and Loading vehicle's handling and stopping
by the vehicle manufacturer on the
Information label for the ability.
vehicle placard or tire inflation
235/55R18 104H size tires.
pressure label. (If your vehicle has
tires of a different size than the size
indicated on the vehicle placard or
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Vehicle Care 10-49
Please note that the TPMS is When the malfunction indicator is Tire Pressure Monitor
not a substitute for proper tire illuminated, the system may not be
maintenance, and it is the driver's able to detect or signal low tire
Operation
responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure as intended. TPMS This vehicle may have a Tire
pressure, even if under-inflation has malfunctions may occur for a variety Pressure Monitor System (TPMS).
not reached the level to trigger of reasons, including the installation The TPMS is designed to warn the
illumination of the TPMS low tire of replacement or alternate tires or driver when a low tire pressure
pressure telltale. wheels on the vehicle that prevent condition exists. TPMS sensors are
Your vehicle has also been the TPMS from functioning properly. mounted onto each tire and wheel
equipped with a TPMS malfunction Always check the TPMS malfunction assembly, excluding the spare tire
indicator to indicate when the telltale after replacing one or more and wheel assembly. The TPMS
system is not operating properly. tires or wheels on your vehicle to sensors monitor the air pressure in
The TPMS malfunction indicator is ensure that the replacement or the tires and transmits the tire
combined with the low tire pressure alternate tires and wheels allow the pressure readings to a receiver
telltale. When the system detects a TPMS to continue to function located in the vehicle.
malfunction, the telltale will flash for properly.
approximately one minute and then See Tire Pressure Monitor
remain continuously illuminated. Operation on page 10-49.
This sequence will continue upon See Radio Frequency Statement on
subsequent vehicle start-ups as page 13-15.
long as the malfunction exists.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
10-50 Vehicle Care
When a low tire pressure condition The low tire pressure warning light
is detected, the TPMS illuminates may come on in cool weather when { Caution
the low tire pressure warning light the vehicle is first started, and then
on the instrument cluster. If the turn off as the vehicle is driven. This Tire sealant materials are not all
warning light comes on, stop as could be an early indicator that the the same. A non-approved tire
soon as possible and inflate the air pressure is getting low and sealant could damage the TPMS
tires to the recommended pressure needs to be inflated to the proper sensors. TPMS sensor damage
shown on the Tire and Loading pressure. caused by using an incorrect tire
Information label. See Vehicle Load sealant is not covered by the
A Tire and Loading Information
Limits on page 9-10. vehicle warranty. Always use only
label, attached to your vehicle,
the GM approved tire sealant
A message to check the pressure in shows the size of the original
a specific tire displays in the Driver equipment tires and the correct available through your dealer or
Information Center (DIC). The low inflation pressure for the tires when included in the vehicle.
tire pressure warning light and the they are cold. See Vehicle Load
DIC warning message come on at Limits on page 9-10, for an example Factory-installed Tire Inflator Kits
each ignition cycle until the tires are of the Tire and Loading Information use a GM approved liquid tire
inflated to the correct inflation label and its location. Also see Tire sealant. Using non-approved tire
pressure. Using the DIC, tire Pressure on page 10-46. sealants could damage the TPMS
pressure levels can be viewed. For The TPMS can warn about a low sensors. See Tire Sealant and
additional information and details tire pressure condition but it does Compressor Kit on page 10-62 for
about the DIC operation and not replace normal tire information regarding the inflator kit
displays see Driver Information maintenance. See Tire Inspection materials and instructions.
Center (DIC) on page 5-30. on page 10-53, Tire Rotation on
page 10-53 and Tires on
page 10-38.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Vehicle Care 10-51
TPMS Malfunction Light and

. The TPMS sensor matching . Operating electronic devices or
Message process was not done or not being near facilities using radio
completed successfully after wave frequencies similar to the
The TPMS will not function properly rotating the tires. The TPMS could cause the TPMS
if one or more of the TPMS sensors malfunction light and the DIC sensors to malfunction.
are missing or inoperable. When the message should go off after
system detects a malfunction, the If the TPMS is not functioning
successfully completing the properly it cannot detect or signal a
low tire warning light flashes for sensor matching process. See
about one minute and then stays on low tire condition. See your dealer
"TPMS Sensor Matching for service if the TPMS malfunction
for the remainder of the ignition Process" later in this section.
cycle. A DIC warning message also light and DIC message comes on
displays. The malfunction light and
. One or more TPMS sensors are and stays on.
DIC warning message come on at missing or damaged. The
malfunction light and the DIC TPMS Sensor Matching
each ignition cycle until the problem Process
is corrected. Some of the conditions message should go off when the
that can cause these to come TPMS sensors are installed and Each TPMS sensor has a unique
on are: the sensor matching process is identification code. The identification
performed successfully. See code needs to be matched to a new
. One of the road tires has been your dealer for service. tire/wheel position after rotating the
replaced with the spare tire. The vehicle’s tires or replacing one or
spare tire does not have a
. Replacement tires or wheels do
not match the original equipment more of the TPMS sensors. The
TPMS sensor. The malfunction TPMS sensor matching process
light and DIC message should tires or wheels. Tires and wheels
other than those recommended should also be performed after
go off after the road tire is replacing a spare tire with a road
replaced and the sensor could prevent the TPMS from
functioning properly. See Buying tire containing the TPMS sensor.
matching process is performed
successfully. See “TPMS Sensor New Tires on page 10-55.
Matching Process” later in this
section.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
10-52 Vehicle Care
The malfunction light and the DIC 3. Make sure the Tire Pressure info 7. Place the relearn tool against
message should go off at the next display option is turned on. The the tire sidewall, near the valve
ignition cycle. The sensors are info displays on the DIC can be stem. Then press the button to
matched to the tire/wheel positions, turned on and off through the activate the TPMS sensor.
using a TPMS relearn tool, in the Settings menu. See Driver A horn chirp confirms that the
following order: driver side front tire, Information Center (DIC) on sensor identification code has
passenger side front tire, passenger page 5-30. been matched to this tire and
side rear tire, and driver side rear. 4. Use the five-way DIC control on wheel position.
See your dealer for service or to the right side of the steering 8. Proceed to the passenger side
purchase a relearn tool. wheel to scroll to the Tire front tire, and repeat Step 7.
There are two minutes to match the Pressure screen under the DIC 9. Proceed to the passenger side
first tire/wheel position, and info page. See Driver rear tire, and repeat Step 7.
five minutes overall to match all four Information Center (DIC) on
tire/wheel positions. If it takes page 5-30. 10. Proceed to the driver side rear
longer, the matching process stops tire, and repeat Step 7. The
5. Press and hold the SEL button horn sounds two times to
and must be restarted. in the center of the five-way DIC indicate the sensor
The TPMS sensor matching control. identification code has been
process is: The horn sounds twice to signal matched to the driver side rear
1. Set the parking brake. the receiver is in relearn mode tire, and the TPMS sensor
2. Place the vehicle power mode in and the TIRE LEARNING matching process is no longer
ON/RUN/START. See Ignition ACTIVE message displays on active. The TIRE LEARNING
Positions on page 9-15. the DIC screen. ACTIVE message on the DIC
6. Start with the driver side display screen goes off.
front tire. 11. Shut the ignition off.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Vehicle Care 10-53
12. Set all four tires to the . The tread or sidewall is Anytime unusual wear is
recommended air pressure cracked, cut, or snagged noticed, rotate the tires as soon
level as indicated on the Tire deep enough to show cord or as possible, check for proper tire
and Loading Information label. fabric. inflation pressure, and check for
. The tire has a bump, bulge, damaged tires or wheels. If the
Tire Inspection unusual wear continues after the
or split.
We recommend that the tires, rotation, check the wheel
including the spare tire, if the
. The tire has a puncture, cut, alignment. See When It Is Time
vehicle has one, be inspected or other damage that cannot for New Tires on page 10-54
for signs of wear or damage at be repaired well because of and Wheel Replacement on
least once a month. the size or location of the page 10-59.
damage.
Replace the tire if:
. The indicators at three or Tire Rotation
more places around the tire Tires should be rotated every
can be seen. 12 000 km (7,500 mi). See
. There is cord or fabric Maintenance Schedule on
showing through the tire's page 11-4.
rubber. Tires are rotated to achieve a
uniform wear for all tires. The
first rotation is the most
important.
Use this rotation pattern when

rotating the tires.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
10-54 Vehicle Care
Do not include the spare tire in When It Is Time for New

the tire rotation. { Warning Tires
Adjust the front and rear tires to Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the Factors such as maintenance,
the recommended inflation parts to which it is fastened, can temperatures, driving speeds,
pressure on the Tire and make wheel nuts become loose vehicle loading, and road conditions
Loading Information label after after time. The wheel could come affect the wear rate of the tires.
the tires have been rotated. See off and cause an accident. When
Tire Pressure on page 10-46 changing a wheel, remove any
and Vehicle Load Limits on rust or dirt from places where the
page 9-10. wheel attaches to the vehicle. In
an emergency, a cloth or a paper
Reset the Tire Pressure Monitor towel can be used; however, use
System. See Tire Pressure a scraper or wire brush later to
Monitor Operation on remove all rust or dirt.
page 10-49.
Check that all wheel nuts are Lightly coat the center of the
properly tightened. See “Wheel wheel hub with wheel bearing
Nut Torque” under Capacities grease after a wheel change or
and Specifications on tire rotation to prevent corrosion
Treadwear indicators are one way to
page 12-2. or rust build-up. Do not get
tell when it is time for new tires.
grease on the flat wheel Treadwear indicators appear when
mounting surface or on the the tires have only 1.6 mm (1/16 in)
wheel nuts or bolts. or less of tread remaining. See Tire
Inspection on page 10-53 and Tire
Rotation on page 10-53.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Vehicle Care 10-55
The rubber in tires ages over time. slow aging. This area should be free GM's exclusive TPC Spec
This also applies to the spare tire, of grease, gasoline, or other system considers over a dozen
if the vehicle has one, even if it is substances that can deteriorate critical specifications that impact
never used. Multiple factors rubber. the overall performance of the
including temperatures, loading Parking for an extended period can vehicle, including brake system
conditions, and inflation pressure cause flat spots on the tires that
maintenance affect how fast aging performance, ride and handling,
may result in vibrations while traction control, and tire
takes place. GM recommends that driving. When storing a vehicle for
tires, including the spare if pressure monitoring
at least a month, remove the tires or performance. GM's TPC Spec
equipped, be replaced after six raise the vehicle to reduce the
years, regardless of tread wear. The weight from the tires.
number is molded onto the tire's
tire manufacturer date is the last sidewall near the tire size. If the
four digits of the DOT Tire tires have an all-season tread
Identification Number (TIN) which is Buying New Tires
design, the TPC Spec number
molded into one side of the tire GM has developed and matched will be followed by MS for mud
sidewall. The first two digits specific tires for the vehicle. The and snow. See Tire Sidewall
represent the week (01–52) and the original equipment tires installed
last two digits, the year. For Labeling on page 10-40.
were designed to meet General
example, the third week of the year GM recommends replacing worn
2010 would have a four-digit DOT
Motors Tire Performance Criteria
Specification (TPC Spec) tires in complete sets of four.
date of 0310. Uniform tread depth on all tires
system rating. When
Vehicle Storage replacement tires are needed, will help to maintain the
GM strongly recommends performance of the vehicle.
Tires age when stored normally
buying tires with the same TPC Braking and handling
mounted on a parked vehicle. Park
a vehicle that will be stored for at Spec rating. performance may be adversely
least a month in a cool, dry, clean affected if all the tires are not
area away from direct sunlight to replaced at the same time.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
10-56 Vehicle Care
If proper rotation and

maintenance have been done, Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued)
all four tires should wear out at Only your dealer or authorized A tire and/or wheel could fail
about the same time. See Tire tire service center should suddenly and cause a crash.
Rotation on page 10-53. mount or dismount the tires. Use only radial-ply tires with
However, if it is necessary to the wheels on the vehicle.
replace only one axle set of
worn tires, place the new tires
on the rear axle. { Warning If the vehicle tires must be
replaced with a tire that does not
Winter tires with the same speed Mixing tires of different sizes, have a TPC Spec number, make
rating as the original equipment brands, or types may cause sure they are the same size,
tires may not be available for H, loss of control of the vehicle, load range, speed rating, and
V, W, Y and ZR speed rated resulting in a crash or other construction (radial) as the
tires. Never exceed the winter vehicle damage. Use the original tires.
tires’ maximum speed capability correct size, brand, and type
when using winter tires with a of tires on all wheels. Vehicles that have a tire
lower speed rating. pressure monitoring system
could give an inaccurate
low-pressure warning if non-TPC
{ Warning { Warning Spec rated tires are installed.
Tires could explode during See Tire Pressure Monitor
Using bias-ply tires on the
improper service. Attempting System on page 10-48.
vehicle may cause the wheel
to mount or dismount a tire rim flanges to develop cracks
could cause injury or death. after many miles of driving.
(Continued)
(Continued)
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Vehicle Care 10-57
The Tire and Loading Uniform Tire Quality

Information label indicates the { Warning Grading
original equipment tires on the If different sized wheels are used,
vehicle. See Vehicle Load Limits Quality grades can be found
there may not be an acceptable
on page 9-10. level of performance and safety if
where applicable on the tire
tires not recommended for those sidewall between tread shoulder
Different Size Tires and wheels are selected. This and maximum section width. For
Wheels increases the chance of a crash example:
and serious injury. Only use GM Treadwear 200 Traction AA
If wheels or tires are installed that
specific wheel and tire systems Temperature A
are a different size than the original
developed for the vehicle, and
equipment wheels and tires, vehicle The following information relates
performance, including its braking, have them properly installed by a
GM certified technician. to the system developed by the
ride and handling characteristics,
stability, and resistance to rollover United States National Highway
may be affected. If the vehicle has See Buying New Tires on
Traffic Safety Administration
electronic systems such as antilock page 10-55 and Accessories and (NHTSA), which grades tires by
brakes, rollover airbags, traction Modifications on page 10-3. treadwear, traction, and
control, electronic stability control, temperature performance. This
or All-Wheel Drive, the performance applies only to vehicles sold in
of these systems can also be the United States. The grades
affected. are molded on the sidewalls of
most passenger car tires. The
Uniform Tire Quality Grading
(UTQG) system does not apply
to deep tread, winter tires,
compact spare tires, tires with
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
10-58 Vehicle Care
nominal rim diameters of graded 150 would wear one and straight-ahead braking traction
10 to 12 inches (25 to 30 cm), one-half (1½) times as well on tests, and does not include
or to some limited-production the government course as a tire acceleration, cornering,
tires. graded 100. The relative hydroplaning, or peak traction
While the tires available on performance of tires depends characteristics.
General Motors passenger cars upon the actual conditions of
Temperature
and light trucks may vary with their use, however, and may
depart significantly from the The temperature grades are A
respect to these grades, they
norm due to variations in driving (the highest), B, and C,
must also conform to federal
habits, service practices and representing the tire's resistance
safety requirements and
differences in road to the generation of heat and its
additional General Motors Tire
characteristics and climate. ability to dissipate heat when
Performance Criteria (TPC)
tested under controlled
standards. Traction conditions on a specified indoor
All Passenger Car Tires Must The traction grades, from laboratory test wheel. Sustained
Conform to Federal Safety highest to lowest, are AA, A, B, high temperature can cause the
Requirements In Addition To and C. Those grades represent material of the tire to degenerate
These Grades. the tire's ability to stop on wet and reduce tire life, and
Treadwear pavement as measured under excessive temperature can lead
controlled conditions on to sudden tire failure. The grade
The treadwear grade is a specified government test C corresponds to a level of
comparative rating based on the surfaces of asphalt and performance which all
wear rate of the tire when tested concrete. A tire marked C may passenger car tires must meet
under controlled conditions on a have poor traction performance. under the Federal Motor Safety
specified government test Warning: The traction grade Standard No. 109. Grades B and
course. For example, a tire assigned to this tire is based on A represent higher levels of
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Vehicle Care 10-59
performance on the laboratory surface variations such as troughs Replace wheels, wheel bolts, wheel
test wheel than the minimum or ruts, is normal. If the vehicle is nuts, or Tire Pressure Monitor
required by law. Warning: The vibrating when driving on a smooth System (TPMS) sensors with new
temperature grade for this tire is road, the tires and wheels may need GM original equipment parts.
to be rebalanced. See your dealer
established for a tire that is
properly inflated and not
for proper diagnosis. { Warning
overloaded. Excessive speed, Wheel Replacement Using the wrong replacement
underinflation, or excessive wheels, wheel bolts, or wheel
loading, either separately or in Replace any wheel that is bent,
cracked, or badly rusted or nuts can be dangerous. It could
combination, can cause heat affect the braking and handling of
buildup and possible tire failure. corroded. If wheel nuts keep coming
loose, the wheel, wheel bolts, and the vehicle. Tires can lose air,
wheel nuts should be replaced. and cause loss of control, causing
Wheel Alignment and Tire If the wheel leaks air, replace it. a crash. Always use the correct
Balance Some aluminum wheels can be wheel, wheel bolts, and wheel
repaired. See your dealer if any of nuts for replacement.
The tires and wheels were aligned
and balanced at the factory to these conditions exist.
provide the longest tire life and best Your dealer will know the kind of
overall performance. Adjustments to
wheel alignment and tire balancing
wheel that is needed. { Caution
Each new wheel should have the
are not necessary on a regular same load-carrying capacity, The wrong wheel can also cause
basis. Consider an alignment check diameter, width, offset, and be problems with bearing life, brake
if there is unusual tire wear or the mounted the same way as the one it cooling, speedometer or
vehicle is significantly pulling to one replaces. odometer calibration, headlamp
side or the other. Some slight pull to aim, bumper height, vehicle
the left or right, depending on the
(Continued)
crown of the road and/or other road
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
10-60 Vehicle Care
Caution (Continued)
Tire Chains If a Tire Goes Flat
It is unusual for a tire to blow out
ground clearance, and tire or tire { Warning while driving, especially if the tires
chain clearance to the body and are maintained properly. See Tires
chassis. Do not use tire chains. There is on page 10-38. If air goes out of a
not enough clearance. Tire chains tire, it is much more likely to leak
used on a vehicle without the out slowly. But if there is ever a
Professional vehicle wheels have a proper amount of clearance can blowout, here are a few tips about
unique offset and bolt hole diameter. cause damage to the brakes, what to expect and what to do:
Professional vehicle wheels have
suspension, or other vehicle
six wheel nuts. Non-professional If a front tire fails, the flat tire
parts. The area damaged by the
vehicle wheels have five wheel nuts. creates a drag that pulls the vehicle
See Tire Changing on page 10-70. tire chains could cause loss of toward that side. Take your foot off
control and a crash. the accelerator pedal and grip the
Used Replacement Wheels Use another type of traction steering wheel firmly. Steer to
device only if its manufacturer maintain lane position, and then
{ Warning recommends it for the vehicle's gently brake to a stop, well off the
tire size combination and road road, if possible.
Replacing a wheel with a used
conditions. Follow that A rear blowout, particularly on a
one is dangerous. How it has
manufacturer's instructions. To curve, acts much like a skid and
been used or how far it has been
avoid vehicle damage, drive slow may require the same correction as
driven may be unknown. It could
and readjust or remove the used in a skid. Stop pressing the
fail suddenly and cause a crash. accelerator pedal and steer to
traction device if it contacts the
When replacing wheels, use a straighten the vehicle. It may be
vehicle. Do not spin the wheels.
new GM original equipment very bumpy and noisy. Gently brake
If traction devices are used, install
wheel. to a stop, well off the road,
them on the front tires.
if possible.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Vehicle Care 10-61
{ Warning { Warning { Warning

Driving on a flat tire will cause Lifting a vehicle and getting under Changing a tire can be
permanent damage to the tire. it to do maintenance or repairs is dangerous. The vehicle can slip
Re-inflating a tire after it has been dangerous without the off the jack and roll over or fall
driven on while severely appropriate safety equipment and causing injury or death. Find a
underinflated or flat may cause a training. If a jack is provided with level place to change the tire. To
blowout and a serious crash. the vehicle, it is designed only for help prevent the vehicle from
Never attempt to re-inflate a tire changing a flat tire. If it is used for moving:
that has been driven on while anything else, you or others could 1. Set the parking brake firmly.
severely underinflated or flat. be badly injured or killed if the
Have your dealer or an authorized vehicle slips off the jack. If a jack 2. Put an automatic
tire service center repair or is provided with the vehicle, only transmission in P (Park) or a
replace the flat tire as soon as use it for changing a flat tire. manual transmission in
possible. 1 (First) or R (Reverse).
3. Turn off the engine and do
If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire
not restart while the vehicle
and wheel damage by driving slowly
is raised.
to a level place, well off the road,
if possible. Turn on the hazard 4. Do not allow passengers to
warning flashers. See Hazard remain in the vehicle.
Warning Flashers on page 6-5. 5. Place wheel blocks on both
sides of the tire at the
opposite corner of the tire
being changed.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
10-62 Vehicle Care
This vehicle may come with a jack The following information explains
and spare tire or a tire sealant and how to repair or change a tire. { Warning
compressor kit. To use the jacking
Overinflating a tire could cause
equipment to change a spare tire Tire Sealant and the tire to rupture and you or
safely, follow the instructions below.
Then see Tire Changing on
Compressor Kit others could be injured. Be sure
page 10-70. To use the tire sealant to read and follow the tire sealant
and compressor kit, see Tire { Warning and compressor kit instructions
Sealant and Compressor Kit on and inflate the tire to its
page 10-62. Idling a vehicle in an enclosed recommended pressure. Do not
area with poor ventilation is exceed the recommended
When the vehicle has a flat tire (2), dangerous. Engine exhaust may
use the following example as a pressure.
enter the vehicle. Engine exhaust
guide to assist you in the placement contains carbon monoxide (CO)
of wheel blocks (1).
which cannot be seen or smelled.
It can cause unconsciousness { Warning
and even death. Never run the
engine in an enclosed area that Storing the tire sealant and
has no fresh air ventilation. For compressor kit or other
more information, see Engine equipment in the passenger
Exhaust on page 9-22. compartment of the vehicle could
cause injury. In a sudden stop or
collision, loose equipment could
strike someone. Store the tire
1. Wheel Block sealant and compressor kit in its
original location.
2. Flat Tire
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Vehicle Care 10-63
If this vehicle has a tire sealant and The kit includes: 2. On/Off Button
compressor kit, there may not be a 3. Pressure Gauge
spare tire or tire changing
equipment, and on some vehicles 4. Pressure Deflation Button
there may not be a place to store 5. Tire Sealant Canister
a tire.
6. Sealant/Air Hose (Clear)
The tire sealant and compressor
can be used to temporarily seal 7. Air Only Hose (Black)
punctures up to 6 mm (0.25 in) in 8. Power Plug
the tread area of the tire. It can also
be used to inflate an 9. Canister Release Button (Under
underinflated tire. Sealant/Air Hose)
If the tire has been separated from Tire Sealant

the wheel, has damaged sidewalls, Read and follow the safe handling
or has a large puncture, the tire is instructions on the label adhered to
too severely damaged for the tire the sealant canister.
sealant and compressor kit to be
effective. See Roadside Service on Check the tire sealant expiration
page 13-5. date on the sealant canister. The
sealant canister should be replaced
Read and follow all of the tire before its expiration date.
sealant and compressor kit Replacement sealant canisters are
instructions. available at your local dealer. See
“Removal and Installation of the
Sealant Canister” following.
1. Selector Switch (Sealant/Air or

Air Only)
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
10-64 Vehicle Care
There is only enough sealant to seal 3. Pressure Gauge

one tire. After usage, the sealant 4. Pressure Deflation Button
canister and sealant/air hose
assembly must be replaced. See 5. Tire Sealant Canister
“Removal and Installation of the 6. Sealant/Air Hose (Clear)
Sealant Canister” following.
7. Air Only Hose (Black)
Using the Tire Sealant and 8. Power Plug
Compressor Kit to Temporarily
Seal and Inflate a 9. Canister Release Button (Under
Punctured Tire Sealant/Air Hose)
Follow the directions closely for When using the tire sealant and
correct sealant usage. compressor kit during cold
temperatures, warm the kit in a
heated environment for five minutes.
This will help to inflate the tire
faster.
If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire
and wheel damage by driving slowly
to a level place. Turn on the hazard
warning flashers. See Hazard
Warning Flashers on page 6-5.
See If a Tire Goes Flat on
page 10-60 for other important
1. Selector Switch (Sealant/Air or safety warnings.
Air Only)
2. On/Off Button
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Vehicle Care 10-65
Do not remove any objects that If the vehicle has an accessory quickly drop and start to rise
have penetrated the tire. power outlet, do not use the again as the tire inflates with
1. Remove the tire sealant and cigarette lighter. air only.
compressor kit from its storage If the vehicle only has a cigarette 10. Inflate the tire to the
location. See Storing the Tire lighter, use the cigarette lighter. recommended inflation
Sealant and Compressor Kit on Do not pinch the power plug pressure using the pressure
page 10-69. cord in the door or window. gauge (3). The recommended
2. Unwrap the sealant/air hose (6) inflation pressure can be found
7. Start the vehicle. The vehicle on the Tire and Loading
and the power plug (8). must be running while using the Information label. See Tire
3. Place the kit on the ground. air compressor. Pressure on page 10-46.
Make sure the tire valve stem is 8. Press and turn the selector The pressure gauge (3) may
positioned close to the ground switch (1) counterclockwise to read higher than the actual tire
so the hose will reach it. the Sealant + Air position. pressure while the compressor
4. Remove the valve stem cap from 9. Press the on/off button (2) to is on. Turn the compressor off
the flat tire by turning it turn the tire sealant and to get an accurate pressure
counterclockwise. compressor kit on. reading. The compressor may
be turned on/off until the
5. Attach the sealant/air hose (6) The compressor will inject correct pressure is reached.
onto the tire valve stem. Turn it sealant and air into the tire.
clockwise until it is tight. The pressure gauge (3) will
6. Plug the power plug (8) into the initially show a high pressure
accessory power outlet in the while the compressor pushes the
vehicle. Unplug all items from sealant into the tire. Once the
other accessory power outlets. sealant is completely dispersed
See Power Outlets on page 5-7. into the tire, the pressure will
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
10-66 Vehicle Care
Be careful while handling the 16. If the flat tire was able to inflate
{ Caution tire sealant and compressor kit to the recommended inflation
as it could be warm after pressure, remove the
If the recommended pressure usage. maximum speed label from the
cannot be reached after sealant canister (5) and place it
approximately 25 minutes, the 12. Unplug the power plug (8) from
the accessory power outlet in in a highly visible location. Do
vehicle should not be driven not exceed the speed on this
farther. The tire is too severely the vehicle.
label until the damaged tire is
damaged and the tire sealant and 13. Turn the sealant/air hose (6) repaired or replaced.
compressor kit cannot inflate the counterclockwise to remove it
from the tire valve stem. 17. Return the equipment to its
tire. Remove the power plug from
original storage location in the
the accessory power outlet and 14. Replace the tire valve vehicle.
unscrew the inflating hose from stem cap.
the tire valve. See Roadside 18. Immediately drive the vehicle
15. Replace the sealant/air hose 8 km (5 mi) to distribute the
Service on page 13-5.
(6), and the power plug (8) sealant in the tire.
back in their original location.
11. Press the on/off button (2) to 19. Stop at a safe location and
turn the tire sealant and check the tire pressure. Refer
compressor kit off. to Steps 1–11 under “Using the
Tire Sealant and Compressor
The tire is not sealed and will Kit without Sealant to Inflate a
continue to leak air until the Tire (Not Punctured).”
vehicle is driven and the
sealant is distributed in the tire,
therefore, Steps 12–18 must be
done immediately after
Step 11.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Vehicle Care 10-67
If the tire pressure has fallen 22. Replace with a new canister
more than 68 kPa (10 psi) assembly available from your
below the recommended dealer.
inflation pressure, stop driving 23. After temporarily sealing the
the vehicle. The tire is too tire using the tire sealant and
severely damaged and the tire compressor kit, take the
sealant cannot seal the tire. vehicle to an authorized dealer
See Roadside Service on within 161 km (100 mi) of
page 13-5. driving to have the tire repaired
If the tire pressure has not or replaced.
dropped more than 68 kPa
(10 psi) from the recommended Using the Tire Sealant and
inflation pressure, inflate the Compressor Kit without
tire to the recommended Sealant to Inflate a Tire (Not
inflation pressure. Punctured)
20. Wipe off any sealant from the To use the air compressor to inflate
wheel, tire, and vehicle. a tire with air only and not sealant:
21. Dispose of the used sealant
canister (5) and sealant/air
hose (6) assembly at a local
dealer or in accordance with
local state codes and practices.
1. Selector Switch (Sealant/Air or

Air Only)
2. On/Off Button
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
10-68 Vehicle Care
3. Pressure Gauge 3. Place the kit on the ground. 8. Press and turn the selector
4. Pressure Deflation Button Make sure the tire valve stem is switch (1) clockwise to the Air
positioned close to the ground Only position.
5. Tire Sealant Canister
so the hose will reach it. 9. Press the on/off button (2) to
6. Sealant/Air Hose (Clear) turn the compressor on.
4. Remove the tire valve stem cap
7. Air Only Hose (Black) from the flat tire by turning it The compressor will inflate the
8. Power Plug counterclockwise. tire with air only.
9. Canister Release Button (Under 5. Attach the air only hose (7) onto 10. Inflate the tire to the
Sealant/Air Hose) the tire valve stem by turning it recommended inflation
clockwise until it is tight. pressure using the pressure
If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire gauge (3). The recommended
and wheel damage by driving slowly 6. Plug the power plug (8) into the
accessory power outlet in the inflation pressure can be found
to a level place. Turn on the hazard on the Tire and Loading
warning flashers. See Hazard vehicle. Unplug all items from
other accessory power outlets. Information label. See Tire
Warning Flashers on page 6-5. Pressure on page 10-46.
See Power Outlets on page 5-7.
See If a Tire Goes Flat on The pressure gauge (3) may
page 10-60 for other important If the vehicle has an accessory
power outlet, do not use the read higher than the actual tire
safety warnings. pressure while the compressor
cigarette lighter.
1. Remove the tire sealant and is on. Turn the compressor off
compressor kit from its storage If the vehicle only has a cigarette to get an accurate reading. The
location. See Storing the Tire lighter, use the cigarette lighter. compressor may be turned on/
Sealant and Compressor Kit on Do not pinch the power plug off until the correct pressure is
page 10-69. cord in the door or window. reached.
2. Unwrap the air only hose (7) and 7. Start the vehicle. The vehicle
the power plug (8). must be running while using the
air compressor.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Vehicle Care 10-69
If you inflate the tire higher 14. Replace the air only hose (7) Removal and Installation of the
than the recommended and the power plug (8) and Sealant Canister
pressure you can adjust the cord back in its original
excess pressure by pressing location. To remove the sealant canister:
the pressure deflation 15. Place the equipment in the 1. Unwrap the sealant hose.
button (4) until the proper original storage location in the 2. Press the canister release
pressure reading is reached. vehicle. button (9).
This option is only functional
when using the air only 3. Pull up and remove the canister.
hose (7). 4. Replace with a new canister
11. Press the on/off button (2) to which is available from your
turn the tire sealant and dealer.
compressor kit off. 5. Push the new canister into
Be careful while handling the place.
tire sealant and compressor kit
as it could be warm after Storing the Tire Sealant
usage. and Compressor Kit
12. Unplug the power plug (8) from To access the tire sealant and
the accessory power outlet in compressor kit:
the vehicle.
The tire sealant and compressor kit 1. Open the trunk. See Trunk on
13. Disconnect the air only hose has an accessory adapter located in page 2-14.
(7) from the tire valve stem, by a compartment on the bottom of its
turning it counterclockwise, and 2. Lift the cover.
housing that may be used to inflate
replace the tire valve stem cap. air mattresses, balls, etc.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
10-70 Vehicle Care
Tire Changing
Removing the Spare Tire and
Tools
3. Turn the wing nut 3. Turn the retainer nut

counterclockwise to remove it. counterclockwise and remove
4. Remove the tire sealant and the spare tire. Place the spare
compressor kit. tire next to the tire being
changed.
To store the tire sealant and 1. Retainer Nut
compressor kit, reverse the steps. 4. The jack and tools are stored
2. Jack below the spare tire. Remove
3. Wrench them from their container and
place them near the tire being
4. Tow Hook (If Equipped) changed.
5. Fastener If this is a professional vehicle, see
To access the spare tire and tools: the Coachbuilder’s Owner Manual
for information on the spare tire and
1. Open the trunk.
tools storage and location.
2. Remove the spare tire cover.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Vehicle Care 10-71
Removing the Flat Tire and 5. Put the compact spare tire
Installing the Spare Tire near you. { Warning
1. Do a safety check before Lifting a vehicle and getting under
proceeding. See If a Tire Goes { Warning it to do maintenance or repairs is
Flat on page 10-60. dangerous without the
Getting under a vehicle when it is
2. Turn the wheel wrench lifted on a jack is dangerous. appropriate safety equipment and
counterclockwise to loosen and If the vehicle slips off the jack, training. If a jack is provided with
remove the wheel nut caps. you could be badly injured or the vehicle, it is designed only for
killed. Never get under a vehicle changing a flat tire. If it is used for
when it is supported only by anything else, you or others could
a jack. be badly injured or killed if the
vehicle slips off the jack. If a jack
is provided with the vehicle, only
use it for changing a flat tire.
{ Warning
Raising the vehicle with the jack 6. Place the hex tube end of the
improperly positioned can wrench over the hex head of
damage the vehicle and even the jack.
make the vehicle fall. To help 7. Place the jack under the vehicle.
avoid personal injury and vehicle
3. Turn the wheel wrench damage, be sure to fit the jack lift
counterclockwise to loosen all head into the proper location
the wheel nuts, but do not before raising the vehicle.
remove them yet.
4. Place the jack near the flat tire.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
10-72 Vehicle Care
{ Caution
Make sure that the jack lift head
is in the correct position or you
may damage your vehicle. The
repairs would not be covered by
your warranty.
9. Raise the vehicle by turning the 10. Remove all of the wheel nuts.
jack handle clockwise. Raise the 11. Remove the flat tire.
vehicle far enough off the
ground so there is enough room
for the road tire to clear the { Warning
ground.
Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the
parts to which it is fastened, can
make wheel nuts become loose
after time. The wheel could come
8. Position the jack lift head at the off and cause an accident. When
jack location nearest the flat tire, changing a wheel, remove any
as shown. The jack must not be rust or dirt from places where the
used in any other position. wheel attaches to the vehicle. In
(Continued)
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Vehicle Care 10-73
Warning (Continued) { Warning Warning (Continued)

an emergency, a cloth or a paper Never use oil or grease on bolts aftermarket manufacturer when
towel can be used; however, use or nuts because the nuts might using accessory locking wheel
a scraper or wire brush later to come loose. The vehicle's wheel nuts. See Capacities and
remove all rust or dirt. could fall off, causing a crash. Specifications on page 12-2 for
original equipment wheel nut
14. Reinstall the wheel nuts. torque specifications.
Tighten each nut by hand until
the wheel is held against
the hub. { Caution
15. Lower the vehicle by turning
the jack handle Improperly tightened wheel nuts
counterclockwise. can lead to brake pulsation and
rotor damage. To avoid expensive
{ Warning brake repairs, evenly tighten the
wheel nuts in the proper
Wheel nuts that are improperly or sequence and to the proper
incorrectly tightened can cause torque specification. See
the wheels to become loose or Capacities and Specifications for
12. Remove any rust or dirt from the wheel nut torque specification.
come off. The wheel nuts should
the wheel bolts, mounting
be tightened with a torque wrench
surfaces, and spare wheel.
to the proper torque specification
13. Place the compact spare tire after replacing. Follow the torque
on the wheel-mounting surface. specification supplied by the
(Continued)
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
10-74 Vehicle Care
17. Lower the jack all the way and

remove the jack from under the
vehicle.
18. Tighten the wheel nuts firmly
with the wheel wrench.
Storing a Flat or Spare Tire
and Tools
{ Warning
Storing a jack, a tire, or other
equipment in the passenger 1. Turn the wrench
compartment of the vehicle could counterclockwise to remove the
cause injury. In a sudden stop or fastener.
collision, loose equipment could 2. Replace the fastener with the
strike someone. Store all these in one provided in the foam.
the proper place.
3. Turn the wrench clockwise to
tighten the fastener.
4. Replace the foam, jack and
tools, and the tire.
5. Turn the retainer nut clockwise
to secure the tire.
16. Tighten the wheel nuts firmly in 6. Place the floor cover on the
a crisscross sequence, as wheel.
shown.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Vehicle Care 10-75
To store the compact spare tire, use Stop as soon as possible and check
the shorter mounting bolt. that the spare tire is correctly { Caution
The compact spare is for temporary inflated after being installed on the
vehicle. The compact spare tire is When the compact spare is
use only. Replace the compact installed, do not take the vehicle
spare tire with a full-size tire as designed for temporary use only.
The vehicle will perform differently through an automatic car wash
soon as you can. with guide rails. The compact
with the spare tire installed and it is
recommended that the vehicle spare can get caught on the rails
Compact Spare Tire speed be limited to 80 km/h which can damage the tire, wheel,
(50 mph). To conserve the tread of and other parts of the vehicle.
{ Warning the spare tire, have the standard tire
repaired or replaced as soon as Do not use the compact spare on
Driving with more than one convenient and return the spare tire
compact spare tire at a time could other vehicles.
to the storage area.
result in loss of braking and Do not mix the compact spare tire or
When using a compact spare tire, wheel with other wheels or tires.
handling. This could lead to a
the ABS and Traction Control They will not fit. Keep the spare tire
crash and you or others could be
systems may engage until the spare and its wheel together.
injured. Use only one compact tire is recognized by the vehicle,
spare tire at a time. especially on slippery roads. Adjust
driving to reduce possible { Caution
If this vehicle has a compact spare wheel slip.
Tire chains will not fit the compact
tire, it was fully inflated when new; spare. Using them can damage
however, it can lose air over time.
the vehicle and the chains. Do not
Check the inflation pressure
use tire chains on the compact
regularly. It should be 420 kPa
(60 psi). spare.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
10-76 Vehicle Care
Full-Size Spare Tire After installing the spare tire on the Jump Starting
vehicle, stop as soon as possible
If this vehicle came with a full-size and check that the spare is correctly For more information about the
spare tire, it was fully inflated when inflated. The spare tire is made to vehicle battery, see Battery on
new, however, it can lose air over perform well at speeds up to page 10-25.
time. Check the inflation pressure 112 km/h (70 mph) at the
regularly. See Tire Pressure on If the battery has run down, try to
recommended inflation pressure, so use another vehicle and some
page 10-46 and Vehicle Load Limits you can finish your trip.
on page 9-10 for information jumper cables to start your vehicle.
regarding proper tire inflation and Have the damaged or flat road tire Be sure to use the following steps to
loading the vehicle. For instructions repaired or replaced and installed do it safely.
on how to remove, install, or store a back onto the vehicle as soon as
spare tire, see Tire Changing on possible so the spare tire will be
available in case it is needed again.
{ Warning
page 10-70.
Do not mix tires and wheels of Batteries can hurt you. They can
different sizes, because they will not be dangerous because:
fit. Keep the spare tire and its wheel . They contain acid that can
together.
burn you.
. They contain gas that can
explode or ignite.
. They contain enough
electricity to burn you.
If you do not follow these steps
exactly, some or all of these
things can hurt you.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Vehicle Care 10-77
{ Caution
Ignoring these steps could result
in costly damage to the vehicle
that would not be covered by the
vehicle warranty. Trying to start
the vehicle by pushing or pulling it
will not work, and it could damage
the vehicle.
The vehicle has a battery cover

which must be removed to gain 1. Clips The vehicle has a remote
access to the battery for jump 2. Pivot Points positive (+) terminal under a trim
starting. cover. It is under the battery cover
To remove the battery cover: on the driver side of the engine
1. Release the two rear clips (1). compartment. See Engine
2. Lift the battery cover up towards Compartment Overview on
the front of the vehicle to release page 10-5. You should always use
it from the pivot points (2) and this remote positive terminal.
remove.
the battery cover.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
10-78 Vehicle Care
{ Caution Caution (Continued)

If the other vehicle does not have warranty. Whenever possible, turn
a 12-volt system with a negative off or unplug all accessories on
ground, both vehicles can be either vehicle when jump starting.
damaged. Only use a vehicle that
has a 12-volt system with a 4. Turn the ignition to OFF and
negative ground for jump starting. switch off all lights and
accessories in both vehicles,
2. Position the two vehicles so that except the hazard warning
they are not touching. flashers if needed.
The vehicle has a remote negative 3. Set the parking brake firmly.
(−) ground location. It is located on Vehicles with an automatic { Warning
the driver side of the engine transmission should be in
compartment. See Engine An electric fan can start up even
P (Park). See Shifting Into Park
Compartment Overview on on page 9-20. when the engine is not running
page 10-5. You should always use and can injure you. Keep hands,
clothing and tools away from any
this remote ground location, instead
of the terminal on the battery.
{ Caution underhood electric fan.
These posts are used instead of a If any accessories are left on or
direct connection to the battery. plugged in during the jump
starting procedure, they could be
1. Check the other vehicle. It must
have a 12-volt battery with a damaged. The repairs would not
negative ground system. be covered by the vehicle
(Continued)
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Vehicle Care 10-79
9. Start the engine in the vehicle

{ Warning { Warning with the good battery and run
the engine at idle speed for at
Using a match near a battery can Fans or other moving engine least four minutes.
cause battery gas to explode. parts can injure you badly. Keep
People have been hurt doing this, your hands away from moving 10. Try to start the vehicle that had
and some have been blinded. parts once the engine is running. the dead battery. If it will not
Use a flashlight if you need more start after a few tries, it
light. probably needs service.
5. Connect one end of the red
Be sure the battery has enough
water. You do not need to add
positive (+) cable to the jump
start remote positive (+) terminal
{ Caution
water to the battery installed in for the discharged battery. If the jumper cables are
your new vehicle. But if a battery 6. Connect the other end of the red connected or removed in the
has filler caps, be sure the right positive (+) cable to the wrong order, electrical shorting
amount of fluid is there. If it is low, positive (+) terminal of the good may occur and damage the
add water to take care of that battery. vehicle. The repairs would not be
first. If you do not, explosive gas 7. Connect one end of the black covered by the vehicle warranty.
could be present. negative (–) cable to the Always connect and remove the
Battery fluid contains acid that negative (–) terminal of the good jumper cables in the correct order,
can burn you. Do not get it on battery. making sure that the cables do
you. If you accidentally get it in not touch each other or other
8. Connect the other end of the
your eyes or on your skin, flush metal.
black negative (–) cable to the
the place with water and get remote negative (–) post for the
medical help immediately. discharged battery. Jumper Cable Removal
Reverse the sequence exactly when
removing the jumper cables.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
10-80 Vehicle Care
Towing the Vehicle Consult your dealer or a

professional towing service if the
Here are some important things to
consider before recreational vehicle
disabled vehicle must be towed. towing:
{ Caution To tow the vehicle behind another . What is the towing capacity of
Incorrectly towing a disabled vehicle for recreational purposes, the towing vehicle? Be sure to
vehicle may cause damage. The such as behind a motor home, see read the tow vehicle
damage would not be covered by “Recreational Vehicle Towing” manufacturer's
the vehicle warranty. Do not lash following. recommendations.
or hook to the chassis . What is the distance that will be
components — including the front Recreational Vehicle traveled? Some vehicles have
and rear subframes, suspension Towing restrictions on how far and how
control arms, and links — during long they can tow.
Recreational vehicle towing means
towing and recovery of a disabled towing the vehicle behind another . Is the proper towing equipment
vehicle, or when securing the vehicle such as a motor home. The going to be used? See your
vehicle. Use the proper nylon two most common types of dealer or trailering professional
strap harnesses around the tires recreational vehicle towing are for additional advice and
to secure the vehicle. known as dinghy towing and dolly equipment recommendations.
towing. Dinghy towing is towing the . Is the vehicle ready to be
Have the vehicle towed on a wheel vehicle with all four wheels on the towed? Just as preparing the
lift tow truck. A flatbed car carrier ground. Dolly towing is towing the vehicle for a long trip, make sure
could damage the vehicle. The vehicle with two wheels on the the vehicle is prepared to be
wheel lift tow truck must raise the ground and two wheels up on a towed.
rear of the vehicle and wheel dollies device known as a dolly.
must be used to lift the front wheels
off the ground.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Vehicle Care 10-81
Dinghy Towing The vehicle was not designed to be Use the following procedure to dolly
towed with all four wheels on the tow the vehicle from the front:
ground. If the vehicle must be 1. Attach the dolly to the tow
towed, a dolly should be used. See vehicle following the dolly
the following information on dolly manufacturer instructions.
towing.
2. Drive the front wheels onto the
Dolly Towing from the Front dolly.
(Front-Wheel Drive)
3. Shift the transmission to
P (Park).
4. Firmly set the parking brake.
5. Use an adequate clamping
device designed for towing to
ensure that the front wheels are
{ Caution locked into the straight-ahead
position.
If the vehicle is towed with all four
6. Secure the vehicle to the dolly
wheels on the ground, the following the manufacturer
drivetrain components could be instructions.
damaged. The repairs would not
be covered by the vehicle 7. Release the parking brake only
warranty. Do not tow the vehicle Vehicles with front-wheel drive can after the vehicle being towed is
with all four wheels on the be dolly towed from the front. firmly attached to the towing
vehicle.
ground.
8. Turn the ignition to OFF.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
10-82 Vehicle Care
Dolly Towing from the Front Dolly Towing from the Rear Appearance Care
(All-Wheel Drive)
Exterior Care
Locks
Locks are lubricated at the factory.
Use a de-icing agent only when
absolutely necessary, and have the
locks greased after using. See
Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants on page 11-13.
Washing the Vehicle
To preserve the vehicle's finish,
The vehicle cannot be dolly towed wash it often and out of direct
Vehicles with all-wheel drive cannot from the rear. sunlight.
be dolly towed.
{ Caution
Do not use petroleum-based,
acidic, or abrasive cleaning
agents as they can damage the
vehicle's paint, metal, or plastic
parts. If damage occurs, it would
not be covered by the vehicle
warranty. Approved cleaning
(Continued)
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Vehicle Care 10-83
washed. This could cause damage are damaged, see your dealer to
Caution (Continued) that would not be covered by the have the damage assessed and
vehicle warranty. repaired. Foreign materials such as
products can be obtained from calcium chloride and other salts, ice
your dealer. Follow all If using an automatic car wash,
follow the car wash instructions. The melting agents, road oil and tar, tree
manufacturer directions regarding sap, bird droppings, chemicals from
correct product usage, necessary windshield wiper and rear window
wiper, if equipped, must be off. industrial chimneys, etc., can
safety precautions, and damage the vehicle's finish if they
appropriate disposal of any Remove any accessories that may
be damaged or interfere with the car remain on painted surfaces. Wash
vehicle care product. the vehicle as soon as possible.
wash equipment.
If necessary, use non-abrasive
Rinse the vehicle well, before cleaners that are marked safe for
washing and after, to remove all painted surfaces to remove foreign
{ Caution cleaning agents completely. If they matter.
are allowed to dry on the surface,
Avoid using high-pressure they could stain. Occasional hand waxing or mild
washes closer than 30 cm (12 in) polishing should be done to remove
to the surface of the vehicle. Use Dry the finish with a soft, clean residue from the paint finish. See
of power washers exceeding chamois or an all-cotton towel to your dealer for approved cleaning
8,274 kPa (1,200 psi) can result avoid surface scratches and water products.
spotting.
in damage or removal of paint Do not apply waxes or polishes to
and decals. Finish Care uncoated plastic, vinyl, rubber,
decals, simulated wood, or flat paint
Application of aftermarket clearcoat
as damage can occur.
The e symbol is on any sealant/wax materials is not
underhood compartment electrical recommended. If painted surfaces
center that should not be power
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
10-84 Vehicle Care
The bright metal moldings on the Cleaning Exterior Lamps/

{ Caution vehicle are aluminum. To prevent Lenses, Emblems, Decals and
damage always follow these Stripes
Machine compounding or cleaning instructions:
aggressive polishing on a Use only lukewarm or cold water, a
. Be sure the molding is cool to
basecoat/clearcoat paint finish soft cloth, and a car washing soap
may damage it. Use only the touch before applying any to clean exterior lamps, lenses,
non-abrasive waxes and polishes cleaning solution. emblems, decals and stripes. Follow
that are made for a basecoat/ . Use a cleaning solution instructions under "Washing the
clearcoat paint finish on the approved for aluminum. Some Vehicle" previously in this section.
vehicle. cleaners are highly acidic or Lamp covers are made of plastic,
contain alkaline substances and and some have a UV protective
can damage the moldings. coating.
To keep the paint finish looking new,
keep the vehicle garaged or . Always dilute a concentrated Use only lukewarm water, a soft
covered whenever possible. cleaner according to the cloth, and mild car washing soap to
manufacturer’s instructions. clean exterior lamps and lenses. Do
Protecting Exterior Bright Metal
Moldings
. Do not use chrome cleaners. not clean or wipe them while they
are dry.
. Do not use cleaners that are not
{ Caution intended for automotive use. Do not use any of the following on
lamp covers:
. Use a nonabrasive wax on the
Failure to clean and protect the . Abrasive or caustic agents.
vehicle after washing to protect
bright metal moldings can result and extend the molding finish.
in a hazy white finish or pitting.
. Washer fluids and other cleaning
This damage would not be agents in higher concentrations
covered by the vehicle warranty. than suggested by the
manufacturer.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Vehicle Care 10-85

. Solvents, alcohols, fuels, Air Intakes squeak. Lubricate weatherstrips at
or other harsh cleaners. least once a year. Hot, dry climates
Clear debris from the air intakes,
. Ice scrapers or other hard items. may require more frequent
between the hood and windshield
application. Black marks from
. Aftermarket appearance caps or when washing the vehicle.
rubber material on painted surfaces
covers while the lamps are can be removed by rubbing with a
illuminated, due to excessive Windshield and Wiper Blades
clean cloth. See Recommended
heat generated. Clean the outside of the windshield Fluids and Lubricants on
with glass cleaner. page 11-13.
{ Caution Clean rubber blades using a lint-free
Tires
cloth or paper towel soaked with
Failure to clean lamps properly windshield washer fluid or a mild Use a stiff brush with tire cleaner to
can cause damage to the lamp detergent. Wash the windshield clean the tires.
cover that would not be covered thoroughly when cleaning the
by the vehicle warranty. blades. Bugs, road grime, sap, and
a buildup of vehicle wash/wax
{ Caution
treatments may cause wiper Using petroleum-based tire
streaking.
{ Caution Replace the wiper blades if they are
dressing products on the vehicle
may damage the paint finish and/
Using wax on low gloss black worn or damaged. Damage can be or tires. When applying a tire
finish stripes can increase the caused by extreme dusty dressing, always wipe off any
gloss level and create a conditions, sand, salt, heat, sun, overspray from all painted
non-uniform finish. Clean low snow, and ice. surfaces on the vehicle.
gloss stripes with soap and
Weatherstrips
water only.
Apply Dielectric silicone grease on
weatherstrips to make them last
longer, seal better, and not stick or
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
10-86 Vehicle Care
Wheels and Trim — Aluminum Inspect power steering for proper

or Chrome { Caution hook-up, binding, leaks, cracks,
chafing, etc.
Use a soft, clean cloth with mild To avoid surface damage, do not
soap and water to clean the wheels. use strong soaps, chemicals, Visually check constant velocity joint
After rinsing thoroughly with clean abrasive polishes, cleaners, boots and axle seals for leaks.
water, dry with a soft, clean towel. brushes, or cleaners that contain Body Component Lubrication
A wax may then be applied. acid on aluminum or
chrome-plated wheels. Use only Lubricate all key lock cylinders,
{ Caution approved cleaners. Also, never hood hinges, liftgate hinges, and the
fuel door hinge unless the
drive a vehicle with aluminum or
Chrome wheels and other chrome components are plastic. Applying
chrome-plated wheels through an
trim may be damaged if the silicone grease on weatherstrips
automatic car wash that uses
vehicle is not washed after driving with a clean cloth will make them
silicone carbide tire cleaning last longer, seal better, and not stick
on roads that have been sprayed brushes. Damage could occur
with magnesium, calcium, or squeak.
and the repairs would not be
or sodium chloride. These covered by the vehicle warranty. Underbody Maintenance
chlorides are used on roads for
At least twice a year, Spring and
conditions such as ice and dust.
Steering, Suspension, and Fall, use plain water to flush dirt and
Always wash the chrome with
Chassis Components debris from the vehicle's underbody.
soap and water after exposure. Your dealer or an underbody car
Visually inspect steering, washing system can do this. If not
suspension, and chassis removed, rust and corrosion can
components for damaged, loose, develop.
or missing parts or signs of wear at
least once a year.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Vehicle Care 10-87
Sheet Metal Damage dark spots etched into the paint on any switches or controls.
surface. See “Finish Care” Cleaners should be removed
If the vehicle is damaged and
previously in this section. quickly. Never allow cleaners to
requires sheet metal repair or
remain on the surface being
replacement, make sure the body
repair shop applies anti-corrosion Interior Care cleaned for extended periods
of time.
material to parts repaired or To prevent dirt particle abrasions,
replaced to restore corrosion regularly clean the vehicle's interior. Cleaners may contain solvents that
protection. Immediately remove any soils. Note can become concentrated in the
that newspapers or dark garments interior. Before using cleaners, read
Original manufacturer replacement
that can transfer color to home and adhere to all safety instructions
parts will provide the corrosion
furnishings can also permanently on the label. While cleaning the
protection while maintaining the
transfer color to the vehicle's interior, maintain adequate
vehicle warranty.
interior. ventilation by opening the doors and
Finish Damage windows.
Use a soft bristle brush to remove
Quickly repair minor chips and dust from knobs and crevices on the To prevent damage, do not clean
scratches with touch-up materials instrument cluster. Using a mild the interior using the following
available from your dealer to avoid soap solution, immediately remove cleaners or techniques:
corrosion. Larger areas of finish hand lotions, sunscreen, and insect . Never use a razor or any other
damage can be corrected in your repellent from all interior surfaces or sharp object to remove a soil
dealer's body and paint shop. permanent damage may result. from any interior surface.
Chemical Paint Spotting Your dealer may have products for . Never use a brush with stiff
cleaning the interior. Use cleaners bristles.
Airborne pollutants can fall upon specifically designed for the
and attack painted vehicle surfaces surfaces being cleaned to prevent
. Never rub any surface
causing blotchy, ring-shaped permanent damage. Apply all aggressively or with excessive
discolorations, and small, irregular cleaners directly to the cleaning pressure.
cloth. Do not spray cleaners directly
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
10-88 Vehicle Care

. Do not use laundry detergents or Fabric/Carpet/Suede
dishwashing soaps with { Caution Start by vacuuming the surface
degreasers. For liquid cleaners,
use approximately 20 drops per To prevent scratching, never use using a soft brush attachment. If a
3.8 L (1 gal) of water. abrasive cleaners on automotive rotating brush attachment is being
A concentrated soap solution will glass. Abrasive cleaners or used during vacuuming, only use it
leave a residue that creates aggressive cleaning may damage on the floor carpet. Before cleaning,
streaks and attracts dirt. Do not the rear window defogger. gently remove as much of the soil
use solutions that contain strong as possible using one of the
or caustic soap. following techniques:
Cleaning the windshield with water
. Do not heavily saturate the during the first three to six months
. Gently blot liquids with a paper
upholstery when cleaning. of ownership will reduce tendency towel. Continue blotting until no
to fog. more soil can be removed.
. Do not use solvents or cleaners
containing solvents.
. For solid soils, remove as much
Speaker Covers as possible prior to vacuuming.
Interior Glass Vacuum around a speaker cover To clean:
To clean, use a terry cloth fabric gently, so that the speaker will not
be damaged. Clean spots with just 1. Saturate a clean lint-free
dampened with water. Wipe droplets
water and mild soap. colorfast cloth with water.
left behind with a clean dry cloth.
Microfiber cloth is recommended
Commercial glass cleaners may be Coated Moldings to prevent lint transfer to the
used, if necessary, after cleaning
Coated moldings should be cleaned. fabric or carpet.
the interior glass with plain water.
. When lightly soiled, wipe with a 2. Remove excess moisture by
sponge or soft lint-free cloth gently wringing until water does
dampened with water. not drip from the cleaning cloth.
. When heavily soiled, use warm
soapy water.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Vehicle Care 10-89
3. Start on the outside edge of the Cleaning High Gloss Surfaces Instrument Panel, Leather,
soil and gently rub toward the and Vehicle Information and Vinyl, Other Plastic Surfaces,
center. Fold the cleaning cloth to Radio Displays Low Gloss Paint Surfaces and
a clean area frequently to Natural Open Pore Wood
prevent forcing the soil in to the For vehicles with high gloss
surfaces or vehicle displays, use a Surfaces
fabric.
microfiber cloth to wipe surfaces. Use a soft microfiber cloth
4. Continue gently rubbing the Before wiping the surface with the dampened with water to remove
soiled area until there is no microfiber cloth, use a soft bristle dust and loose dirt. For a more
longer any color transfer from brush to remove dirt that could thorough cleaning, use a soft
the soil to the cleaning cloth. scratch the surface. Then use the microfiber cloth dampened with a
5. If the soil is not completely microfiber cloth by gently rubbing to mild soap solution.
removed, use a mild soap clean. Never use window cleaners
or solvents. Periodically hand wash
solution followed only by plain
water. the microfiber cloth separately,
{ Caution
using mild soap. Do not use bleach Soaking or saturating leather,
If the soil is not completely or fabric softener. Rinse thoroughly
removed, it may be necessary to especially perforated leather, as
and air dry before next use. well as other interior surfaces,
use a commercial upholstery
cleaner or spot lifter. Test a small may cause permanent damage.
hidden area for colorfastness before { Caution Wipe excess moisture from these
using a commercial upholstery surfaces after cleaning and allow
Do not attach a device with a
cleaner or spot lifter. If ring them to dry naturally. Never use
formation occurs, clean the entire suction cup to the display. This
heat, steam, spot lifters, or spot
fabric or carpet. may cause damage and would
removers. Do not use cleaners
not be covered by the warranty.
Following the cleaning process, a that contain silicone or wax-based
paper towel can be used to blot products. Cleaners containing
excess moisture. (Continued)
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
10-90 Vehicle Care
Caution (Continued)
Cargo Cover and Floor Mats
Convenience Net
these solvents can permanently Wash with warm water and mild { Warning
change the appearance and feel detergent. Do not use chlorine
of leather or soft trim and are not bleach. Rinse with cold water, and If a floor mat is the wrong size or
recommended. then dry completely. is not properly installed, it can
interfere with the pedals.
Care of Safety Belts Interference with the pedals can
Do not use cleaners that increase cause unintended acceleration
Keep belts clean and dry.
gloss, especially on the instrument and/or increased stopping
panel. Reflected glare can decrease
visibility through the windshield { Warning distance which can cause a crash
and injury. Make sure the floor
under certain conditions.
Do not bleach or dye safety belts. mat does not interfere with the
It may severely weaken them. In pedals.
{ Caution a crash, they might not be able to
Use of air fresheners may cause provide adequate protection. Use the following guidelines for
permanent damage to plastics Clean safety belts only with mild proper floor mat usage.
and painted surfaces. If an air soap and lukewarm water.
. The original equipment floor
freshener comes in contact with mats were designed for your
any plastic or painted surface in vehicle. If the floor mats need
the vehicle, blot immediately and replacing, it is recommended
clean with a soft cloth dampened that GM certified floor mats be
with a mild soap solution. purchased. Non-GM floor mats
Damage caused by air fresheners may not fit properly and may
would not be covered by the interfere with the pedals. Always
vehicle warranty. check that the floor mats do not
interfere with the pedals.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Vehicle Care 10-91

. Use the floor mat with the Removing and Replacing the
correct side up. Do not turn Floor Mats
it over.
. Do not place anything on top of
the driver side floor mat.
. Use only a single floor mat on
the driver side.
. Do not place one floor mat on
top of another.
The driver side floor mat is held in
place by button-type retainers.
1. Pull up on the rear of the floor

mat to unlock the retainers and
remove.
2. Reinstall by lining up the floor
mat retainer openings over the
carpet retainers and snap into
position.
3. Make sure the floor mat is
properly secured in place.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
10-92 Vehicle Care
2 NOTES
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Service and Maintenance 11-1
Service and Recommended Fluids,

Lubricants, and Parts
General Information
Maintenance Recommended Fluids and Your vehicle is an important
investment. This section describes
Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-13
Maintenance Replacement the required maintenance for the
General Information Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-14 vehicle. Follow this schedule to help
General Information . . . . . . . . . . 11-1 protect against major repair
Maintenance Records expenses resulting from neglect or
Cadillac Premium Care Maintenance Records . . . . . . 11-16 inadequate maintenance. It may
Maintenance also help to maintain the value of
Cadillac Premium Care the vehicle if it is sold. It is the
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-3 responsibility of the owner to have
all required maintenance performed.
Maintenance Schedule
Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . 11-4 Your dealer has trained technicians
who can perform required
Special Application Services maintenance using genuine
Special Application replacement parts. They have
Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-9 up-to-date tools and equipment for
fast and accurate diagnostics. Many
Additional Maintenance dealers have extended evening and
and Care Saturday hours, courtesy
Additional Maintenance transportation, and online
and Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-9 scheduling to assist with service
needs.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
11-2 Service and Maintenance
Your dealer recognizes the The Tire Rotation and Required Refer to the information in the
importance of providing Services are the responsibility of the Maintenance Schedule Additional
competitively priced maintenance vehicle owner. It is recommended to Required Services - Normal chart.
and repair services. With trained have your dealer perform these The Additional Required Services -
technicians, the dealer is the place services every 12 000 km/7,500 mi. Severe are for vehicles that are:
for routine maintenance such as oil Proper vehicle maintenance helps to
changes and tire rotations and keep the vehicle in good working . Mainly driven in heavy city traffic
additional maintenance items like condition, improves fuel economy, in hot weather.
tires, brakes, batteries, and wiper and reduces vehicle emissions. . Mainly driven in hilly or
blades. Because of the way people use mountainous terrain.
vehicles, maintenance needs vary. . Frequently towing a trailer.
{ Caution There may need to be more
frequent checks and services. The
. Used for high speed or
Damage caused by improper Additional Required Services - competitive driving.
maintenance can lead to costly Normal are for vehicles that: . Used for taxi, police, or delivery
repairs and may not be covered . service.
by the vehicle warranty. Carry passengers and cargo
Maintenance intervals, checks, within recommended limits on Refer to the information in the
the Tire and Loading Information Maintenance Schedule Additional
inspections, recommended fluids,
label. See Vehicle Load Limits Required Services - Severe chart.
and lubricants are important to
on page 9-10.
keep the vehicle in good working
condition. . Are driven on reasonable road
surfaces within legal driving
limits.
. Use the recommended fuel. See
Fuel on page 9-58.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13

. Engine air cleaner filter
{ Warning Cadillac Premium replacement.
Performing maintenance work can

Care Maintenance . Passenger compartment air filter
Your vehicle comes with the replacement.
be dangerous and can cause
serious injury. Perform Cadillac Premium Care . Multi‐point vehicle inspection
maintenance work only if the Maintenance. It is a maintenance (MPVI) performed by a qualified
required information, proper tools, program that covers select technician.
and equipment are available. maintenance services during the
first 4 years or 80 000 km Cadillac requires that all Cadillac
If they are not, see your dealer to Premium Care Maintenance
(50,000 mi), whichever comes first.
have a trained technician do the services be performed by a Cadillac
work. See Doing Your Own Cadillac Premium Care authorized service dealer.
Service Work on page 10-3. Maintenance covers routine
maintenance services, when
scheduled in accordance with the
owner manual, including:
. Oil changes based on the
vehicle's oil life monitor system.
. Tire rotation every 12 000 km
(7,500 mi).
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Maintenance Engine Oil Change Tire Rotation and Required

When the CHANGE ENGINE OIL Services Every 12 000 km/
Schedule SOON message displays, have the 7,500 mi
Owner Checks and Services engine oil and filter changed within Rotate the tires, if recommended for
the next 1 000 km/600 mi. If driven the vehicle, and perform the
At Each Fuel Stop under the best conditions, the following services. See Tire
. Check the engine oil level. See engine oil life system might not Rotation on page 10-53.
Engine Oil on page 10-9. indicate the need for vehicle service
for more than a year. The engine oil
. Check engine oil level and oil
Once a Month and filter must be changed at least life percentage. If needed,
once a year and the oil life system change engine oil and filter, and
. Check the tire inflation
must be reset. Your trained dealer reset oil life system. See Engine
pressures. See Tire Pressure on
technician can perform this work. Oil on page 10-9 and Engine Oil
page 10-46.
If the engine oil life system is reset Life System on page 10-11.
. Inspect the tires for wear. See accidentally, service the vehicle . Check engine coolant level. See
Tire Inspection on page 10-53. within 5 000 km/3,000 mi since the Engine Coolant on page 10-16.
. Check the windshield washer last service. Reset the oil life . Check windshield washer fluid
fluid level. See Washer Fluid on system when the oil is changed.
level. See Washer Fluid on
page 10-22. See Engine Oil Life System on
page 10-22.
page 10-11.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13

. Visually inspect windshield wiper . Check restraint system . Check accelerator pedal for
blades for wear, cracking, components. See Safety System damage, high effort, or binding.
or contamination. See Exterior Check on page 3-20. Replace if needed.
Care on page 10-82. Replace . Visually inspect fuel system for . Visually inspect gas strut for
worn or damaged wiper blades. damage or leaks. signs of wear, cracks, or other
See Wiper Blade Replacement damage. Check the hold open
on page 10-27. . Visually inspect exhaust system
and nearby heat shields for ability of the strut. See your
. Check tire inflation pressures. loose or damaged parts. dealer if service is required.
See Tire Pressure on . Check tire sealant expiration
page 10-46. . Lubricate body components. See
Exterior Care on page 10-82. date, if equipped. See Tire
. Inspect tire wear. See Tire Sealant and Compressor Kit on
Inspection on page 10-53. . Check starter switch. See Starter page 10-62.
Switch Check on page 10-25.
. Visually check for fluid leaks. . Inspect sunroof track and seal,
.
. Check automatic transmission if equipped. See Sunroof on
Inspect engine air cleaner filter. shift lock control function. See
See Engine Air Cleaner/Filter on page 2-25.
Automatic Transmission Shift
page 10-13. Lock Control Function Check on
. Inspect brake system. page 10-26.
. Visually inspect steering, . Check parking brake and
suspension, and chassis automatic transmission park
components for damaged, loose, mechanism. See Park Brake and
or missing parts or signs of P (Park) Mechanism Check on
wear. See Exterior Care on page 10-26.
page 10-82.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
1 2 0 0 0 k m/7 ,5 0 0 mi
2 4 0 0 0 k m/1 5 ,0 0 0 mi
3 6 0 0 0 k m/2 2 ,5 0 0 mi
4 8 0 0 0 k m/3 0 ,0 0 0 mi
6 0 0 0 0 k m/3 7 ,5 0 0 mi
7 2 0 0 0 k m/4 5 ,0 0 0 mi
8 4 0 0 0 k m/5 2 ,5 0 0 mi
9 6 0 0 0 k m/6 0 ,0 0 0 mi
1 0 8 0 0 0 k m/6 7 ,5 0 0 mi
1 2 0 0 0 0 k m/7 5 ,0 0 0 mi
1 3 2 0 0 0 k m/8 2 ,5 0 0 mi
1 4 4 0 0 0 k m/9 0 ,0 0 0 mi
1 5 6 0 0 0 k m/9 7 ,5 0 0 mi
1 6 8 0 0 0 k m/1 0 5 ,0 0 0 mi
1 8 0 0 0 0 k m/11 2 ,5 0 0 mi
1 9 2 0 0 0 k m/1 2 0 ,0 0 0 mi
2 0 4 0 0 0 k m/1 2 7 ,5 0 0 mi
2 1 6 0 0 0 k m/1 3 5 ,0 0 0 mi
2 2 8 0 0 0 k m/1 4 2 ,5 0 0 mi
2 4 0 0 0 0 k m/1 5 0 ,0 0 0 mi
Additional Required
Services - Normal
Rotate tires and perform Required Services.
Check engine oil level and oil life percentage. @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @
Change engine oil and filter, if needed.
Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1) @ @ @ @ @ @
Inspect evaporative control system. (2) @ @ @
Replace engine air cleaner filter. (3) @ @ @
Replace spark plugs. Inspect ignition coils.
(3.6L LFX)
@
(3.6L LF3)
@ @
Change automatic transmission fluid. Change
filter if serviceable.
@
Drain and fill engine cooling system. (4) @
Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (5) @
Replace brake fluid. (6) @
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Footnotes — Maintenance (2) Check all fuel and vapor lines (5) Or every 10 years, whichever
Schedule Additional Required and hoses for proper hook-up, comes first. Inspect for fraying,
Services - Normal routing, and condition. excessive cracking, or damage;
(1) Or every two years, whichever (3) Or every four years, whichever replace, if needed.
comes first. More frequent comes first. (6) Or every 10 years, whichever
replacement may be needed if the comes first.
(4) Or every five years, whichever
vehicle is driven in areas with heavy comes first. See Cooling System on
traffic, areas with poor air quality, page 10-15.
or areas with high dust levels.
Replacement may also be needed if
there is a reduction in air flow,
excessive window fogging, or odors.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
1 2 0 0 0 k m/7 ,5 0 0 mi
2 4 0 0 0 k m/1 5 ,0 0 0 mi
3 6 0 0 0 k m/2 2 ,5 0 0 mi
4 8 0 0 0 k m/3 0 ,0 0 0 mi
6 0 0 0 0 k m/3 7 ,5 0 0 mi
7 2 0 0 0 k m/4 5 ,0 0 0 mi
8 4 0 0 0 k m/5 2 ,5 0 0 mi
9 6 0 0 0 k m/6 0 ,0 0 0 mi
1 0 8 0 0 0 k m/6 7 ,5 0 0 mi
1 2 0 0 0 0 k m/7 5 ,0 0 0 mi
1 3 2 0 0 0 k m/8 2 ,5 0 0 mi
1 4 4 0 0 0 k m/9 0 ,0 0 0 mi
1 5 6 0 0 0 k m/9 7 ,5 0 0 mi
1 6 8 0 0 0 k m/1 0 5 ,0 0 0 mi
1 8 0 0 0 0 k m/11 2 ,5 0 0 mi
1 9 2 0 0 0 k m/1 2 0 ,0 0 0 mi
2 0 4 0 0 0 k m/1 2 7 ,5 0 0 mi
2 1 6 0 0 0 k m/1 3 5 ,0 0 0 mi
2 2 8 0 0 0 k m/1 4 2 ,5 0 0 mi
2 4 0 0 0 0 k m/1 5 0 ,0 0 0 mi
Additional Required
Services - Severe
Rotate tires and perform Required Services.
Check engine oil level and oil life percentage. @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @
Change engine oil and filter, if needed.
Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1) @ @ @ @ @ @
Inspect evaporative control system. (2) @ @ @
Replace engine air cleaner filter. (3) @ @ @
Change automatic transmission fluid. Change
filter if serviceable.
@ @ @
(3.6L LFX)
@
(3.6L LF3)
@ @
Drain and fill engine cooling system. (4) @
Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (5) @
Replace brake fluid. (6) @
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Footnotes — Maintenance Special Application Additional

Schedule Additional Required
Services - Severe Services Maintenance and Care
(1) Or every two years, whichever . Severe Commercial Use Your vehicle is an important
comes first. More frequent Vehicles Only: Lubricate chassis investment and caring for it properly
replacement may be needed if the components every 5 000 km/ may help to avoid future costly
vehicle is driven in areas with heavy 3,000 mi. repairs. To maintain vehicle
traffic, areas with poor air quality, . performance, additional
Have underbody flushing service
or areas with high dust levels. maintenance services may be
performed. See "Underbody
Replacement may also be needed if required.
Maintenance" in Exterior Care
there is a reduction in air flow,
on page 10-82. It is recommended that your dealer
excessive window fogging, or odors.
perform these services — their
(2) Check all fuel and vapor lines trained dealer technicians know
and hoses for proper hook-up, your vehicle best. Your dealer can
routing, and condition. also perform a thorough
(3) Or every four years, whichever assessment with a multi-point
comes first. inspection to recommend when your
vehicle may need attention.
(4) Or every five years, whichever
comes first. See Cooling System on The following list is intended to
page 10-15. explain the services and conditions
to look for that may indicate
(5) Or every 10 years, whichever services are required.
comes first. Inspect for fraying,
excessive cracking, or damage;
replace, if needed.
(6) Or every 10 years, whichever
comes first.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Battery Brakes Hoses

The battery supplies power to start Brakes stop the vehicle and are Hoses transport fluids and should
the engine and operate any crucial to safe driving. be regularly inspected to ensure
additional electrical accessories. . Signs of brake wear may include that there are no cracks or leaks.
. To avoid break-down or failure to chirping, grinding, or squealing With a multi-point inspection, your
start the vehicle, maintain a noises, or difficulty stopping. dealer can inspect the hoses and
battery with full cranking power. advise if replacement is needed.
. Trained dealer technicians have
. Trained dealer technicians have access to tools and equipment Lamps
the diagnostic equipment to test to inspect the brakes and Properly working headlamps,
the battery and ensure that the recommend quality parts taillamps, and brake lamps are
connections and cables are engineered for the vehicle. important to see and be seen on
corrosion-free. the road.
Fluids
Belts Proper fluid levels and approved
. Signs that the headlamps need
. Belts may need replacing if they fluids protect the vehicle’s systems attention include dimming, failure
squeak or show signs of and components. See to light, cracking, or damage.
cracking or splitting. Recommended Fluids and The brake lamps need to be
Lubricants on page 11-13 for GM checked periodically to ensure
. Trained dealer technicians have that they light when braking.
access to tools and equipment approved fluids.
. With a multi-point inspection,
to inspect the belts and . Engine oil and windshield
recommend adjustment or washer fluid levels should be your dealer can check the lamps
replacement when necessary. checked at every fuel fill. and note any concerns.
. Instrument cluster lights may
come on to indicate that fluids
may be low and need to be
filled.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Shocks and Struts Tires

. Trained dealer technicians can
inspect and recommend the right
Shocks and struts help aid in control Tires need to be properly inflated, tires. Your dealer can also
for a smoother ride. rotated, and balanced. Maintaining provide tire/wheel balancing
. Signs of wear may include the tires can save money and fuel, services to ensure smooth
steering wheel vibration, bounce/ and can reduce the risk of tire vehicle operation at all speeds.
sway while braking, longer failure. Your dealer sells and services
stopping distance, or uneven . Signs that the tires need to be name brand tires.
tire wear. replaced include three or more
Vehicle Care
. As part of the multi-point visible treadwear indicators; cord
or fabric showing through the To help keep the vehicle looking like
inspection, trained dealer
rubber; cracks or cuts in the new, vehicle care products are
technicians can visually inspect
tread or sidewall; or a bulge or available from your dealer. For
the shocks and struts for signs
split in the tire. information on how to clean and
of leaking, blown seals,
protect the vehicle’s interior and
or damage, and can advise
exterior, see Interior Care on
when service is needed.
page 10-87 and Exterior Care on
page 10-82.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Wheel Alignment Windshield Wiper Blades

Wheel alignment is critical for For safety, appearance, and the Wiper blades need to be cleaned
ensuring that the tires deliver best viewing, keep the windshield and kept in good condition to
optimal wear and performance. clean and clear. provide a clear view.
. Signs that the alignment may . Signs of damage include . Signs of wear include streaking,
need to be adjusted include scratches, cracks, and chips. skipping across the windshield,
pulling, improper vehicle . Trained dealer technicians can and worn or split rubber.
handling, or unusual tire wear. inspect the windshield and . Trained dealer technicians can
. Your dealer has the required recommend proper replacement check the wiper blades and
equipment to ensure proper if needed. replace them when needed.
wheel alignment.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and Parts

Recommended Fluids and Lubricants
Usage Fluid/Lubricant
Engine Oil Use only engine oil licensed to the dexos1 ® specification of the proper
SAE viscosity grade. ACDelco dexos1 Synthetic Blend is recommended.
See Engine Oil on page 10-9.
Engine Coolant 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and use only DEX-COOL Coolant.
See Engine Coolant on page 10-16.
Hydraulic Brake System DOT 3 Hydraulic Brake Fluid (GM Part No. 19299818, in
Canada 19299819).
Hydraulic Power Steering System DEXRON®-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid.
Windshield Washer Automotive windshield washer fluid that meets regional freeze protection
requirements.
Automatic Transmission DEXRON®-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid.
Transfer Case (All-Wheel Drive) Transfer Case Fluid (GM Part No. 19256084, in Canada 19256085).
Chassis Lubrication Chassis Lubricant (GM Part No. 12377985, in Canada 88901242) or
lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2, Category LB or GC-LB.
Key Lock Cylinders, Hood, and Door Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241, in
Hinges Canada 10953474).
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Usage Fluid/Lubricant
Hood Latch Assembly, Secondary Lubriplate Lubricant Aerosol (GM Part No. 89021668, in
Latch, Pivots, Spring Anchor, and Canada 89021674) or lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2,
Release Pawl Category LB or GC-LB.
Weatherstrip Conditioning Weatherstrip Lubricant (GM Part No. 3634770, in Canada 10953518) or
Dielectric Silicone Grease (GM Part No. 12345579, in Canada 10953481).
Maintenance Replacement Parts

Replacement parts identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer.
Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter
3.6 L (LF3) 20972655 A3175C
3.6 L (LFX) 22753242 A3176C
Engine Oil Filter
3.6 L (LF3) 89017525 PF63
3.6 L (LFX) 89017525 PF63
Passenger Compartment Air Filter 22743911 CF183
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number

Spark Plugs
3.6 L (LF3) 12642791 41-118
3.6 L (LFX) 12622561 41-109
Wiper Blades
Driver Side – 65 cm (25.6 in) 25892079 —
Passenger Side – 45 cm (17.7 in) 25882578 —
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Maintenance Records
After the scheduled services are performed, record the date, odometer reading, who performed the service, and the
type of services performed in the boxes provided. Retain all maintenance receipts.
Odometer
Date Serviced By Maintenance Stamp Services Performed
Reading
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Odometer
Reading
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Odometer
Reading
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Technical Data 12-1
Technical Data Vehicle Identification Engine Identification

The eighth character in the VIN is
Vehicle Identification the engine code. This code
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) identifies the vehicle's engine,
Vehicle Identification specifications, and replacement
Number (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1 parts. See “Engine Specifications”
Service Parts Identification under Capacities and Specifications
Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1 on page 12-2 for the vehicle's
engine code.
Vehicle Data
Capacities and
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-2
Service Parts
Engine Drive Belt Routing . . . 12-4 Identification Label
This label, on the load floor under
the spare tire cover in the trunk, has
the following information:
. Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN).
This legal identifier is in the front
. Model designation.
corner of the instrument panel, on . Paint information.
the left side of the vehicle. It can be
seen through the windshield from
. Production options and special
outside. The VIN also appears on equipment.
the Vehicle Certification and Service Do not remove this label from the
Parts labels and certificates of title vehicle.
and registration.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
12-2 Technical Data
Vehicle Data
Capacities and Specifications
Capacities
Application
Metric English
Air Conditioning Refrigerant For the air conditioning system refrigerant type and
charge amount, see the refrigerant label under the
hood. See your dealer for more information.
Engine Cooling System
3.6 L (LF3) 9.6 L 10.1 qt
3.6 L (LFX) 7.1 L 7.5 qt
Engine Oil with Filter
3.6 L (LF3) 6.6 L 7.0 qt
3.6 L (LFX) 5.7 L 6.0 qt
Fuel Tank
Front-Wheel Drive 70.0 L 18.5 gal
All-Wheel Drive 74.0 L 19.5 gal
Wheel Nut Torque 150 Y 110 lb ft
All capacities are approximate. When adding, be sure to fill to the approximate level, as recommended in this
manual. Recheck fluid level after filling.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Technical Data 12-3
Engine Specifications
Engine VIN Code Spark Plug Gap
3.6L V6 Engine (LF3) 8 0.75–0.90 mm
(0.030–.035 in)
3.6L V6 Engine (LFX) 3 0.95–1.10 mm
(0.037–.043 in)
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
12-4 Technical Data
Engine Drive Belt Routing

2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Customer Information 13-1
Customer Reporting Safety Defects

Reporting Safety Defects to
Customer Information
Information the United States
Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-12 Customer Satisfaction
Reporting Safety Defects to Procedure
Customer Information the Canadian Your satisfaction and goodwill are
Customer Satisfaction Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-12 important to your dealer and to
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-1 Reporting Safety Defects to Cadillac. Normally, any concerns
Customer Assistance General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . 13-13
with the sales transaction or the
Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-3 Vehicle Data Recording and operation of the vehicle will be
Customer Assistance for Text resolved by your dealer's sales or
Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . . 13-4
Privacy
Vehicle Data Recording and service departments. Sometimes,
Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . 13-4 however, despite the best intentions
Roadside Service . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-5 Privacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-13
Event Data Recorders . . . . . . 13-13 of all concerned, misunderstandings
Scheduling Service can occur. If your concern has not
Appointments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-7 OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-14
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . 13-15 been resolved to your satisfaction,
Courtesy Transportation the following steps should be taken:
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-7 Radio Frequency
Collision Damage Repair . . . . 13-9 Identification (RFID) . . . . . . . 13-15 STEP ONE: Discuss your concern
Service Publications Radio Frequency with a member of dealership
Ordering Information . . . . . . 13-11 Statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-15 management. Normally, concerns
can be quickly resolved at that level.
If the matter has already been
reviewed with the sales, service or
parts manager, contact the owner of
your dealership or the general
manager.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
13-2 Customer Information
STEP TWO: If after contacting a When contacting Cadillac, 40 days. If you do not agree with the
member of dealership management, remember that your concern will decision given in your case, you
it appears your concern cannot be likely be resolved at a dealer's may reject it and proceed with any
resolved by your dealership without facility. That is why we suggest other venue for relief available
further help, in the U.S., call the following Step One first. to you.
Cadillac Customer Assistance STEP THREE — U.S. Owners: You may contact the BBB Auto Line
Center at 1-800–458–8006. In Both General Motors and your Program using the toll-free
Canada, call the Canadian Cadillac dealer are committed to making telephone number or write them at
Customer Care Centre at sure you are completely satisfied the following address:
1-888-446-2000. with the new vehicle. However, BBB Auto Line Program
We encourage you to call the if you continue to remain unsatisfied Council of Better Business
toll-free number in order to give your after following the procedure Bureaus, Inc.
inquiry prompt attention. Have the outlined in Steps One and Two, you 4200 Wilson Boulevard
following information available to can file with the Better Business Suite 800
give the Customer Assistance Bureau (BBB) Auto Line® Program Arlington, VA 22203-1838
representative: to enforce your rights.
Telephone: 1-800-955-5100
. Vehicle Identification The BBB Auto Line Program is an www.dr.bbb.org/goauto
Number (VIN). This is available out-of-court program administered
from the vehicle registration or by the Council of Better Business This program is available in all
title, or the plate at the top left of Bureaus to settle automotive 50 states and the District of
the instrument panel and visible disputes regarding vehicle repairs or Columbia. Eligibility is limited by
through the windshield. the interpretation of the New Vehicle vehicle age, mileage, and other
Limited Warranty. Although you may factors. General Motors reserves
. Dealership name and location. the right to change eligibility
be required to resort to this informal
. Vehicle delivery date and dispute resolution program prior to limitations and/or discontinue its
present mileage. filing a court action, use of the participation in this program.
program is free of charge and your
case will generally be heard within
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
STEP THREE — Canadian For further information concerning Customer Assistance

Owners: In the event that you do eligibility in the Canadian Motor
not feel your concerns have been Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP),
Offices
addressed after following the call toll-free 1-800-207-0685, or call Cadillac encourages customers to
procedure outlined in Steps One the General Motors Customer Care call the toll-free number for
and Two, General Motors of Canada Centre, 1-888-446-2000 (English), assistance. However, if a customer
Limited wants you to be aware of its 1-800-263-7854 (French), wishes to write or e-mail Cadillac,
participation in a no-charge or write to: the letter should be addressed to:
mediation/arbitration program. Mediation/Arbitration Program
General Motors of Canada Limited United States and Puerto Rico
c/o Customer Care Centre
has committed to binding arbitration General Motors of Canada Limited Cadillac Customer Assistance
of owner disputes involving Mail Code: CA1-163-005 Center
factory-related vehicle service 1908 Colonel Sam Drive Cadillac Motor Car Division
claims. The program provides for Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 P.O. Box 33169
the review of the facts involved by Detroit, MI 48232-5169
an impartial third party arbiter, and The inquiry should be accompanied www.Cadillac.com
may include an informal hearing by the Vehicle Identification
before the arbiter. The program is Number (VIN). 1-800-458-8006
designed so that the entire dispute 1-800-833-2622 (For Text
settlement process, from the time Telephone devices (TTYs))
you file your complaint to the final Roadside Service: 1-800-224-1400
decision, should be completed in From U.S. Virgin Islands:
approximately 70 days. We believe 1-800-496-9994
our impartial program offers
advantages over courts in most
jurisdictions because it is informal,
quick, and free of charge.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Canada communicate with Cadillac by D (Preferred Dealer

dialing: 1-800-833-2622. TTY users Information): Select a preferred
General Motors of Canada Limited
in Canada can dial 1-800-263-3830. dealer and view dealer location,
Canadian Cadillac Customer Care
Centre, Mail Code: CA1-163-005 maps, phone numbers, and hours.
1908 Colonel Sam Drive Online Owner Center J (Warranty Tracking
Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 Online Owner Experience Information): Track the vehicle’s
www.gm.ca (U.S.) my.cadillac.com warranty information.
1-888-446-2000 (English)
The Cadillac online owner J (Recall Information): View
1-800-263-7854 (French) active recalls or search by Vehicle
experience is a one-stop resource
Roadside Service: 1-800-882-1112 Identification Number (VIN). See
that allows interaction with Cadillac
and keeps important vehicle-specific Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)
Overseas on page 12-1.
information in one place.
Contact the local General Motors
Business Unit. Membership Benefits
H (Other Account Information):
View GM Card, SiriusXM Satellite
E (Vehicle Information): radio, and OnStar account
Customer Assistance for Download owner manuals and view information.
Text Telephone (TTY) vehicle-specific how-to videos.
F (Live Chat Support): Chat live
Users G (Maintenance Information): with online help representatives.
View maintenance schedules,
To assist customers who are deaf, Visit my.cadillac.com to register your
required alerts, OnStar onboard
hard of hearing, or speech-impaired vehicle.
vehicle diagnostic information, and
and who use Text Telephones
schedule service appointments.
(TTYs), Cadillac has TTY equipment
available at its Customer Assistance I (Service History): View
Center. Any TTY user can printable dealer-recorded service
records and self-recorded service
records.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Cadillac Owner Centre Service is available 24 hours a day, In the U.S., anyone driving the
(Canada) cadillacowner.ca 365 days a year. vehicle is covered. In Canada, a
person driving the vehicle without
Take a trip to the Cadillac Owner Calling for Service permission from the owner is not
Centre: covered.
When calling Roadside Service,
. Chat live with online help have the following information Roadside Service is not a part of the
representatives. ready: New Vehicle Limited Warranty.
. Locate owner resources such as . Your name, home address, and General Motors North America and
lease-end, financing, and home telephone number. Cadillac reserve the right to make
warranty information. any changes or discontinue the
. Telephone number of your
Roadside Service program at any
. Retrieve favorite articles, location.
time without notification.
quizzes, tips, and multimedia . Location of the vehicle.
galleries organized into the General Motors North America and
Features and Auto Care . Model, year, color, and license Cadillac reserve the right to limit
Sections. plate number of the vehicle. services or payment to an owner or
. Odometer reading, Vehicle driver if they decide the claims are
. Download owner manuals.
Identification Number (VIN), and made too often, or the same type of
. Find Cadillac-recommended claim is made many times.
delivery date of the vehicle.
maintenance services.
. Description of the problem. Cadillac Owner Privileges™
Roadside Service Coverage
. Emergency Fuel Delivery:
Delivery of enough fuel for the
U.S.: 1-800-224-1400. Services are provided up to 6 years/ vehicle to get to the nearest
Canada: 1-800-882-1112. 110 000 km (70,000 mi), whichever service station.
comes first.
Text Telephone (TTY) Users (U.S.
Only): 1-888-889-2438.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13

. Lock-Out Service: Service to . Trip Interruption Benefits and Each technician travels with a
unlock the vehicle if you are Service: If your trip is specially equipped service vehicle
locked out. A remote unlock may interrupted due to a warranty complete with the necessary
be available if you have OnStar. failure, incidental expenses may Cadillac parts and tools required to
For security reasons, the driver be reimbursed during the handle most roadside repairs.
must present identification 6 years/110 000 km (70,000 mi)
before this service is given. Powertrain warranty period. Services Not Included in
. Emergency Tow from a Public Items considered are hotel, Roadside Service
Road or Highway: Tow to the meals, and rental car. . Impound towing caused by
nearest Cadillac dealer for Cadillac Technician Roadside violation of any laws.
warranty service, or if the vehicle Service (U.S. Only) . Legal fines.
was in a crash and cannot be
driven. Assistance is also given Cadillac's exceptional Roadside . Mounting, dismounting,
when the vehicle is stuck in the Service is more than an auto club or or changing of snow tires,
sand, mud, or snow. towing service. It provides every chains, or other traction devices.
Cadillac owner in the United States
. Flat Tire Change: Service to . Towing or services for vehicles
with the advantage of contacting a
change a flat tire with a spare driven on a non-public road or
Cadillac advisor and, where
tire. The spare tire, if equipped, highway.
available, a Cadillac trained dealer
must be in good condition and technician who can provide on-site
properly inflated. It is your
Services Specific to
service. Canadian-Purchased Vehicles
responsibility for the repair or
replacement of the tire if it is not A dealer technician will travel to . Fuel delivery: Reimbursement
covered by the warranty. your location within a 30-mile radius is up to 7 liters. Diesel fuel
of a participating Cadillac delivery may be restricted.
. Battery Jump Start: Service to dealership. If beyond this radius, we
jump start a dead battery. Propane and other fuels are not
will arrange to have your car towed provided through this service.
to the nearest Cadillac dealership.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13

. Lock-Out Service: Vehicle
registration is required.
Scheduling Service Courtesy Transportation
.
Appointments Program
Trip Interruption Benefits and
Service: Pre-authorization, When the vehicle requires warranty To enhance your ownership
original detailed receipts, and a service, contact your dealer and experience, we and our participating
copy of the repair orders are request an appointment. By dealers are proud to offer Courtesy
required. Once authorization has scheduling a service appointment Transportation, a customer support
been received, the Roadside and advising the service consultant program for vehicles with the
Service advisor will help you of your transportation needs, your Bumper-to-Bumper (Base Warranty
make arrangements and explain dealer can help minimize your Coverage period in Canada),
how to receive payment. inconvenience. extended powertrain, and/or
If the vehicle cannot be scheduled hybrid-specific warranties in both
. Alternative Service: If the U.S. and Canada.
assistance cannot be provided into the service department
right away, the Roadside Service immediately, keep driving it until it Several Courtesy Transportation
advisor may give you permission can be scheduled for service, options are available to assist in
to get local emergency road unless, of course, the problem is reducing inconvenience when
service. You will receive safety related. If it is, please call warranty repairs are required.
payment, up to $100, after your dealership, let them know this, Courtesy Transportation is not a
sending the original receipt to and ask for instructions. part of the New Vehicle Limited
Roadside Service. Mechanical If your dealer requests you to bring Warranty. A separate booklet
failures may be covered, the vehicle for service, you are entitled “Limited Warranty and
however any cost for parts and urged to do so as early in the work Owner Assistance Information”
labor for repairs not covered by day as possible to allow for furnished with each new vehicle
the warranty are the owner same-day repair. provides detailed warranty coverage
responsibility. information.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Transportation Options original receipts and can only be up insurance coverage, credit card, etc.
to the maximum amount allowed by You are responsible for fuel usage
Warranty service can generally be
GM for shuttle service. In addition, charges and may also be
completed while you wait. However,
for U.S. customers, should you responsible for taxes, levies, usage
if you are unable to wait, GM helps
arrange transportation through a fees, excessive mileage, or rental
to minimize inconvenience by
friend or relative, limited usage beyond the completion of the
providing several transportation
reimbursement for reasonable fuel repair.
options. Depending on the
expenses may be available. Claim It may not be possible to provide a
circumstances, your dealer can offer
amounts should reflect actual costs like vehicle as a courtesy rental.
one of the following:
and be supported by original
Shuttle Service receipts. See your dealer for Additional Program
information regarding the allowance Information
Shuttle service is the preferred
amounts for reimbursement of fuel
means of offering Courtesy All program options, such as shuttle
or other transportation costs.
Transportation. Dealers may provide service, may not be available at
shuttle service to get you to your Courtesy Rental Vehicle every dealer. Please contact your
destination with minimal interruption dealer for specific information
Your dealer may arrange to provide
of your daily schedule. This includes about availability. All Courtesy
you with a courtesy rental vehicle or
one-way or round-trip shuttle service Transportation arrangements will be
reimburse you for a rental vehicle
within reasonable time and distance administered by appropriate dealer
that you obtain if the vehicle is kept
parameters of your dealer's area. personnel.
for an overnight warranty repair.
Public Transportation or Fuel Rental reimbursement will be limited General Motors reserves the right to
Reimbursement and must be supported by original unilaterally modify, change,
receipts. This requires that you sign or discontinue Courtesy
If the vehicle requires overnight
and complete a rental agreement Transportation at any time and to
warranty repairs, and public
and meet state/provincial, local, and resolve all questions of claim
transportation is used instead of
rental vehicle provider requirements. eligibility pursuant to the terms and
your dealer's shuttle service, the
Requirements vary and may include conditions described herein at its
expense must be supported by
minimum age requirements, sole discretion.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Collision Damage Repair vehicles that were total losses in Repair Facility
prior crashes. In most cases, the
If the vehicle is involved in a GM also recommends that you
parts being recycled are from
collision and it is damaged, have the choose a collision repair facility that
undamaged sections of the vehicle.
damage repaired by a qualified meets your needs before you ever
A recycled original equipment GM
technician using the proper need collision repairs. Your dealer
part may be an acceptable choice to
equipment and quality replacement may have a collision repair center
maintain the vehicle's originally
parts. Poorly performed collision with GM-trained technicians and
designed appearance and safety
repairs diminish the vehicle resale state‐of‐the‐art equipment, or be
performance; however, the history of
value, and safety performance can able to recommend a collision repair
these parts is not known. Such parts
be compromised in subsequent center that has GM-trained
are not covered by the GM New
collisions. technicians and comparable
Vehicle Limited Warranty, and any
equipment.
Collision Parts related failures are not covered by
that warranty. Insuring the Vehicle
Genuine GM Collision parts are new
parts made with the same materials Aftermarket collision parts are also Protect your investment in the GM
and construction methods as the available. These are made by vehicle with comprehensive and
parts with which the vehicle was companies other than GM and may collision insurance coverage. There
originally built. Genuine GM not have been tested for the vehicle. are significant differences in the
Collision parts are the best choice to As a result, these parts may fit quality of coverage afforded by
ensure that the vehicle's designed poorly, exhibit premature durability/ various insurance policy terms.
appearance, durability, and safety corrosion problems, and may not Many insurance policies provide
are preserved. The use of Genuine perform properly in subsequent reduced protection to the GM
GM parts can help maintain the GM collisions. Aftermarket parts are not vehicle by limiting compensation for
New Vehicle Limited Warranty. covered by the GM New Vehicle damage repairs by using
Limited Warranty, and any vehicle aftermarket collision parts. Some
Recycled original equipment parts failure related to such parts is not insurance companies will not
may also be used for repair. These covered by that warranty. specify aftermarket collision parts.
parts are typically removed from
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
When purchasing insurance, we Give only the necessary information If the airbag has inflated, see What
recommend that you ensure that the to police and other parties involved Will You See after an Airbag
vehicle will be repaired with GM in the crash. Inflates? on page 3-27.
original equipment collision parts. For emergency towing see
If such insurance coverage is not Managing the Vehicle Damage
Roadside Service on page 13-5. Repair Process
available from your current
insurance carrier, consider switching Gather the following information: In the event that the vehicle requires
to another insurance carrier. . Driver name, address, and damage repairs, GM recommends
If the vehicle is leased, the leasing telephone number. that you take an active role in its
company may require you to have repair. If you have a pre-determined
. Driver license number.
insurance that ensures repairs with repair facility of choice, take the
Genuine GM Original Equipment
. Owner name, address, and vehicle there, or have it towed there.
Manufacturer (OEM) parts or telephone number. Specify to the facility that any
Genuine Manufacturer replacement . Vehicle license plate number. required replacement collision parts
parts. Read the lease carefully, as be original equipment parts, either
you may be charged at the end of
. Vehicle make, model, and new Genuine GM parts or recycled
the lease for poor quality repairs. model year. original GM parts. Remember,
. Vehicle Identification recycled parts will not be covered by
If a Crash Occurs Number (VIN). the GM vehicle warranty.
If there has been an injury, call . Insurance company and policy Insurance pays the bill for the repair,
emergency services for help. Do not number. but you must live with the repair.
leave the scene of a crash until all Depending on your policy limits,
matters have been taken care of.
. General description of the your insurance company may
Move the vehicle only if its position damage to the other vehicle. initially value the repair using
puts you in danger, or you are Choose a reputable repair facility aftermarket parts. Discuss this with
instructed to move it by a police that uses quality replacement parts. the repair professional, and insist on
officer. See “Collision Parts” earlier in this Genuine GM parts. Remember,
section. if the vehicle is leased, you may be
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
obligated to have the vehicle Service Bulletins RETAIL SELL PRICE:

repaired with Genuine GM parts, $25.00 (U.S.) plus handling and
Service Bulletins give additional
even if your insurance coverage shipping fees.
technical service information
does not pay the full cost.
needed to knowledgeably service Current and Past Models
If another party's insurance General Motors cars and trucks.
company is paying for the repairs, Each bulletin contains instructions Technical Service Bulletins and
you are not obligated to accept a to assist in the diagnosis and Manuals are available for current
repair valuation based on that service of the vehicle. and past model GM vehicles.
insurance company's collision policy ORDER TOLL FREE:
repair limits, as you have no Owner Information 1-800-551-4123 Monday – Friday
contractual limits with that company. Owner publications are written 8:00 AM – 6:00 PM Eastern Time
In such cases, you can have control specifically for owners and intended For Credit Card Orders Only
of the repair and parts choices as to provide basic operational (VISA-MasterCard-Discover), see
long as the cost stays within information about the vehicle. The Helm, Inc. at: www.helminc.com.
reasonable limits. Owner Manual includes the
Maintenance Schedule for all Or write to:
Service Publications models. Helm, Incorporated
Ordering Information In-Portfolio: Includes a Portfolio, Attention: Customer Service
Owner Manual, and Warranty 47911 Halyard Drive
Service Manuals Manual. Plymouth, MI 48170
Service Manuals have the diagnosis RETAIL SELL PRICE: Prices are subject to change without
and repair information on the $35.00 (U.S.) plus handling and notice and without incurring
engines, transmission, axle, shipping fees. obligation. Allow ample time for
suspension, brakes, electrical, delivery.
steering, body, etc. Without Portfolio: Owner
Manual only. All listed prices are quoted in U.S.
funds. Make checks payable in U.S.
funds.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Reporting Safety However, NHTSA cannot Reporting Safety Defects

become involved in individual to the Canadian
Defects problems between you, your
dealer, or General Motors.
Government
Reporting Safety Defects If you live in Canada, and you
To contact NHTSA, you may call
to the United States the Vehicle Safety Hotline
believe that the vehicle has a safety
defect, notify Transport Canada
Government toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 immediately, and notify General
If you believe that your vehicle (TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go to Motors of Canada Limited. Call
has a defect which could cause http://www.safercar.gov; or Transport Canada at
a crash or could cause injury or write to: 1-800-333-0510 or write to:
death, you should immediately Administrator, NHTSA Transport Canada
inform the National Highway 1200 New Jersey Avenue, S.E. Road Safety Branch
Traffic Safety Administration Washington, D.C. 20590 80 rue Noel
(NHTSA) in addition to notifying Gatineau, QC J8Z 0A1
You can also obtain other
General Motors.
information about motor
If NHTSA receives similar vehicle safety from
complaints, it may open an http://www.safercar.gov.
investigation, and if it finds that
a safety defect exists in a group
of vehicles, it may order a recall
and remedy campaign.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Reporting Safety Defects Vehicle Data Event Data Recorders

to General Motors Recording and This vehicle is equipped with an
In addition to notifying NHTSA (or event data recorder (EDR). The
Transport Canada) in a situation like
Privacy main purpose of an EDR is to
this, notify General Motors. The vehicle has a number of record, in certain crash or near
computers that record information crash-like situations, such as an air
Call 1-800-458-8006, or write: bag deployment or hitting a road
about the vehicle’s performance and
Cadillac Customer Assistance how it is driven. For example, the obstacle, data that will assist in
Center vehicle uses computer modules to understanding how a vehicle’s
Cadillac Motor Car Division monitor and control engine and systems performed. The EDR is
P.O. Box 33169 transmission performance, to designed to record data related to
Detroit, MI 48232-5169 monitor the conditions for airbag vehicle dynamics and safety
deployment and deploy them in a systems for a short period of time,
In Canada, call 1‐888‐446‐2000, typically 30 seconds or less. The
or write: crash, and, if equipped, to provide
antilock braking to help the driver EDR in this vehicle is designed to
Canadian Cadillac Customer Care control the vehicle. These modules record such data as:
Centre, Mail Code: CA1-163-005 may store data to help the dealer . How various systems in your
General Motors of Canada Limited technician service the vehicle. vehicle were operating;
1908 Colonel Sam Drive Some modules may also store data
Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 about how the vehicle is operated,
. Whether or not the driver and
such as rate of fuel consumption or passenger safety belts were
average speed. These modules may buckled/fastened;
retain personal preferences, such as . How far (if at all) the driver was
radio presets, seat positions, and depressing the accelerator and/
temperature settings. or brake pedal; and,
. How fast the vehicle was
traveling.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
These data can help provide a GM will not access this data or OnStar®
better understanding of the share it with others except: with the
circumstances in which crashes and consent of the vehicle owner or, If the vehicle is equipped with
injuries occur. NOTE: EDR data are if the vehicle is leased, with the OnStar® and has an active
recorded by your vehicle only if a consent of the lessee; in response subscription, additional data may be
non-trivial crash situation occurs; no to an official request by police or collected through the OnStar
data are recorded by the EDR under similar government office; as part of system. This includes information
normal driving conditions and no GM's defense of litigation through about the vehicle’s operation;
personal data (e.g., name, gender, the discovery process; or, as collisions involving the vehicle; the
age, and crash location) are required by law. Data that GM use of the vehicle and its features;
recorded. However, other parties, collects or receives may also be and, in certain situations, the
such as law enforcement, could used for GM research needs or may location and approximate GPS
combine the EDR data with the type be made available to others for speed of the vehicle. Refer to the
of personally identifying data research purposes, where a need is OnStar Terms and Conditions and
routinely acquired during a crash shown and the data is not tied to a Privacy Statement on the OnStar
investigation. specific vehicle or vehicle owner. website.
To read data recorded by an EDR,
special equipment is required, and
access to the vehicle or the EDR is
needed. In addition to the vehicle
manufacturer, other parties, such as
law enforcement, that have the
special equipment, can read the
information if they have access to
the vehicle or the EDR.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
Infotainment System Radio Frequency

If the vehicle is equipped with a Statement
navigation system as part of the This vehicle has systems that
infotainment system, use of the operate on a radio frequency that
system may result in the storage of comply with Part 15 of the Federal
destinations, addresses, telephone Communications Commission (FCC)
numbers, and other trip information. rules and with Industry Canada
See the infotainment manual for Standards RSS‐GEN/210/220/310.
information on stored data and for
deletion instructions. Operation is subject to the following
two conditions:
Radio Frequency 1. The device may not cause
Identification (RFID) harmful interference.
RFID technology is used in some 2. The device must accept any
vehicles for functions such as tire interference received, including
pressure monitoring and ignition interference that may cause
system security, as well as in undesired operation of the
connection with conveniences such device.
as Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Changes or modifications to any of
transmitters for remote door locking/ these systems by other than an
unlocking and starting, and authorized service facility could void
in-vehicle transmitters for garage authorization to use this equipment.
door openers. RFID technology in
GM vehicles does not use or record
personal information or link with any
other GM system containing
personal information.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
2 NOTES
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
OnStar 14-1
OnStar OnStar Overview Press = to:

. Make a call, end a call,
or answer an incoming call.
OnStar Overview .
OnStar Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-1 Give OnStar Hands-Free Calling
voice commands.
OnStar Services . Give OnStar Turn-by-Turn
Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-2 Navigation voice commands.
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-2 Requires the available Directions
Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-2 If equipped, this vehicle has a and Connections service plan.
Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-3 comprehensive, in-vehicle system
Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-5 that can connect to a live Advisor Press Q to connect to a live
for Emergency, Security, Navigation, Advisor to:
OnStar Additional Information Connection, and Diagnostic
OnStar Additional Services.
. Verify account information or
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-5 update contact information.
The OnStar system status light is .
next to the OnStar buttons. If the Get driving directions. Requires
status light is: the available Directions and
Connections service plan.
. Solid Green: System is ready. . Receive On-Demand
. Flashing Green: On a call. Diagnostics for a check of the
. Red: Indicates a problem. vehicle’s key operating systems.
. Receive Roadside Assistance.
Press Q or call 1-888-4-ONSTAR
(1-888-466-7827) to speak to an
Advisor.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
14-2 OnStar
Press the OnStar Emergency OnStar Services Navigation

button > to get a priority
OnStar navigation requires the
connection to an Emergency Emergency Directions and Connections
Advisor available 24/7 to: service plan.
With Automatic Crash Response,
. Get help for an emergency. the built-in system can automatically Press Q to receive directions or
. Be a Good Samaritan or connect to help in most crashes, have them sent to the vehicle
respond to an AMBER Alert. even if help cannot be requested. navigation screen, if equipped.
. Get assistance in severe Press > to connect to an Destinations can also be forwarded
weather or other crisis and Emergency Advisor. GPS to the vehicle from MapQuest.com.
evacuation routes. technology is used to identify the The OnStar mapping database is
vehicle location and can provide continuously updated. For coverage
critical information to emergency maps, see www.onstar.com (U.S.)
personnel. The Advisor is also or www.onstar.ca (Canada).
trained to offer critical assistance in Turn-by-Turn Navigation
emergency situations.
1. Press Q to connect to a live
Security Advisor.
OnStar provides services like Stolen 2. Request directions.
Vehicle Assistance, Remote Ignition 3. Directions are downloaded to the
Block, and Roadside Assistance, vehicle.
if equipped. OnStar can unlock the
vehicle doors remotely, if equipped 4. Follow the voice-guided
with automatic door locks, and can commands.
help police locate the vehicle if it is
stolen.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
OnStar 14-3
Using Voice Commands 2. Say “Repeat.” System responds After the call ends, press the “Go”
During a Planned Route with the last direction given, then button on the navigation screen to
responds with “OnStar ready,” begin driving directions.
Cancel Route then a tone. If directions are downloaded to the
1. Press =. System responds: Get My Destination navigation system, the route can
“OnStar ready,” then a tone. Say only be canceled through the
“Cancel route.” System 1. Press =. System responds: navigation system.
responds: “Do you want to “OnStar ready,” then a tone.
Destinations can also be
cancel directions?” 2. Say “Get my destination.” downloaded on the go. For
2. Say “Yes.” System responds: System responds with the information about eNav, Destination
“OK, request completed, thank address and the distance to the Download, and coverage maps see
you, goodbye.” destination, then responds with www.onstar.com (U.S.) or
“OnStar ready,” then a tone. www.onstar.ca (Canada).
Route Preview
Other Navigation Services
1. Press =. System responds: Available from OnStar Connections
“OnStar ready,” then a tone. OnStar Hands-Free Calling allows
OnStar eNav: Allows subscribers
2. Say “Route preview.” System to send destinations from calls to be made and received from
responds with the next three MapQuest.com to their Turn-by-Turn the vehicle. The vehicle can also be
maneuvers. Navigation or screen-based controlled through the OnStar
navigation system. When ready, the RemoteLink® mobile app. For
Repeat coverage maps, see
directions will be downloaded to the
1. Press =. System responds: vehicle. www.onstar.com (U.S.) or
“OnStar ready,” then a tone. www.onstar.ca (Canada).
Destination Download: Press Q,
then request the Advisor to
download directions to the
navigation system in the vehicle.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
14-4 OnStar
OnStar Mobile App Calling 911 Emergency Store a Name Tag for Speed
Download the OnStar RemoteLink Dialing
1. Press =. System responds:
mobile app to select Apple®, “OnStar ready,” followed by 1. Press =. System responds:
Android™, and BlackBerry® devices a tone. “OnStar ready.”
to check vehicle fuel level, oil life,
or tire pressure; to start the vehicle 2. Say “Call.” System responds: 2. Say “Store.” System responds:
(if equipped) or unlock it; or to “Please say the name or number “Please say the number you
connect to an OnStar Advisor. For to call.” would like to store.”
OnStar RemoteLink information and 3. Say “911” without pausing. 3. Say the entire number without
compatibility, see www.onstar.com System responds: “911.” pausing. System responds:
(U.S.) or www.onstar.ca (Canada). “Please say the name tag.”
4. Say “Call.” System responds:
Hands-Free Calling “OK, dialing 911.” 4. Pick a name tag. System
responds: “About to store <name
1. Press =. System responds: Retrieve My Number tag>. Does that sound OK?”
“OnStar ready.”
1. Press =. System responds: 5. Say “Yes” or say “No” to try
2. Say “Call.” System responds: “OnStar ready.” again. System responds: “OK,
“Please say the name or number storing <name tag>.”
to call.” 2. Say “My number.” System
responds: “Your OnStar Place a Call Using a Stored
3. Say the entire number without Hands-Free Calling number is,”
pausing, including a “1” and the Number
then says the number.
area code. System responds: 1. Press =. System responds:
“OK calling.” End a Call
“OnStar ready.”
Press =. System responds: “Call 2. Say “Call <name tag>.” System
ended.” responds: “OK, calling
<name tag>.”
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
OnStar 14-5
Verify Minutes and Expiration OnStar Additional How OnStar Service Works
Press = and say “Minutes” then Information Automatic Crash Response,
“Verify” to check how many minutes Emergency Services, Crisis Assist,
remain and their expiration date. Transferring Service Stolen Vehicle Assistance, Vehicle
Diagnostics, Remote Door Unlock,
Press Q to request account transfer Roadside Assistance, Turn-by-Turn
Diagnostics eligibility information. The Advisor Navigation, and Hands-Free Calling
OnStar Vehicle Diagnostics will can assist in canceling or removing are available on most vehicles. Not
perform a vehicle check every account information. If OnStar all OnStar services are available
month. It will check the engine, receives information that vehicle everywhere or on all vehicles. For
transmission, antilock brakes, and ownership has changed, OnStar more information, a full description
major vehicle systems. It also may send a voice message to the of OnStar services, system
checks the tire pressures, if the vehicle, requesting updated account limitations, and OnStar terms and
vehicle is equipped with the Tire information. conditions:
Pressure Monitoring System. If an
Reactivation for Subsequent . Call 888-4-ONSTAR
On-Demand Diagnostics check is
Owners (888-466-7827).
needed between e-mails, press Q,
. See www.onstar.com (U.S.).
and an Advisor can run a check. Press Q and follow the prompts to
. See www.onstar.ca (Canada).
speak to an Advisor as soon as
possible after acquiring the vehicle. . Call TTY 1-877-248-2080.
The Advisor will update vehicle
records and will explain the OnStar . Press Q to speak with an
service offers and options available. Advisor.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
14-6 OnStar
OnStar services require a vehicle service such as hills, tall buildings, TTY Users
electrical system, wireless service, tunnels, weather, electrical system
OnStar has the ability to
and GPS satellite technologies to be design and architecture of the
communicate to the deaf,
available and operating for features vehicle, damage to the vehicle in a
hard-of-hearing, or speech-impaired
to function properly. These systems crash, or wireless phone network
customers while in the vehicle. The
may not operate if the battery is congestion or jamming.
available dealer-installed TTY
discharged or disconnected. See Radio Frequency Statement on system can provide in-vehicle
OnStar service cannot work unless page 13-15. access to all of the OnStar services,
your vehicle is in a place where except Virtual Advisor and OnStar
OnStar has an agreement with a Services for People with Turn-by-Turn Navigation.
wireless service provider for service Disabilities
in that area, and the wireless Advisors provide services to help OnStar.com (U.S.) or OnStar.ca
service provider has coverage, subscribers with physical disabilities (Canada)
network capacity, reception, and and medical conditions. The website provides access to
technology compatible with OnStar account information, allows
service. Service involving location Press Q for help with: management of the OnStar
information about the vehicle cannot . Locating a gas station with an subscription, and viewing of videos
work unless GPS signals are attendant to pump gas. of each service. Get subscription
available, unobstructed, and plan pricing and sign up for OnStar
compatible with the OnStar
. Finding a hotel, restaurant, etc.,
Vehicle Diagnostics. Click on the
hardware. OnStar service may not that meets accessibility needs.
“My Account” tab on the home
work if the OnStar equipment is not . Providing directions to the page. The website navigation and
properly installed or it has not been closest hospital or pharmacy in services provided may vary by
properly maintained. If equipment or urgent situations. country.
software is added, connected,
or modified, OnStar service may not
work. Other problems beyond the
control of OnStar may prevent
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
OnStar 14-7
OnStar Personal Identification Potential Issues

. In emergency situations, OnStar
Number (PIN) can use the last stored GPS
OnStar cannot perform Remote location to send to emergency
A PIN is needed to access some of Door Unlock or Stolen Vehicle responders.
the OnStar services, like Remote Assistance after the vehicle has
Door Unlock and Stolen Vehicle been off continuously for five days.
. A temporary loss of GPS can
Assistance. You will be prompted to After five days, OnStar can contact cause loss of the ability to send
change the PIN the first time when Roadside Assistance and a a Turn-by-Turn Navigation route.
speaking with an Advisor. To locksmith to help gain access to the The Advisor may give a verbal
change the OnStar PIN, call OnStar vehicle. route or may ask for a call back
and provide the Advisor with the after the vehicle is driven into an
current number.
Global Positioning open area.
System (GPS)
Warranty Cellular and GPS Antennas
. Obstruction of the GPS can
OnStar equipment may be occur in a large city with tall Avoid placing items over or near the
warranted as part of the New buildings; in parking garages; antenna to prevent blocking cellular
Vehicle Limited Warranty. The around airports; in tunnels, and GPS signal reception. Cellular
manufacturer of the vehicle underpasses, or parking reception is required for OnStar to
furnishes detailed warranty garages; or in an area with very send remote signals to the vehicle.
information. dense trees. If GPS signals are Unable to Connect to OnStar
not available, the OnStar system Message
Languages should still operate to call
The vehicle can be programmed to OnStar. However, OnStar could If there is limited cellular coverage
respond in multiple languages. have difficulty identifying the or the cellular network has reached
exact location. maximum capacity, this message
Press Q and ask an Advisor.
Advisors are available in English, may come on. Press Q to try the
Spanish and French. Available call again or try again after driving a
languages may vary by country. few miles into another cellular area.
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
14-8 OnStar
Vehicle and Power Issues cannot be assured. Third parties THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED
may unlawfully intercept or access “AS IS,” WITHOUT WARRANTY OF
OnStar services require a vehicle
transmissions and private ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
electrical system, wireless service,
communications without consent. IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT
and GPS satellite technologies to be
LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES
available and operating for features OnStar - libcurl and unzip OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
to function properly. These systems acknowledgments FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
may not operate if the battery is
Certain OnStar components include AND NONINFRINGEMENT OF
discharged or disconnected.
libcurl and unzip software. Below THIRD PARTY RIGHTS. IN NO
Add-on Electrical Equipment are the notices and licenses EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
associated with this software: COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE
The OnStar system is integrated LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,
into the electrical architecture of the libcurl: DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
vehicle. Do not add any electrical WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF
equipment. See Add-On Electrical COPYRIGHT AND PERMISSION
NOTICE CONTRACT, TORT OR
Equipment on page 9-68. Added OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
electrical equipment may interfere Copyright (c) 1996 - 2010, Daniel OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
with the operation of the OnStar Stenberg, <daniel@haxx.se>. WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE
system and cause it to not operate. All rights reserved. USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
Privacy THE SOFTWARE.
Permission to use, copy, modify,
The complete OnStar Privacy and distribute this software for any Except as contained in this notice,
Statement may be found at purpose with or without fee is the name of a copyright holder shall
www.onstar.com (U.S.), hereby granted, provided that the not be used in advertising or
or www.onstar.ca (Canada). above copyright notice and this otherwise to promote the sale, use
Privacy-sensitive users of wireless permission notice appear in all or other dealings in this Software
communications are cautioned that copies. without prior written authorization of
the privacy of any information sent the copyright holder.
via wireless cellular communications
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
OnStar 14-9
unzip: Christian Spieler, Cosmin Truta, 2. Redistributions in binary form

This is version 2005-Feb-10 of the Antoine Verheijen, Paul von Behren, (compiled executables) must
Info-ZIP copyright and license. Rich Wales, Mike White reproduce the above copyright
The definitive version of this This software is provided “as is,” notice, definition, disclaimer, and
document should be available without warranty of any kind, this list of conditions in
at ftp://ftp.info-zip.org/pub/infozip/ express or implied. In no event shall documentation and/or other
license.html indefinitely. Info-ZIP or its contributors be held materials provided with the
liable for any direct, indirect, distribution. The sole exception
Copyright (c) 1990-2005 Info-ZIP. All to this condition is redistribution
rights reserved. incidental, special or consequential
damages arising out of the use of or of a standard UnZipSFX binary
For the purposes of this copyright inability to use this software. (including SFXWiz) as part of a
and license, “Info-ZIP” is defined as self-extracting archive; that is
the following set of individuals: Permission is granted to anyone to permitted without inclusion of
use this software for any purpose, this license, as long as the
Mark Adler, John Bush, Karl Davis, including commercial applications, normal SFX banner has not
Harald Denker, Jean-Michel Dubois, and to alter it and redistribute it been removed from the binary or
Jean-loup Gailly, Hunter Goatley, Ed freely, subject to the following disabled.
Gordon, Ian Gorman, Chris restrictions:
Herborth, Dirk Haase, Greg Hartwig,
Robert Heath, Jonathan Hudson, 1. Redistributions of source code
Paul Kienitz, David Kirschbaum, must retain the above copyright
Johnny Lee, Onno van der Linden, notice, definition, disclaimer, and
Igor Mandrichenko, Steve P. Miller, this list of conditions.
Sergio Monesi, Keith Owens,
George Petrov, Greg Roelofs, Kai
Uwe Rommel, Steve Salisbury,
Dave Smith, Steven M. Schweda,
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
14-10 OnStar
3. Altered versions–including, but 4. Info-ZIP retains the right to use

not limited to, ports to new the names “Info-ZIP,” “Zip,”
operating systems, existing ports “UnZip,” “UnZipSFX,” “WiZ,”
with new graphical interfaces, “Pocket UnZip,” “Pocket Zip,”
and dynamic, shared, or static and “MacZip” for its own source
library versions–must be plainly and binary releases.
marked as such and must not be
misrepresented as being the
original source. Such altered
versions also must not be
misrepresented as being
Info-ZIP releases–including, but
not limited to, labeling of the
altered versions with the names
“Info-ZIP” (or any variation
thereof, including, but not limited
to, different capitalizations),
“Pocket UnZip,” “WiZ” or
“MacZip” without the explicit
permission of Info-ZIP.
Such altered versions are
further prohibited from
misrepresentative use of the
Zip-Bugs or Info-ZIP e-mail
addresses or of the
Info-ZIP URL(s).
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
INDEX i-1
A Airbag System Antilock Brake

Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-35 System (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-26
Accessories and
How Does an Airbag Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-23
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3
Restrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-27 Appearance Care
Accessory Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-20
Passenger Sensing Exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-82
Active Emergency
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-29 Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-87
Braking System . . . . . . . . 1-17, 9-52
What Makes an Airbag Armrest
Adaptive Cruise Control . . . . . . . 9-35
Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-27 Rear Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-12
Adaptive Forward
What Will You See after an Armrest Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Lighting (AFL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Airbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-27 Assistance Systems for
Adaptive Forward Lighting
When Should an Airbag Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-50
(AFL) Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-28
Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-26 Assistance Systems for
Add-On Electrical
Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . .3-24 Parking and Backing . . . . . . . . . 9-44
Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-68
Airbags Automatic
Additional Information
Adding Equipment to the Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-13
OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-5
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-34 Headlamp System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Adjustments
Passenger Status Indicator . . .5-18 Level Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-32
Lumbar, Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
Readiness Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-18 Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-23
Thigh Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
Servicing Airbag-Equipped Transmission Fluid . . . . . . . . . 10-13
Air Cleaner/Filter, Engine . . . . . 10-13
Vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-33 Automatic Transmission
Air Filter, Passenger
System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-22 Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-25
Compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9
Alarm Shift Lock Control
Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8
Vehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-16 Function Check . . . . . . . . . . . 10-26
Alert
Side Blind Zone (SBZA) . . . . . .9-54
All-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . 9-25, 10-25
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
i-2 INDEX
B Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-29 Cautions, Danger, and

Back-up Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-28 Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iv
Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-25
Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . 10-28 Center Console Storage . . . . . . . . 4-3
Exterior Lighting Battery
Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-28 Chains, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-60
Saver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9
High Intensity Discharge Charging System Light . . . . . . . . 5-19
Jump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-76
(HID) Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-28 Check
Power Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9
License Plate Lamps . . . . . . . 10-29 Engine Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-20
Voltage and Charging
Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-55 Child Restraints
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-37
Infants and Young
Blade Replacement, Wiper . . . 10-27
Brake C Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-38
Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5 Lower Anchors and
Parking, Electric . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-27
California Tethers for Children . . . . . . . . .3-43
System Warning Light . . . . . . . .5-22
Fuel Requirements . . . . . . . . . . .9-59 Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-36
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-22
Perchlorate Materials Securing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-50, 3-52
Antilock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-26
Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-3 Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-40
Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-28
Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-2 Cigarette Lighter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-23
Canadian Vehicle Owners . . . . . . . . iii Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-30
System Messages . . . . . . . . . . . .5-37
Capacities and Cleaning
Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-2 Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-82
Braking System
Carbon Monoxide Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-87
Active Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . .1-17
Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-22 Climate Control Systems
Break-In, New Vehicle . . . . . . . . . 9-15
Trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-14 Dual Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8 Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6
Cargo Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
Management System . . . . . . . . . . 4-4 Cluster, Instrument . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
Tie-Downs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4 Collision Damage Repair . . . . . . 13-9
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
INDEX i-3
Compact Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . 10-75 Cover Diagnostics

Compartments Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-8 OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-5
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-32 Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2
Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-29 Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-38 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-38 Door
Compressor Kit, Tire Cruise Control, Active . . . . . . . . . 9-35 Ajar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-29
Sealant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-62 Customer Assistance . . . . . . . . . . 13-4 Ajar Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-39
Connections Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-3 Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-13
OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-3 Text Telephone (TTY) Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-10
Control Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-4 Power Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-12
Traction and Electronic Customer Information Rear Seat Pass-Through . . . . .3-13
Stability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-29 Service Publications Drive Belt Routing, Engine . . . . . 12-4
Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3 Ordering Information . . . . . . .13-11 Drive Systems
Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4 Customer Satisfaction All-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . 9-25, 10-25
Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19 Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-1 Driver Assistance Systems . . . . 9-43
Coolant Driver Information
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-16 D Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30
Engine Temperature Damage Repair, Collision . . . . . . 13-9 Driving
Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-16 Danger, Warnings, and Assistance Systems . . . . . . . . . .9-50
Engine Temperature Cautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iv Characteristics and
Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-26 Data Recorders, Event . . . . . . . 13-13 Towing Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-62
Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-15 Daytime Running Defensive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3
Engine Messages . . . . . . . . . . . .5-39 Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4 Drunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3
Courtesy Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7 Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3 For Better Fuel Economy . . . . .1-20
Courtesy Transportation Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13 Highway Hypnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-7 Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . 9-7
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
i-4 INDEX
Driving (cont'd) Emergency Engine (cont'd)

If the Vehicle is Stuck . . . . . . . . .9-10 OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-2 Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-27
Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6 Engine Running While Parked . . . . . . . .9-22
Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5 Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . . . . . . 10-13 Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-17
Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . .9-10 Check and Service Engine Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
Wet Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6 Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-20 Equipment, Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-67
Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8 Compartment Overview . . . . . . .10-5 Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . 13-13
Dual Automatic Climate Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-16 Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
Control System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1 Coolant Temperature Extender, Safety Belt . . . . . . . . . . 3-20
Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-16 Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . . 6-1
E Coolant Temperature Exterior Lamps Off Reminder . . . 6-3
Electric Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . 9-27 Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-26 Exterior Lighting Battery
Electric Parking Brake Light . . . 5-23 Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-15 Saver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9
Electrical Equipment, Cooling System Messages . . .5-39
Add-On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-68 Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-8 F
Electrical System Drive Belt Routing . . . . . . . . . . . .12-4 Features
Engine Compartment Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-22 Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7
Fuse Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-31 Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-19 Filter,
Fuses and Circuit Oil Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-11 Engine Air Cleaner . . . . . . . . . 10-13
Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-30 Oil Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-40 Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Instrument Panel Fuse Overheated Protection Flashers, Hazard Warning . . . . . . 6-5
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-34 Operating Mode . . . . . . . . . . . 10-20 Flat Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-60
Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-30 Overheating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-19 Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-70
Rear Compartment Fuse Power Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-40 Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-90
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-36
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
INDEX i-5
Fluid Fuses General Information

Automatic Transmission . . . . 10-13 Engine Compartment Service and Maintenance . . . . . 11-1
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-23 Fuse Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-31 Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-62
Power Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-21 Fuses and Circuit Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-2
Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-22 Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-30 Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20 Instrument Panel Fuse
Forward Collision Alert Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-34 H
(FCA) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-50 Rear Compartment Fuse Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . . . 6-5
Front Seats Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-36 Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
Heated and Ventilated . . . . . . . . . 3-9 Head-up Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-33
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-58 G Headlamp Leveling Control . . . . . 6-5
Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-60 Garage Door Opener . . . . . . . . . . 5-53 Headlamps
Economy Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-20 Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-53 Adaptive Forward
Filling a Portable Fuel Gasoline Lighting (AFL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-62 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-59 Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-28
Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-60 Gauges Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Foreign Countries . . . . . . . . . . . .9-60 Engine Coolant Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 10-28
Gasoline Specifications . . . . . . .9-59 Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-16 Daytime Running
Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-15 Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-15 Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . .5-27 Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-14 Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Requirements, California . . . . .9-59 Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-14 High Intensity Discharge
System Messages . . . . . . . . . . . .5-40 Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-14 (HID) Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-28
Full-Size Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . 10-76 Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-14 High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . .5-28
Warning Lights and High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . . 6-3
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9 Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . .5-29
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
i-6 INDEX
Heated Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . 13-15 Lamps (cont'd)

Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-12 Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10 Exterior Lamps Off
Steering Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3 Instrument Panel Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
Heated and Ventilated Front Storage Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 Exterior Lighting Battery
Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9 Instrument Panel Overview . . . . . 1-2 Saver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9
Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20 Interior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . 2-20 License Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-29
Heater Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iii Malfunction Indicator . . . . . . . . .5-20
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-19 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-41
High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . . 5-28 J On Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-29
High-Speed Operation . . . . . . . . 10-47 Jump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-76 Reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
Highway Hypnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7 Lane Departure
Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . 9-7 Warning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-56
Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . . . 9-29 K Lane Departure Warning
Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4 Key and Lock Messages . . . . . . . 5-40 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-24
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3 Keyless Entry Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16
How to Wear Safety Belts Remote (RKE) System . . . . . . . . 2-3 LATCH System
Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15 Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2 Replacing Parts after a
Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-50
I L LATCH, Lower Anchors and
Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-15 Labeling, Tire Sidewall . . . . . . . . 10-40 Tethers for Children . . . . . . . . . . 3-43
Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18 Lamps LED Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-28
Indicator Courtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7 Level Control
Vehicle Ahead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-24 Daytime Running (DRL) . . . . . . . 6-4 Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-32
Infants and Young Children, Dome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7 Leveling Control
Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-38 Exterior Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1 Headlamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
INDEX i-7
Light Lights (cont'd) M

Adaptive Forward Lighting Low Fuel Warning . . . . . . . . . . . .5-27
Magnetic Ride Control . . . . . . . . . 9-31
(AFL) Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-28 Safety Belt Reminders . . . . . . . .5-17
Maintenance
Lighter, Cigarette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8 Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-28
Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-16
Lighting Service Electric Parking
Adaptive Forward . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5 Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-23
Recommended Fluids
Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8 StabiliTrak® OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-25
and Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-13
Exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8 Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-26
Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . . 5-20
Illumination Control . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6 Traction Control System
Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-25
LED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-28 (TCS)/StabiliTrak® . . . . . . . . . .5-25
Memory Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7
Lights Traction Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-25
Memory Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7
Airbag Readiness . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-18 Limited-Slip Rear Axle . . . . . . . . . 9-31
Messages
Antilock Brake System Locks
Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-45
(ABS) Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-23 Automatic Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-13
Battery Voltage and
Brake System Warning . . . . . . .5-22 Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-13
Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-37
Charging System . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-19 Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-10
Brake System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-37
Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-29 Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . .2-13
Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-38
Door Ajar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-29 Power Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-12
Door Ajar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-39
Electric Parking Brake . . . . . . . .5-23 Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-14
Engine Cooling System . . . . . . .5-39
Engine Coolant Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6
Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-40
Temperature Warning . . . . . . .5-26 Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . . 5-27
Engine Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-40
Engine Oil Pressure . . . . . . . . . .5-27 Lower Anchors and Tethers
Fuel System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-40
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4 for Children (LATCH
Key and Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-40
High-Beam On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-28 System) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-43
Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-41
High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . . 6-3 Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
Object Detection System . . . . .5-42
Lane Departure Warning . . . . . .5-24 Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
Ride Control System . . . . . . . . . .5-44
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
i-8 INDEX
Messages (cont'd) N OnStar® Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . 14-2

Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-45 OnStar® Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-2
Navigation
Service Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-46 OnStar® Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-1
OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-2
Starting the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . .5-46 OnStar® Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-2
Net, Convenience . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-46 Ordering
New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . . 9-15
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-47 Service Publications . . . . . . . . .13-11
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-36 Outlets
Vehicle Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-47 O Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
Vehicle Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-47 Object Detection System Overheated Engine
Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-47 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-42 Protection
Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-47 Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14 Operating Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-20
Mirrors Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-14 Overheating, Engine . . . . . . . . . . 10-19
Automatic Dimming Off-Road
Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5
Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-20
Oil
P
Convex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-19 Park
Folding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-20 Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-9
Shifting Into . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-20
Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-20 Engine Oil Life System . . . . . .10-11
Shifting Out of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-21
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-19 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-40
Parking
Mirrors, Interior Rearview . . . . . . 2-20 Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-27
Brake and P (Park)
Monitor System, Tire Older Children, Restraints . . . . . 3-36
Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . 10-26
Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-48 Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . . 13-4
Over Things That Burn . . . . . . .9-21
OnStar®
Parking or Backing
System, In Brief . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-21
Assistance Systems . . . . . . . . . .9-44
OnStar® Additional
Passenger Airbag Status
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-5
Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18
OnStar® Connections . . . . . . . . . . 14-3
OnStar® Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . 14-5
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
INDEX i-9
Passenger Compartment Air R Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9

Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9 Replacement Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . 10-29
Radio Frequency
Passenger Sensing System . . . 3-29 Replacement Parts
Identification (RFID) . . . . . . . . 13-15
Perchlorate Materials Airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-35
Statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-15
Requirements, California . . . . . 10-3 Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-14
Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
Personalization Replacing Airbag System . . . . . . 3-35
Rear Axle
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-48 Replacing LATCH System
Limited-Slip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-31
Power Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . 3-50
Rear Climate Control System . . . 8-6
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-12 Replacing Safety Belt
Rear Seat Armrest . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-19 System Parts after a Crash . . . 3-21
Rear Seat
Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7 Reporting Safety Defects
Pass-Through Door . . . . . . . . . . 3-13
Protection, Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9 Canadian Government . . . . . . 13-12
Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10
Retained Accessory (RAP) . . .9-20 General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-13
Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-12
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4 U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . 13-12
Rearview Mirrors
Steering Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-21 Restraints
Automatic Dimming . . . . . . . . . . .2-20
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-21 Where to Put . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-42
Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
Pregnancy, Using Safety Retained Accessory
Recommended Fluids and
Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20 Power (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-20
Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-13
Privacy Ride Control Systems
Records
Radio Frequency Limited Slip Rear Axle . . . . . . . .9-31
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-16
Identification (RFID) . . . . . . . 13-15 Magnetic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-31
Recreational Vehicle
Program Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-44
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-80
Courtesy Transportation . . . . . .13-7 Roads
Proposition 65 Warning, Driving, Wet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
California . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2 Roadside Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-5
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
i-10 INDEX
Roof Seats Service (cont'd)

Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-25 Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2 Publications Ordering
Rotation, Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-53 Heated and Ventilated Front . . . 3-9 Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-11
Routing, Engine Drive Belt . . . . . 12-4 Heated, Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-12 Scheduling Appointments . . . . .13-7
Running the Vehicle While Lumbar Adjustment, Front . . . . . 3-5 Vehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . .5-46
Parked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-22 Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7 Service Electric Parking
Power Adjustment, Front . . . . . . 3-4 Brake Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-23
S Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-10 Servicing the Airbag . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13 Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6 Shift Lock Control Function
Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-21 Securing Child Check, Automatic
Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-20 Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-50, 3-52 Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-26
How to Wear Safety Belts Security Shifting
Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-15 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-28 Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-20
Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . .3-16 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-45 Out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-21
Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-17 OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-2 Side Blind Zone
Replacing after a Crash . . . . . .3-21 Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-16 Alert (SBZA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-54
Use During Pregnancy . . . . . . . .3-20 Vehicle Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-16 Signals, Turn and
Safety Defects Reporting Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9 Lane-Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
Canadian Government . . . . . . 13-12 Accessories and Spare Tire
General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-13 Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-3 Compact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-75
U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . 13-12 Doing Your Own Work . . . . . . . .10-3 Specifications and
Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14 Engine Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . .5-20 Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-2
Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . 3-20 Maintenance Records . . . . . . .11-16 Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14
Scheduling Appointments . . . . . . 13-7 Maintenance, General StabiliTrak
Sealant Kit, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-62 Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-1 OFF Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-25
Parts Identification Label . . . . .12-1 Start Assist, Hills . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-29
Start Vehicle, Remote . . . . . . . . . . 2-9
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
INDEX i-11
Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . . . 10-25 System Tires (cont'd)

Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-17 Active Emergency Braking . . . .9-52 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-46
Starting the Vehicle Forward Collision Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-47
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-46 Alert (FCA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-50 Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-26
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4 Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1, 13-15 Pressure Monitor System . . . 10-48
Fluid, Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-21 Systems Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-53
Heated Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3 Driver Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-43 Sealant and
Wheel Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2 Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . 10-62
Wheel Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2 T Sealant and Compressor
Storage Areas Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14 Kit, Storing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-69
Armrest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2 Text Telephone (TTY) Users . . . 13-4 Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . . . . 10-40
Cargo Management System . . . 4-4 Theft-Deterrent Systems . . . . . . . 2-18 Terminology and
Center Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3 Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-18 Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-43
Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4 Thigh Support Adjustment . . . . . . 3-5 Uniform Tire Quality
Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2 Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5 Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-57
Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 Tires Wheel Alignment and Tire
Storage Compartments . . . . . . . . . 4-1 Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . 10-55 Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-59
Storing the Tire Sealant Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-60 Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . 10-59
and Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . 10-69 Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-70 When It Is Time for New
Stuck Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-10 Compact Spare . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-75 Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-54
Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-23 Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-42 Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-39
Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25 Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-57 Towing
Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iv Full-Size Spare . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-76 Driving Characteristics . . . . . . . .9-62
If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . 10-60 Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-67
Inflation Monitor System . . . . 10-49 General Information . . . . . . . . . .9-62
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-53
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
i-12 INDEX
Towing (cont'd) U Vehicle Care

Recreational Vehicle . . . . . . . . 10-80 Storing the Tire Sealant
Uniform Tire Quality
Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-65 and Compressor Kit . . . . . . . 10-69
Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-57
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-80 Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-46
Universal Remote System . . . . . 5-53
Traction Ventilation, Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-55
Control System (TCS)/ Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-23
Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-53
StabiliTrak® Light . . . . . . . . . . . .5-25
Using This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iv
Limited-Slip Rear Axle . . . . . . . .9-31 W
Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-25
Traction Control/Electronic V Warning
Brake System Light . . . . . . . . . . .5-22
Stability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-29 Vehicle
Lane Departure (LDW) . . . . . . .9-56
Trailer Alarm System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-16
Warning Lights, Gauges, and
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-65 Canadian Owners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .iii
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
Transmission Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3
Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iv
Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-23 Identification
Cautions and Danger . . . . . . . . . . . .iv
Fluid, Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-13 Number (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-1
Hazard Flashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-47 Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-10
Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-22
Transportation Program, Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-36
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-47
Courtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-7 Personalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-48
Wheels
Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14 Reminder Messages . . . . . . . . . .5-47
Alignment and Tire
Trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14 Remote Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9
Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-59
Turn and Lane-Change Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-16
Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-57
Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6 Speed Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-47
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-59
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-80
When It Is Time for New
Vehicle Ahead Indicator . . . . . . . 5-24
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-54
Where to Put the Restraint . . . . 3-42
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
INDEX i-13
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-47
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-21
Windshield
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-27
Wiper/Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Winter
Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8
Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-39
Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . 10-27
2014 - CRC - 9/11/13
i-14 INDEX
2 NOTES

2014 Cadillac XTS Owner Manual

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

You might also like

2014 Cadillac XTS Owner Manual

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

2014 Cadillac XTS Owner Manual

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Cadillac XTS Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.

/Canada-6006999) - Black plate (1,1)

2014 Cadillac XTS Owner Manual M

In Brief . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1

2014 Cadillac XTS Owner Manual M

Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1 Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1

This manual describes features that Canadian Vehicle Owners

Using this Manual Symbols

Vehicle Symbol Chart 3 : Headlamp High/Low-Beam

In Brief Mirror Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9 Rear Vision

The power windows only operate

Reclining Seatbacks See Memory Seats on page 3-7 and

Second Row Seats

Steering Wheel Interior Lighting Reading Lamps

Press the control to move the tilt

Exterior Lighting 5 : Turns on the headlamps

INT: Move the lever up to INT for

See Dual Automatic Climate Control shift lever must be in M (Manual

Climate Touch Screen Controls

Vehicle Features c : Press to decline an incoming SEL: Press to select a highlighted

For vehicles with audio steering

Replace the vehicle's tires with

the same TPC Spec number

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-1

Keys, Doors, and Doors Windows

2-2 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-3

2-4 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-5

Keyless Unlocking/Locking from Temporary Disable Passive

2-6 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Programming Transmitters to The Driver Information Center

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-7

2-8 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-9

Remote Vehicle Start The RKE transmitter range may be

2-10 Keys, Doors, and Windows

The engine will shut off after Canceling a Remote Start

The engine run time can also be

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-11

Keyless Access Key Cylinder Access

2-12 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Inside the Vehicle

Power Door Locks

3. Move the cap forward and press

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-13

2-14 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-15

Trunk Lock Release

2-16 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Emergency Trunk Release There is a glow-in-the-dark Vehicle Security

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-17

2-18 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-19

It is possible for the immobilizer Exterior Mirrors Power Mirrors

2-20 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Exterior Automatic Dimming Puddle Light Interior Mirrors

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-21

Windows The vehicle aerodynamics are